; NEW METHOD Of learning with Facility the LATIN TONGUE, Containing the RULES of GENDERS, DECLENSIONS, PRETERITES, SYNTAX, LATIN ACCEN Digefted in the cleareft and concifeft Order. Enlarged with variety of folid remarks, neceffary not only for a perfedt knowledge of the Latin tongue, but likewife for understanding the bell authors : ex- trai^ed from the ableft writers on this language. \ With a freatije on LATIN POEfRT. T R A N s L A T-E D from the PRENCH of the Mej/ieurs DE PORT ROYAL, and IM- PROVED, By T. N U G E N T, LL. D. A NEW EDITION, Carefully Revifed and Corre&ed. In T W O VOLUMES. VOL. I. LONDON: Printed for F. W i N c R A v E, Succefibr to Mr. NOURSE, in the Strand. MDCCXCL ' Ill 4, *.***** .J~!r*,j The PREFACE Shewing the additions that have been made to this work in the fecond, and in this laft edition, extracted from the beft modern grammarians. With general Directions for the conveniency of teachers as well as learners of the Latin tongue. *-$ H I S NEW METHOD having met I with a moft favourable reception up- >OM "^' on its being firft published, and more- over having had the good fortune to contri- bute towards his Majefty's improvement in the Roman language, of all others the moil ufeful : I thought it incumbent upon me to confider, before I gave a fecond edition of it, whether I might not make fome alterations or additions, that would render it more clear and compre- henfive than when it was firft fent abroad : which I have moft carefully endeavoured to per- form in this laft edition. And, as I am natu- rally averfe from all the little difputes of gram- marians, whichi as Quintilian excellently ob- ferves, Jferve enly to perplex and to weaken A 2 the . iv The P R E F A C E. the undemanding -, I have been at the pains of perufing the beft authors, both antient and mo- dern, who have wrote concerning this art, the inlet to all others. Having therefore been informed of the high reputation, which Sanctius acquired in thefe latter times by a treatife on this fubject, greatly efteemed by the learned, but rare * and difficult to purchafe ; I contrived to get a copy of this treatife, which I perufed with all poffible at- tention, and at the fame time with fuch fatif- faction as I want words to exprefs. But be- fore I declare the great value I fet upon this author; and that what I mall fay concerning him may not be liable to fufpicion of partiality ; I mall give a mort idea of his character, and of the reputation he acquired by this perform- ance even in his life time. Effinctius was a celebrated profeffor of the univerlity of Salamanca, who attempted to ex- amine after what manner the learned Sca- liggr had reafoned upon the Latin tongue in his book intitled, De caujis Lingua Latince ; and finding that the above critic had omitted, as he fays himfelf, whatever relates to fyn- tax, our profeffor luckily undertook this latter province as the .moft neceffary, in a work intitled likewife, Of the caiifes of the Latin Tongue. Here he detected an infinite number of errors, which had crept into this art ; and he * The cafe is greatly altered fmce our author wrote this pre- face, Sanctius's Minerva being now in every body's hands. explained The P R E F A C E. y explained the chief parts thereof with fiich judg- ment and perfpicuityasinfinitelyfurpais anything that had appeared before his time; infomuch that he was admired by the whole kingdom of Spain, and honoured with the fplendid titles of Fa- ther of letters, and Reftorer of the fciences. His Catholic Majefty having nominated Ferdinand Henriquez, a grandee of Spain, his ambaflador to the court of Rome in M.DC.XXV j this noble- man, being a lover of polite literature, carried Sanctius's book along with him": for indeed he had conceived a high efleem of the author, and confidered his performance as the glory of the Spanifh nation. Sanctius has dwelt particularly on the ftruc- ture and connexion of fpeech, by the Greeks called fyntax, which he explains in the cleareft manner imaginable, reducing it to its firft prin- ciples, and to reafons extremely fimple and na- tural - y mewing that exprefiions which feem contrary to rule, and founded on the caprice of knguage, are eafily reduced to the general and ordinary laws of conftruction, either by fup- plying fome word understood, or by fearching into the ufage obferved by writers of remote antiquity, of whom fome veftiges are to be feen in thofe of later date : and in fhort by eftablim- ing a marvellous analogy and proportion through the whole language. For it is obfervable that fche parts of fpeech may be connected together, either by fimple construction, when the feveral terms are all ar- A 3 ranged vr The PREFACE. ranged in their natural order, fo that you fee at a fingle glance the reafon why one governs the other : or by a figurative conftrudtion, when departing from that fimplicity, we ufe fome particular turns and forms of exprefllon, on account of their being either more nervous, more concife, or more elegant, in which there are fe- veral parts of fpeech notexprefled but understood. The bufmefs therefore of a perfon who excels in the art we are fpeaking of, is to reduce this figu- rative conftrudtion to the laws of the fimple, and to mew that thefe expreffions, which feem to have a greater elegance in proportion to their ex- traordinary bcldnefs, may be defended never- thelefs upon the principles of the ordinary and efTential conilrudion of the language, provided we are well acquainted with the art of reducing them to thofc principles. This is "what Sanclius has performed in fo mailerly a manner, that Scio^iu_s, a perfon emi- nent in the fame art, to whom the Spaniih am- bafTador upon his arrival at Rome mewed this boolc, expreffed a particular efteem for it as foon as he had perufed it : in confequence hereof defpifmg thofe who chufe to go by other roads becaufe they are more frequented, rather than be conducted by fo fkilful a guide, he became the humble difciple of Sancliius in an excellent work which he wrote on this fame fubject ; but which is fo very fcarce, that I mould have found a difficulty to get fight of it, had it not been for Mefirs DU PUY, who did me the fa- vour The PREFACE, vn Your to lend it me. Some years after this, V^^Sj whofe- reputation as a polite fcholar is well eflablimed in the literary world, having had occaiion to publifh different pieces on the Latin tongue/ followed the footfteps of thefe two writers almoft in every part, and indeed he feems only to have tranfcribed them. That nothing therefore may be omitted, which can any way contribute to improve and illuftrate this art, I have joined thefe three au- thors together ; and extracting from each what to me appeared moil clear and folid, I have annexed it to the rules, giving after the fyn- tax fuch remarks as are more general and extenfive. I have alfo in compliance with their* opinion made fome additions and alterations ti- ther in the fubftance or order_of the rules; though I have preferved fome things, which ac- cording to them might be left out, becaufe of their evident connexion with the reft ; my in- tention being to recede as little as pofHble from the ufual forms that obtain in the instruction of youth. Hence this book has been fo improved in thefe latter editions, that thou?h in fubiiance * O it be Oill the fame, yet in fome refpeets it may be deemed a new work j becaufe it contains a fecond performance of quite another kind, which will not perhaps be lefs fei;viceible than the former. For whereas it feemed calculated before for boys only, or for fuch as were defi- rous of learning the Latin rudiments ; I hof e A 4 now viii The P R E F AC E. now it will be of ufe not only to thofe who are employed in teaching, but likewife in general to every body that is willing to have a perfect know- ledge of this tongue, and to learn it of them- felves by fuch fure and eftablifhed rules, as may be of further advantage to them in the ftudy of the Greek and of every other language. Were my mare in this work greater than it is, I mould never have pafTed this judgment on it, for fear of being juflly charged with vani- ty and prefumption. But as I prefent the public with nothing but my labour, with- out any invention of my ov?n ; I fliould doubt- lefs do injuflice to the reputation and merit of thofe three celebrated writers, could I imagine that a faithful extract of their fentiments would not be of fervice to the lovers of polite learning. For I advance, nothing at all of my own head, nor do I affirm any thing but what is corrobo- rated by their authority ; though I do not al- ways quote them, but only on fuch points as feem moft important, in order to avoid being tedious. It has been my particular care not to infert any thing in this work, that was not demon- ftrated in the writings of thofe three excellent grammarians by clear and indubitable authori- ties ; and that did not appear to me moft ne- ceflary and conducive to the practice of the lan- guage, and to underftand the purer! authors ; fo that I have often reduced within the cornpafs of a few lines what ethers have fwelled into many The PREFACE. ix many pages. It has been alib my attention to avoid fome obfervations that feemed to me of little utility, remembering this excellent faying of Quintilian : * it becomes an able grammarian to know, that there are fame things not 'worth his knowledge. But I flatter my felf that the folid and ju- dicious remarks of thofe authors, which I have illuftrated here by examples, and confirm- ed by authorities from the antients, will fuffi- ciently demonflrate with -what reafon the fame Quintilian faid : -f- that they are very much mif- taken, 'who make a jejl of grammar, as a mean and contemptible art : fmce in rejpe5i to eloquence, it is the fame as the foundation in regard to a building ; unlefs this be deeply laid, the whole fuperjlruc~lure muft tumble down. This art, he goes on, is neceffary to children, agreeable to thofe advanced in years, and ferves for an amufe- ment to retired perfons, who apply tbemfehes to polite literature. And it may be faid that of all arts it has this particular advantage, to be poffeffed of more real and folid value, than of glitter c.nd outward fhew. For which rea- fon he adds, what I hope this work will fully evince, that there are a great many things in grammar, which not only help to form the minds of beginners, but likewife to exercife and to try the capacities of the moji learned. And indeed we ought to fet a very high va- * Quint. 1. I. c. 8. f Ib. c. 4. lue x The P R E F A C K. lue upon an art, which, at the fame time that it fhews how to difKnguifh the property and natural force of each part of fpeech, and the rea- fon of the great variety of expreffions, makes us fee the various fignifications of terms, which frequently arife from their different connexion, and direcls us to the meaning of feveral im- portant paflages. For even ihe moft trifling things become great, when they can be rendered fubfervient to thofe of a higher na- ture. I have therefore no manner of doubt but that this book will upon trial appear to be of ioimenfe fervice, towards grounding us fo firm- ly in the principles of the Latin tongue, that when once we have thoroughly comprehended thofe rules, by which fome words are. made to govern others (which in the technical term is generally called government) we mall retain them with a particular facility, becaufe they are all natural ; we mall alfo avoid committing fome miftakes, into which, men of abilities in other refpects have fallen ; and without any he- fifation we mall make ufe of feme particular phrafes which may appear too bold, or even i.iaccurate, though borrowed from the very beft authors, and eftabliilied on the general ufe and analogy of the language. In regard to boys, I have mentioned in the following advertifement, the ufe they ought io make of the rules j where I have alfo taken no- tice of the manner and eaie with which they " may The P R E F A, C E. xi may be made to learn them. And though I have added a great many things in the latter editions, yet the rules will be full as concife, and more clear than before - t becaufe fome of them are put into better order , and there is a different type for the annotations and additional remarks, which are not defigned for young beginners, but for thofe who have the care of their inftruc-lion, to the end that they may inculcate occafionally and viva voce whatever they think beft fuited t6 their capacity and age. It will be advifeable to put into their hands as foon as poffible the fables of Phaedrus, which will' pleale them greatly, and notwithftanding the feeming unimportance of the fubjedt, are full of wit and fpirit. It will be very proper alib for them to read the three comedies of Terence, which, as well as Phsedrus, have been lately translated into French, and rendered as pure in refpect to morality as to language. Here I think it will not be amifs to take no- tice, that there are three things to which in my opinion it is owing, that children, or even thole of a more advanced age, after having fpent many years in learning Latin, have neverthelefs but a flender and incompetent knowledge of this tongue, particularly in regard to writing, which ought to be the principal fruit of their ftudies. Thefirftis, that they of ten times content them- felves with not committing any error againft the rules of grammar, which, as Quintilian obferv- cth, is a very great abufe ; becaule, at. he fays, there xii The PREFACE. there is a vaft difference betwixt fpeaking ac- cording to the rules of grammar, and according to the purity of the language : Allud ej- gram- matice, aliud Latine loqui. We ought indeed to follow thofe rules ; but afterwards we fhould proceed to the knowledge of things, to which that of words is only an introduction. We fhould begin with laying the foundation be- fore we can build a houfe ; but if we only lay the foundation, the houfe will never be finifhed. The human body mufl be fupported by the bones of which it is compofed ; but a perfon that has nothing but bones, is a fkeleton, and not a man. The fecond miftake fome are guilty of, is that to remedy the abovementioned evil, they apply a cure as bad as the difeafe. For in order to enable boys to write not only according to the rules of grammar, but to the purity of ftyle, it has been the practice to make them read books of phrafeologies and idioms, and to accuftom them to make ufe of fuch as are the moft ele- gant, that is fuch as appear the farther! fetch- ed and moil uncommon. Hence to expnefs the meaning of the verb to love, they will be. fure not to fay amare, but amore profequi, bene- volentid compk&i ; whereas the plain verb has frequently more flrength and beauty than any circumlocution whatever. Thus they form a ftyle intirely variegated with thofe elegancies and ftudied turns of ex- preffion, which may impofe upon fuperfi- 9 cial The PREFACE. xin cial perfons, but muft appear ridiculous to thofe who are thoroughly acquainted with the lan- guage, for when they talk Latin it is all bom- baft, that is, an unnatural and affected ftyle. And this corrupt ftyle we .not only obferve in young people, but likewife in perfons of riper years, who betray it even in their public fpeeches, becaufe they had imbibed it in the courfe of their ftudies. Not but that we are allowed to make ufe of thofe phrafes, which are indeed the great ornament of language; but we ought to know when, and where, and in what man- ner we mould apply them : which is not to be learnt by thofe rhapfodies of confufed and de- tached expreffions, but by a diligent and con- ftant reading of the moft celebrated authors. For as in order to be a complete architect, it is not fufficient to poffefs a great number of ftones well hewn and polifhed, and which have even made part of fome magnificent and regular ftructure ; but we are alfo care- fully to confider the whole edifice, to the end that we may obferve the order, the connexion, and relation which the ftones ought to have in conftituting one whole : fo to form a fpeech ac- cording to rules, it is not fufficient to have a great flock of phrafes, extracted from the beft writers ; but we fhould view their works to- gether and in tire, in order infenfibly to ac- cuftom ourfelves to that judicious elegance, which they fo admirably obferve in the choice, the drefs, arid arrangement of their expreflions, in xiv The PREFACE. in order to form the whole frmer of letters he left Behind him j 911 the man- ner xvi The PREFACE. ner of pleading and fpeaking wifely and elo- quently on all forts of fubjedts ; that he alone is equivalent to many authors, and ought to be the conftant entertainment of thofe who intend to devote their days to polite litera- ture. Therefore it was juftly obferved by Qrnntilian, that whoever is fond of Cicero's works, may be faid already to have made a great . progrefs : *' Ilk fe profeciflefciat, cut Cicero ^aldc place bit. But I mould carry this digreffion too far, iince it would form the fubjecl of a whole book, were I to enter minutely into whatever relates to the proper manner of inftructing youth. I hope neverthelefs that what I have here hint- ed, will have its ufe, in pointing out the object we ought to aim at in this NEW METHOD, which is to lead our pupils gradually, by means of a fo- lid and exact knowledge of grammar, to under- Itand the ben: authors j fo that by a judicious and well chofen imitation, they may form to themfelves a polite flyle, and rife at length to a noble and manly eloquence, the great. end of grammatical inftitution. For which reafon it hath been my endeavour not only in the SYNTAX, and in the REMARKS that come after it, to omit nothing that might b^ conducive to this purpofe : but moreover it will appear that I have thrown into the other parts of this work, whatever might be of mofl ufe and advantage in regard to the analogy and per- * Lib. 1 8. cap. i. fed The PREFACE. xvn feet knowledge of this language; wherein I have chiefly followed Voffius, as the moft ac- curate writer on this fubjecl;. It is true that as I undertook in this lafl edition to verify paflages and to confult the originals, I found myfclf now and then under a neceffity of differing from his opinion, having met with authorities, in very good writers contrary to what he has laid down. To the remarks I have fubjoined fome other OBSERVATIONS on the Roman names, on their figures or arithmetical characters, and on the manner of computing time and x fefterces, becaufe thefe are things ufeful and neceffary, and may be eaiily explained to boys, as occafion offers. After thefe felect obfervations, I have added in this laft edition a TREATISE ON LETTERS, which may ferve as a ground- work to account for a great many things in the language, and ef- peciallyin what relates to QUANTITY, which I have afterwards explained more exactly than in the preceding editions. In the fame treatife I have alfo fhewn the antient pronunciation of the Latin tongue, and that which we ought ftill to obferve in the Greek. Whence we learn the etymology of feveral terms, and the rcafon of a great many changes which happen in the dialects, and in words communicated from one language to another. In this laft edition I have alfo added a treatife oh the LATIN ACCENTS, where I demonftrate in a few words the fundamental reason of the rules VOL, I. b of xviii The PREFACE. of pronunciation, and of the differences obferv- ed therein by the antients, befides thofe fubfifting to this very day. The whole concludes with a new treatife on LATIN POETRY, where I re- duce the moft agreeable forts of verfe to three ; {hewing their feet, their figures, and their feveral beauties, in the cleared order. In fhort I have omitted nothing that I thought might be of ufe towards eafmg the mailer or advancing the fcholar; and I hope that the reader will of himfelf perceive, that this work, though ftill of no great bulk, if we confider the great variety of matter, comprehends neverthe- lefs almoft every thing that can be defired in a book, which is to ferve not only as a foundation and beginning, but moreover as a general guide to all the reft. Nay I prefume to flatter myfelf that its utility will foon be difcovered, if in ufmg it, we take care, as already hath been obferved, to make our pupils join the practice and ufe of authors to the rules, and not to detain them fo long in thefe firll principles, as to prevent their afpiring to the higheft attainments. For doubt- lefs it would be equally a miftake, either if we wanted intirely to difpenfe with the rules and maxims of grammar, or if we never chofe to go any farther than thefe inftitutions. * Non ob- Jlant hce difclplina per illas euntibus, fed circa il- las hcerentibus. But if after all there mould be any per- fons fo unconcerned about the eafe and im- * Quint, lib. i. cap. 7. provement The PREFACE. provement of youth, as not to approve of this manner of inftrudting them by rules drawn up in their mother tongue: I beg they will confider that I am not the only one who finds fault with the cuftom of making them learn the rules of Latin, in a language to which they are as yet ftrangers -, or who mould be glad to ground them as much in their own, as in a foreign tongue. In confirmation of what I have been faying, I mall only add here a letter of Monfr. DBS MARETS to Monfr. HALE, the King's profeiTor, whereby it will ap-- pear that the moft converfant in polite literature at this time, are of the fame opinion with me : and that this NEW METHOD met with their approbation at its firft appearance, though it was far from being fo finifhed a work as the late edi- tions have made it. a 2 XX ***** I***************** *++**+**+ ***** ****** fr EX LIBRO PRIMO EPISTOLARUM PHILOLOGICARUM ROLANDI MARESIL E P I S T O L A XVI. ROL. MARES. PE-TRO HAL&O, & Inter^reti Regio y S. MAGNA vis eft profecto confuetudinis, quas facit, ut ritus quoquo modo inducti, mani- feftum licet vitium & incommodum habeant, ami- quitate tamen defendantur. Quod mihi in mentcm venit, dum meo judicio non fatis expeditam, quas ab aliquot faeculis ubique viget, linguam Latinam docendi rationem apud me reputo. Grammatica enim, ut nihil de illius obfcuritate & prolixicate di- cam, non uniufcujufque nationis vernaculo fermone, fed ipfo Latino confcripta, nunc eft in ufu : quafi jam pueri id fciant, quod difcere in animo habent. Qus methodus, licet experientia tefte, ufus valde incommodi ; imo, fi verum dicere licet, plane in- epta fit, mordicus tamen retinetur. Paucos quidem ante annas quasdam grammatica idiomate Gallico edita ROL. MARES. EPIST. XVI. xxi edita eft; quae mihi cum hoc nomine, turn quod vulgar! brevior multo eft & facilior, mirum in mo- dum probatur : quam memini, cum ante aliquot menfes apud me domi efies, tibi oftendiffe, : aliqua in earn rem tecum difleruifle : quorum ut tibi me- moriam refricem, vifum eft base ad te perfcribere, ut pro automate^ qua in academia polles, quam primum huic malo mederi coneris ; & fi minus in prasfens, faltem cum ejus fupremum Magiftratum, qui tibi aliquando ex merito continget, confecutus fueris, veterem confuetudinem aboleas, hacce nova fubftituta, quam efle commodifiimam, rem modo attentius confideres, baud dubie fateberis. Gram- matica enim, quse nunc omnibus in Tcholis docetur, ab homine quidem docto confcripta, nimium tamen eft prolixa j quam videlicet pueri vix quatuor annis addifcant : plerifque vero in locis obfcura & intri- cata : cujus autor, cum nihil omiflum vellet, multa non neceflaria intulit ; cum tamen pleraque ufui re- linquenda eflent. Veriffime enim a Ramo proditum eft, grammatics pauca praecepta, ufum vero in au- toribus legendis multum effe debere ; fed majus in- commodum in eo eft, quod Latino fermone fcripta eft. I He quidem grammaticus, ut fuas praeceptio- nes cum omnibus gentibus communicaret, non alia lingua fcribere debuit : fed mirum mihi profe&o vi- deri folet, nemini in mentem venifle, ut eas in fuam transfunderet, quo a popularibus nullo negotio in- telligerentur : donee tandem unus apud nos extitit (fi modo unus, nam plures audio operam contulifle) qui id noftris hominibus prasftaret ; mihi quidem ignotus, fuum enim nomen fuppreflit, five quod effet ab omni oftentatione alienus, Sf minime ambi- tiofus, five quod ex hujufmodi fcripto tanquam hu- mili laudem capere afpernaretur, vir, ut quidem vi- a 3 detur, xxit Rot. MARES. EPIST. XVI. ctetur, majorum capax. Quae modeftia vulgus fcrip* torum ambitionis condemnat, qiri fere in id folum fcribere videntur, ut nomen fuum pofleritati com- mendent, & faspiffime etiam in muftaceo laureolam quserunt. Quam vero longum fit iter haftenus tri- tum, quam pueris inamoenum manifefto videmus : quorum plerique via tam difficili a ftudiis abfterren- tur, cum tenera astas potius omnibus illecebris ad litteras allicienda efTet. Verum ficut grammatica Grazca Latino idiomate concepta in ufu eft, nimi-^ rum iis ufui futuraj qui in Latina lingua profectum fecerunt, & ejus jam ufum aliquem habent : fimili- ter Latina noto fermone fcribi deberet. Quod fi fiat, non nimium temporis fit compendium, cujus magna fit jadlura in difcendis verfibus Latinis obfcuris mag- nopere & perpkxis. Sed prseter id lucrum, quod ut rei pretiofiffirrae magni faciendum eft, alia etiam utilitas hinc emergeret, linguae fcilicet noftras exac- tior notitia, quam eadem via confequeremur : cujus nobis turpior eft ignorantia quam Latinse, licet ob folcccifmum in alia admifium non perinde, ut in hac pueri ferulis objurgentur. Quamvis enim no- ftram linguam omnes plane noflfe videamur ; tamen quid peculiare, nee cum aliis commune, quid ele- gans habeat plerique ignoramus. Romani vero etiam fuam in fcholis difcebant, nee folum Mwriv 1^ Si S-, fed etiam Arma virumque cano, illis praelege- batur. Cseterum cum pueros in gymnafiis tot an- nos detineri confidero ; in quse, tanquam in aliquod piilrinum detruduntur & compinguntur, & ex qui- bus etiam pro illo ftudio & amoris ardore, fine quo in vita nihil quidquam egregium neminem unquam afft-cuturum Cicero ait, Ijtterarum odium plerumque domum refcrunt ; facere non porTum, quin illius terrporis difptndium conquerar^ quo ilii memoria 3 tym ROL. MARES. EPIST. XVI. xxm turn maxime tenaci, fimul Grascam linguam tam necelTariam, & alia quas mox adultis edifcenda funt, ctiam edoceri poflenr. Sed de his hadlemis. Nee vero me fugit, quod h^c epiftola fit de rebus etiam- fi neceflariis, ut ait Quintilianus, procul tamen ab oftentatione pofitis, ut operum faftigia fpeftantur, latent fundamenta. Sed qusc primo afpe<3:u vilia & abje&a erunt, ea diligentius infpicienti maxime utilia eflfe videbuntur. Vale. a 4 A D V E R- xxiv ADVERTISEMENT ADVERTISEMENT Concerning the Rules of this NEW METHOD. 77* has been long obferved by fever al, that the ufual * manner of learning Latin is very difficult and obfcure, and that it is pity but young beginners had a more agree- able introduction to the knowledge of this ufeful tongue, "This hath excited the labours of fundry pcrfons, who while, they propofed one general end, have purfued ne- verthelefs very different means. Some conjidering that Defpauter's verfes -were oftentimes too obfcure, have attempted to write others more perfpicuous and ele~ gant. Others reflecting on the trouble that boys take to com- mit fuch a number of verfes to memory, in a language they do not underftand, have thrown the rules into profe. Others ftill confulting brevity, and unwilling to load ei- ther the memory or the under/landing of young beginner s y have reduced all thofe rules to-fimple tables. If I may be permitted to fpeak my opinion concerning thefe different plans, I fooiild think that the authors of thefirjl had reafon to find fault with Defpauter's verfes fsr their obfcurity infeveral places - y but that they ought to have gone aftep further, and .entered into the views' >f 'thofe we mentioned next, who f aw plainly into the abjur- dity of laying down Latin rules to learn Latin. For who. is it that would pretend to draw up a Hebrew grammar in Hebrew verfe, or a Greek grammar in Greek verfe, cr % grammar in Italian verfe to learn Italian ? 'To prcpofe the CONCERNING THE RULES. xxv the frft injlitutions of a language, in the very terms of that language, which of courfe are unknown to beginners, isfuppojing them to be already mafters of what they are about to learn, and to have attained the object which they have only begun to purfue. Since even common fenfe tells us that we ought ever to commence with things the moft eajy, and that what we know already ftould ferve as a guide to what we know nt , it is certainly the right way to make uje of our mo- ther tongue, as a means to introduce us to foreign and un- known languages. If this be true in regard to perjcns of maturity and judgment, Jo far that there is no man of Jenje whatever but would think wejefted with him, were we topropoje a grammar in Greek verfe for him to learn Greek \ how much ftronger is the argument in relation to fays, to whom even the clearefi things appear obfcure, through immaturity of years > and weaknejs of judg- ment? As to what concerns the third method, which confifts in exhibiting Jimp le tables, I am not Ignorant that this way is very Jlriking at fir ft, becaufe itj'eems as if nothing more was requifite than the eye, to become majler of the rules in a minute, and that they might be learnt almoft at a Jingle glance . But this apparent facility is generally owing, if 1 am not miftaken, to this, that upon feeing in thcfe tables an abftrat-t or general idea of things which we know already, we imagine it will be as eafy for others to learn by this means what they are ignorant of, as it is for us to recolleR what^ we have once learned. But it is beyond all doubt that though tables are con- cije, yet they are alfo obfcure, and therefore cannot be proper for beginners : becauje a learner ftands as much in need of perfpicuity to help his underftanding, as of brevity to ajjift his memory. lience thofe ta- bles feldom ferve for any ujeful purpofe, except it be to reprejent at a Jingle view, what we have been learning for fame t'.me. As indeed 1 have myjelf for this Jams purpofe } comprifed in two feparate tables, whatever x hath xxvi ADVERTISEMENT bath been mentioned at large m rejpeffi to the nouns > pro-* nouns, and verbs, in the rudiments annexed to the A- ~bridgment of this New Method. But even if tables could be of Jervice to perjons of riper years towards initiating them in the Latin tongue, Jlill it is great odds but they would be ufslefs to young beginners. For the imagination muft be greatly on theftretch ti imprint them in the memory, a thing genet ally beyond the reach of boys, who are incapable of giving clofe application to an objeff of itfdf extremely ungrateful, and whofe ima- gination befides is generally as weak as their judgment. to the end they may not have it in their power any longer to alter the words, being tied down to a certain CONCERNING THE RULES. xxvir certain number ofjyllables of winch thofe verffs are com- pofedy and to the jingle of rhime, -which renders them at the fame time more eafy and agreeable. True it is that at firft 1 thought this would be almoft impojjible, for I was dejirous that not with ft an ding this conftraint of verfe the rules Jhould be almoft as concife, as clear, and as intelligible as if they had been inprofe. Ne- verthelefs, u/e hath made the thing lefs difficult: and though I may have not fucceeded according to the plan- I propofed to myjelf, yet my endeavours have not been wanting. there is no need, I think, to beg the favour of the reader, not to look for elegance in the verification of this work. I flatter myjelf that they who under/land French poetry, will be Jo good as to excufe me for not exaftly following the rule of mafculine and feminine verfe, with thf. exaffnefs of rhime, and feme other things obferved by thofe who have the knack of verifying. For my only aim was to be as covcife and clear aspc]fible,and on this account to avoid all circumlocution, the necej/ary concomitant of verfe. And it is particularly on fuch occajions that a regard foould be paid to this faying of an excellent poet. Ornari res ipfa ncgat, contenta doceri. 1 have conformed to De/paufer's order as nearly ay pojjible, without even altering his exprefficns^ except tofub- ftitute others that to me appeared mere clear and intelligi- ble. Nor have I omitted any one word' in the rules, but fuch as being unuj'ual or entirely Greek, feemed remote from the analogy of the Latin, and of courfe fuch as ought to be rejerved for the ufe of authors, and for a greater maturity of judgment : at the fame time I have added others, of which Defpaiiter bad taken no notice in his verfes. Abundance of unnecejfary matter hath been left cut in the rules of heteroclitcs, which are apt to create the great eft difficulty to young beginners : for I was fa tif- fed xxvm ADVERTISEMENT fed with injerting whatever appeared mofl difficult, in the annotations or remarks ; bscaujc it is a conftant maxim, that we Jhould not perplex the minds of young people, withfuch a multitude of particular rules., often either er- roneous or injignificant ; but make them pafs as quick as pojjibls through the mqft general notices, and then Jet cbem upon the practical part or the uje of authors , inhere they will with pleafure become acquainted 'with the remainder, which they could not have otherwife learnt without con- fujion and dijlike. For as the rules are an intreducJion to practice, Jo practice confirms tbefe rules, and clears up every feeming obfcurity. But though I have omitted nothing that feemed to me of any ufe, and even in fever al rules I have taken notice of feme words which perhaps may not appear altogether fo neceffary, chufing rather to trejpafs this way than the other ; fiill it it manifeft how much Jhorter tbefe rules are than tbofe of Defpauter,fince the French verfes have only eight fy liable s, whereas Defpauters in general have fifteen,, fixteen, or feventeen, and boys will fooner learn eight or ten of tbefe than two of his. Bejides it is cf no fort of uje to know Defpauter's verfes, unlefs you under jiand the comment, which is frequently more obfcure than the text ; whereas thefe Jhort rules appear fo clear, that there are very few lads, but may comprehend their meaning, either of themf elves, or. with the leaf inftruttion viva voce, For what f wells in feme fort the fixe of this book, is the tranjlation of the examples, which 1 have inferted throughout, and particularly all the Jl'.nple verbs in capi- tals, with their compounds alfo tranjlated, which I have marked in thi different preterites -, beftdes fever al annota- tions and confideraUe remarks. 'This / have done not only to confult the conveniency of young beginners, but moreover of thofe concerned in their inftrublion, to the end that they may have no further occafion to look out for examples and ilhiftratio,ns cf thefe rules, in any other book whatfo-* CONCERNING THE RULES. xxis Upon the 'whole I have taken pains that this warkflo out d have every thing that could contribute to eafe and perfpi- cuity. To each rule I have prefixed a cypher ; with a title Jignifying what it contains ', thai the fubjett matter may bejeen at once, and found with lejs difficulty. 'The lar^e rules I have divided into two parts, to prevent their being tirefome : and I have accented the Latin words, in order to accuftom young people betimes to the right pronunciation. 'The terminations, as VEO, BO, LO, and the like, are printed in capitals, the Latin words in a different type from the reft, and the annotations in a ft ill Jma Her letter, that every thing may appear moft clear and diftincJ, and whatever is difyroportioned to weak capacities be overlooked. Therefore it is Jufficient at fir ft for boys to get their rules by heart, and after- wards they may learn the moft familiar examples with the fignification thereof in their mother fatigue ; and in Jhort they may be occafionally inftrutted injuch parts cfthe^ annotations or remarks, as ere moft necejfary and beft' adapted to their lender capacities, Jo that their inftruftion foall increase in proportion as they advance in maturity and judgment. As for the reft, thefe Jhort injlitutions will be of Jer-^ vice not only to young beginners, but likewife to perfons. of riper years, who may be defirous of learning Latin, but are frequently difcoiiraged by the obfcurity and difficulty of Defpauters rules. Here they will find a moft eajy intro- duclion , for not to mention what I have obferved within my own experience, by which I have been chiefly directed in this 'Nsw Method, I may rake icpon me to fffirm, af- ter having made a trial with a few boys of but indijfe- rent parts and memory, that in lejs than ftx months all Defpauter may be learnt by means of thefe Jhort rules ; though generally Jpeaking, boys can hardly go through that author in three years, without a great deal of labour and dijlike j which oftentimes makes them deteft, during their younger days, the Latin tongue, together with their L.atin majler. What xxx A D V E R T I S E M E N T, &V. V/hat remains now would be for me to mention the utili- ty, which I as well as fever al others have experienced, of that maxim cf Remus , few precepts, and a great deal of pra&ice : and therefore that as foon as boys begin tv have afmattering ofthefe rules, it would be proper to lead them into thepraftice, by putting into their hands afewfe- lett dialogues, or feme of the pure/I and clearefl writers > Juch as C*Jar's commentaries, and making them tr an/late into their mother tongue part of Cicero's eafieft epiftles, in order to learn both languages at the fame time, rcferving to ccmpcfe in Latin, till they are more advanced, this being without doubt the moft arduous part of gramma- tical learning* Put this is not a proper place t-o treat of Juch aJuljecJ, which would require a whole differtation -, befides it may be liable to variety of opinions. Sis for what regards the prefent inftitutions, I believe there are very few but will agree with me, that a great deal of time might be Javed by making ufe of this NEW METHOD: and I fatter myfelf that young beginners at leaft will be obliged to me for endeavouring to rejcue them from the trouble and anxiety of learning Defpauter, for attempt- ing to difpel the obfcurity of the prefent forms of teach- ing, and for enabling them to gather flowers on a Jpot hitherto overrun with thorns. The XXXI The TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE TH E following work completes the tranfladon of the grammatical pieces of Mefiieurs de Port Royal, in which I engaged fome years ago, beginning with the Greek Method, and concluding now with the Latin, a performance of equal reputa- tion and ufe with the other. The favourable recep- tion the public vouchfafed to give to this undertak- ing, was an encouragement to proceed ; and I am pkafcd to think that the fuccefs has been fuch as anfwered my expectation. Though I muft own that this fuccefs was not fo greatly to be wondered at, when there were fuch heavy complaints here in England, againft the obfcurities, defects, fuperflui- ties, and errors, that render the common method of teaching, an infuperable impediment to the pro- grefs of education. Thefe in part fome gentlemen have lately endeavoured to remove, by introductions of various names and titles; but their labours feem to be calculated only for boys, and not to take in a more comprehenfive fcheme of grammatical learning. The performances of Mefiieurs de Port Royal leem therefore to be the only attempt that has anfwer- ed this double view, of initiating young pupils, and grounding TrtE TRANSLATOR'S grounding thofe of riper judgment. In the prefenf tranflation, I have endeavoured to exhibit a faithful copy of the original j only that the rules are not drawn up in verfe, for the reafon obferved in the preface to the Greek grammar; that this work is not calculated fo much for tender capa- cities, as for perfons more advanced, and who are defirous of having a critical and complete knowledge of the Roman language. As for the fcheme of drawing up fuch inftfuctions in one's mother tongue, 'the reafons for it are fo ftrongly enforced in the learned author's pre- face, that it would be fuperfluous to add any thing further upon this head ; except that he feems to have been the firft who broke the ice, and his example has been fince followed by a~mul- titude of learned men both in England and abroad, The order of the original has been uniformly ob- ferved throughout; but for the greater diftinc- tion the work has been divided into books, a divi- on arifing from the nature of the fubjecl:, purfuant to the method obferved in the Greek grammar, The quotations from the claflics have been verified and corrected in a vaft number of places, and recourfc had to the originals where there was any fufpicion of the pafiages being corrupt or imperfect. So far I thought proper to advertife the reader concerning the prefent undertaking ; but as the author out of his great modefcy chofe to conceal himfelf under the ge- neral name- of the Society of Port Royal, I fhall therefore fubjoin this fhort character of him in ho- nour to his memory. Claude Lancelot was born at Paris in 1613, and brought up from the age of twelve in the feminary of St. Nicholas du Chardonnet, where PREFACE. xxxin, where he entered himfelf in the year 1627. After having finifhed his ftudies, he retired to Port Royal, and was employed in the education of youth. This province he" executed with all the care and applica- tion pofliblej and became fo expert in the art of teaching, as to draw up thofe excellent methods of learning the Latin, Greek, Italian, and Spanifh tongues, generally called the Port Royal Grammars : performances equally recommendable for order and cafe, as for a profound knowledge of the principles and analyfis of the grammar of thofe languages* He is alfo faid to have wrote the general and ra- tional grammar, which we lately rendered into En- glifh -, and to be the author of the Jard'tn des ratines Grecques, of which we have likewife given a tranfla- tion under the name of the Greek Primitives. Thence afcending to higher ftudies, he applied himfelf with great affiduity in the edition of the famous bible de Vitris, to which he added fome chronological difier- tations in the folio edition, that were much efteem- ed abroad, as well as the tables of the quarto edi- tion, which have been inferted at the end of Roy- aumont's difcourfes on the bible. He likewife wrote a Difiertation on s the hajf Sextary of wine and pound of bread, of which mention is made in the rule of St. Benedict; whereby he fhews how much he had ftudied the matter of weights and meafures of the antients. By thefe works he acquired a high reputation among the learned. He is alfo reported to have left a treatife on the rule of St. Benedict, efteemed a matter- piece. His merit; recommended him to the princefs of Conti to take care of the education of the young princes j in which honourable employment he continued in fome meafure againft his inclination till the death of that princefs. This event taking place, the marquis o of xxxiv THE TRANSLATOR'S &c. of Louvois would fain commit the care of his chiK dren to him, with offers of a very confiderable gra- tification i but he chofe to retire to the abby of St. Cyran, to execute a defign he had long "before con- ceived of entering into a monadic life. After giving all his fubftance to the poor, he betook himfelf to this retreat, where he continued fome years j and at length died at the abby of Quimperle in Britany, the I5th of April, .695, in his eightieth year, of a cold that fell upon his breaft, attended with a fever and fpitting of blood. He was naturally of a mild temper, of re- markable fimplicity, fincere in his religion, conftant ill ftudy, fond of retreat, a contemner of glory, fond of peace, and an enemy to all animofities and difputes. CON- xxxr ++++ C.O N T E N T S. VOL. I. THE PREFACE, with general directions for the con* veniency of teachers as well as learners of the Latin tongue. Pag. nr Rolandi Marfii Eptflola. XK ADVERTISEMENT to the reader concerning the rules of this NEW METHOD. xxiy The Tranflator's PREFACE. xxxi BOOK I. OF GENDERS. i RULE I. Of nouns which agree with either fex. 3 Whence the neceflity arifes of being acquainted with the gen- ders. 5 RULE II. Ofadjedives. Ibid. Of adjectives taken fubftantively, or which ftand by themfelves in difcourfe. 6 RULE III. That the gender of the termination is frequently changed into that of the fignification, or vice verfa. 7 RULE IV. Of As with its compounds and derivatives. ij RULE V. Of the names of winds, rivers, and mountains. 12 Lift of the names of rivers and mountains. 13 RULE VI. Of the names of towns, provinces, {hips, and iflands. 14, Lift of the names of towns. 15 Whence comes it that thefe general words, urls, civitas y terra^ are feminine? ig Of the names of trees, and why arbor is feminine. Ibid* RULE VII. Of the names of trees. 19 Of the names of fruits. 21 RULE VIII. Of indeclinable nouns. 22 RULE IX. Of plural nouns. 23 RULE X. Of nouns fingular in A and E,. 24. Of nouns in I. 26 RULE XI. Of nouns in O. Ibid. RULE XII. Of nouns in M, C, L, T. 29 RULE XIII. Of nouns in N. 30 c 2 RULS xxxvi CONTENTS. RULE XIV. Nouns in AR or in UR. 31 RULE XV. Of nouns in ER. 32 Of the nouns in IR. 33 RULE XVI. Of the nouns in OR. 34 Of the nouns in UR. Ibid. RULE XVII. Of the nouns in AS. 35 RULE XVIII. Of the nouns in ES. 36 Of the gender of dies. 38 RULE XIX. Of the nouns in IS. Ibid. RULE XX. Of the nouns in IS that are of the doubtful gen- der. 39 Lift of the nouns in IS. 40 RULE XXI. Of the nouns in OS. 42 RULE XXII. Of the nouns in US of the fecond or fourth de- clenfion. 43 Lift of Latin nouns in US. 45 Of the Greek nouns in US. % 46 RULE XXIII. Of the nouns in US which are of the third de- clenfion. 48 RULE XXIV. Of laus and fraus t and of nouns ending in S, with another confonant. 49 RULE XXV. Exception to the preceding rule. 50 RULE XXVI. Of nouns in X. 51 Lift of nouns in X. 54 RULE XXVII.' Of epicene nouns. 55 Epicenes excepted from the rules of the termination. 56 BOOK II. OF THE DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 59 RULE I. Of compound nouns. 60 RULE II. Of nouns compounded of two nouns joined toge- ther. Ibid. The firft declenfion. 62 RULE III. Of the dative and ablative plural of the firft de- clenfion. , 64 The fecond declenfion. 65 Of the Greek terminations. Ibid. RULE IV. Of the genitive fingular of the fecond declenfion. 66 RULE V. Of the vocative fingular. 68 For the plural. 69 RULE VI. Of the dative and ablative plural. Ibid. The third declenfion. 70 RULE VII. The genitive of nouns in A and E. 71 RULE VIII. Of the nouns in O. Ibid. RULE IX. Of the nouns in C and D 72 RULE X. Of the nouns in L. Ibid. RULE CONTENTS. xxxvii RULE XI. Of the nouns in N. 73 RULE XII. Of the nouns in R. 74 RULE XIII. Of the nouns in BER. 75 RULE XIV. Of the adjectives in CER. Ibid. RULE XV. Of the nouns in TER. Ibid. RULE XVI. Of for, cor, and Jupiter. 76 RULE XVII. Of the nouns in UR. 77 RULE XVIII. Of the nouns in AS. Ibid. RULE XIX. Of the nouns in ES. 78 RULE XX. Of thofe which make ETIS. Ibid. RULE XXI. Of the other nouns in ES. 79 RULE XXII. Of the nouns in IS. 80 RULE XXIII. Exceptions to the preceding rule. 81 RULE XXIV. Of nouns in OS. 82 RULE XXV. Of the nouns in US which make the genitive in ERIS. 83 RULE XXVI. Of thofe which make URIS, UIS, UDIS, AUDIS, and GDIS. 84 RULE XXVII. Of thofe which make UTIS and UNTIS. 86 RULE XXVIII. Of nouns in BS and in PS. Ibid. RULE XXIX. Of the nouns in NS and in RS. 87 RULE XXX. Of the participle tens, emits, with its com- pounds. 88 RULE XXXII. Of caput and its compounds. Ibid. RULE XXXIII. Of the nouns in X. 89 RULE XXXIV. Exception to the preceding rule. 90 RULE XXXV. General for the accufatives. 91 RULE XXXVI. Of the accufatives in IM. Ibid. RULE XXXVII. The accufative in EM or in IM. 92 RULE XXXVIII. General for the ablative. 93 Of fome adjectives that have been doubted of, and which fol- low neyerthelefs the general rule. Ibid. Of Par and its compounds. Ibid. Of the adjectives in IX, fern, and neuter, 94 Of the names of countries in AS. i Ibid. EXCEPTIONS to the rule of the ablative, relating to fubftan- tives. . Ibid. RULE XXXIX. Exception i. of nouns that make I in the ablative. Ibid. Of the analogy of the terminations included in this rule. 96 Of the proper names in AL or in E. Ibid. Poetical licence in regard to other nouns. Ibid. RULE XL, Excqptiqn 2. of fubftantives that have E or I in the ablative. Ibid. C3 RULE xxxvixi CONTENTS. . RULE XLI. Of fome nouns which do not entirely conform to the analogy of thft preceding rule. 97 RULE XLII. Third exception. Of other fubftantives whofe ablative is in E or in I. 98 A lift of nouns fubftantives that form the ablative in I or in E. That the dative and the ablative were always alike ; and that the Greeks have an ablative. 100 EXCEPTIONS to the rule of ablatives in regard to the adjec- tives. 101 RuLEXLIII. Firft exception. Of adjectives that have only the ablative in E. Ibid. For the adjectives in NS. 102 RULE XLIV. Second exception. Of thofe adjectives which have the ablative only in I. Ibid. To diftinguifh the ablative according as the noun is taken either adjectively or fubftantively. 103 Of the plural of the third declenfion. 104 RULE XLV. Of the plural of nouns neuter. Ibid. RULE XLVI. General rule for the genitive plural. 106 EXCEPTIONS to the rule of the genitive. 107 RULE XLV II. Exception i. Of comparatives and others which make UM. Ibid, RULE XLVIII. Exception 2. Of nouns of more than one fyliable in AS, ES, IS, and NS, which have IUM in the ge- nitive. 109 Of the nouns in AS and in NS. HO RULE XLIX. Exception 3. Of monofyllables that make SUM. in Greek monofyllables, LINX. 112 Of lar, mus, crux^ and fome others. 113 Of thofe moncfyllables that make UM. Ibid. Monofyllables unufaal in the genitive plural. Ibid. RULE L. Exception 4. Of fome other nouns that make IUM. 114 A great many more nouns heretofore made IUM. 115 What nouns moft frequently admit of this fyncope. Ibid. What nouns feldom admit of this fyncope. 116 Of the epenthefis. Ibid, Of the accufctive plural. Ibid. In what manner the antients judged of their language. Ibid. RULE LI. Of nouns that have no fingular, and of the names of fcftivals in IA. X1 7 Of the names of feftivals in if A. 1 18 RULE L1I. Of the dative plural i and of fome particular cafes borrowed from the Greeks. Ibid. CON- CONTENTS. xxxix CONSIDERABLE OBSERVATIONS on the Greek nouns of this declenfion. 119 Of the genitive in OS. Ibid. The genitive of proper names in ES. 120 The accufative in A. 121 The accufative of nouns in IS and in YS. Ibid, The accufative in O and UN or UM. 122 The accuf ive in YS. Ibid. Of the vocative. Ibid. Of the genitive plural. Ibid. Of the dative plural. Ibid. The fourth decleniion. 123 RULE LIII. Of the dative plural in UBUS. Ibid. The fifth declenfion. 124 That the ./Eolians dropped the I fubfcribed in all the datives, and that in this they were followed by the Latins. 125 Some cafes unufual in this declenfion. Ibid. BOOK III. THE HETEROCLITES. 126 Of nouns irregular in their gender. 127 RULE I. Of thofe that are mafculine in the fingular and neu- ter in the plural. Hid. RULE II. Of thofe that are mafculine in 'the fingular, and in the plural are mafculine and neuter. Ibid. RULE III. Of n >uns that are feminine in the fingular and neuter in the plural. 128 Of the word Pergamus. Ibid. RULE IV. Of thofe that are neuter in the fingular, and maf- culine in the plural. 129 Of the word Argos. 130 RULE V. Of nouns that are neuter in the fingular, and maf- culine or neuter in the plural. Ibid. RULE VI. Of nouns that are neuter in the fingular, and fe- minine in the plural. 131 Of nouns irregular in their declenfton. 132 RULE VII. Ofjugerum wuich is of the fecond in the fingular, and of the thud in the plural. . Ibid. RULE VIII. Of vas, which is of the third in the fingular, and of tue fecond in the plural. Ibid. RULE IX. Of domus which follows the fecond and fourth. 133 RULE X. Of vis and bos^ which are irregular in fome ca es. Of defective nouns, or irregulars that want iomething. \ 34 Of thole that have no plural. lb*d. c 4 Of XL CONTENT 5. Of nouns that have no fingular. j->^ RULE XI. General for nouns that have no fingular at all, or but very ieldom. Ibid. The firft lift. Of nouns that admit of different terminations in the nominative, 1^6 Of US and UM. ^ The fecond lift. Of nouns that follow different declenfions, wheiher in one or in different numbers. 147 Whether there are any nouns of the firft and fifth dtclenfion. 149 Of thofe wi.ich change declenfion in different numbers. Ibid. The third lift. Of thofe nouns which by grammarians are faid to want the plural in fenfe. Ibid. The fourth lift. Of thofe nouns which, as grammarians fay, are noc ufed in the plural, though we fometimes meet with examples to the contrary. 150 The fifth lift. Of thofe nouns which grammarians mention as wanting the fingular, though we fometimes meet with inftances to the contrary in authors. 155 On indeclinable nouns. 164 The fixth lift. Of nouns that have not all their cafes. 165 BOOK IV. OF THE CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. 171 General rules. RULE I. Of the compounded verbs. 173 RULE I!. Of Verbs that redouble their firft fyllable in the pre^- terite. Ibid. RULE III. Of thofe which having changed the A into I, take an E in the fupine. 176 RULE IV. Of thoie that have no preterite. 177 RULE V. Of the fyncope. Ibid. The firft conjugation. RULE VI. Gejteral for verbs of the firft conj ugation. i ; $ RULE VII. Of the verbs do and Jlo with their compounds. 180 RULE VIIL Of lava, polo, and juvo. 182 RULE IX. Of thofe which make ui and ITUM. 183 RULE X. Of plico and its compounds. 184. RULE XI. Of thofe which make UI and CTUM. 186 The fecond conjugation. RULE XII. General for the verbs of the fecond conjugation. 187 RULE XIII. Exception for the fupine. 189 RULE XIV. Of the verbs neuter that have no fupine. . 191 RULE XV . Of the compounds of oleo. 1 94 RULE XVI. Of arceo and taceo with their compounds. 196 RULE XVII. Of the verbs in VEO. Ibid. RULE CONTENTS. XLI RULE XVIII. Of forbeo and its compounds. 198 RULE XIX. Of fome other verbs that make UI and TUM. 199 RULE XX. Of verbs that make DI and SUM. 290 RULE XXI. Of other verbs which form DI, SUM, with a reduplication in the preterite. 201 RULE XXII. Of verbs that make SI, SUM. 202 RULE XXIII. Of thofe which make SI, TUM. 203 RULE XXIV. Of thofe which make XI, and CTUM. 204 RULE XXV. Of thofe which ma.e SI or XI, without a fupine. 205 The third conjugation. RULE XXVI. Of the verbs in CIO. 206 RULE XXVII. Of fodio zndfugto. 209 RULE XXVIII. Of the verbs in PIO. Ibid. RULE XXIX. Of the verbs in RIO and TIO. 211 RULE XXX. Of the verbs in UO. 213 RULE XXXI. Of the verbs in UO that have no fupine. 216 RULE XXXII. Of the verbs in BO. 217 RULE XXXIII. Of the verbs in CO. 220 RULE XXXIV. Of the verbs in SCO. 223 RULE XXXV. Of inceptive verbs. 226 RULE XXXVI. Of the verbs in DO. 227 RULE XXXVII. Of the verbs in DO that have a reduplica- tion. 229 RULE XXXVIII. Of the compounds of do andjido. 231 RULE XXXIX. Of the verbs in NDO which lofe N. 233 RULE XL. Of the verbs that make SI, SUM. 234 RULE XLI, Of cado t c facia and fero. 308 OBSERVATIONS on the different conjugations, and on the derivative and compound verbs. 309 On derivative verbs. 310 On compound verbs. 312 A METHOD of finding out the prefent by the preterite. 314 ART. I. The moft natural analogy of forming the preterite. Ibid. ART. II. Four general irregularities and three particular changes in fo verbs. 315 ART. III. Of the firft general irregularity. 316 Lift of preterites that come from verbs in vo, or veo* 317 CONTENTS. Of preterites which come from verbs of other terminations, and are more irregular. Ibid, ART. IV. Of the Jecond general irregularity. 318 ART. V. Of the third general irregularity. 319 Lift of the preterites in Ji or */, by the addition of an s after the chara&eriftic of the prefent. 320 Lift of the preterites inyJ, or^?. 321 Some preterites in xi that are ftill more irregular, having nei- ther c nor g in the prefent. 322 ART. VI. Of the fourth general irregularity. 323 Lift of the preterites which retain the charafteriftic of the prefent. 324 ADVERTISEMENT concerning the method of finding out the prefent by means of the fupine. And the chief ad- vantage that may be derived from the above lifts of prete- rites. 325 OBSERVATIONS on the figure of metaplafm, as far as it re- lates to etymology or analogy. 327 CON- XLIV C O N T E N T S. VOL. II. B o o K v. SYNTAX. GENERAL diftribution of the whole fyntax x The rules of fyntax. RULE I. Of the adje&ive and fubflantive. 3 RULE II. Of the relative and antecedent. 4 The following cafe underftood. Ibid* The preceding cafe underftood. 5 The preceding and the following cafe both underftood. Ibid*. The relative betwixt two nouns of different genders. 6 The relative agreeing with a gender or number underftood. Ibid. Of thcfe nouns which are called relatives of quantity or qua- lity. 7 RULE III. Of the cafe which the verb requires before it. Ibid. Of the infinitive. 8 Obfervations in regard to the next rule. 9 RULE IV. Of the difference of genders and perfons. Ibid. Whether the feminine ought to be preferred to the neuter, n Of the reafon of thefe governments, with fome particular re- marks on the construction of inanimate things. Ibid, Whether we ou^ht always to name ourfelves the firft in Latin, and in what manner we ought to do it in French. 12 RULE V\ Of verbs that have the fame cafe afcer as before them. Ibid, RULE VI. Of two fubftantives of the fame or of different ienfe. 14 Government of the genitive. 15 'i hat the fame noun agreeing with the pofTeflive, governs alfo a genitive. 17 All veibal nouns heretofore governed the cafe of their verb. 18 RULE CONTENTS. XLV RULE VII. Of fome particles that require a genitive. 18 RULE VIII. Of nouns of property, blame, or praife. 19 RULE IX. Of nouns adje&ives derived from verbs. 20 Difference between the participle and the verbal noun. 21 Caufe of fne government of thefe verbal nouns. Ibid. Of the active verbals in BUNDUS. . Ibid: RULE X. Of affeaive verbs. Ibid. RULE XI. Of fum, refert, and Intereft. 23 RULE XII. Natural fignification of the dative. 25 Some extraordinary conftru&ions with the dative. 28 RULE XIII. Of verbs wh^ch take two datives. 29 RULE XIV. Of the accufative which the verb governs after it. Ibid. RULE XV. Of verbs that govern the perfon in the accufa- tive. 31 RULE XVI. Of five verbs that take the perfon in the accu- fative, and the thing in the genitive. 32 RULE XVII. Of verbs of remembering and forgetting. 33 RULE XVIII. Of two verbs coming together. 34. RULE XIX. Of prepofitions which govern the accufative. RULE XX. Of prepofitions which govern the ablative. 38 RULE XXI. Of prepofitions which govern the accufative and the ablative. 40 That almoft every government may be refolved by the prepo- fitions. 42 RULE XXII. Of verbs compounded with a prepofition. 43 RULE XXIII. Of verbs that govern the accufative with ad. Ibid. RULE XXIV. Of verbs which take two accufatives, or that have different governments. Ibid. RULE XXV. Of the four queftions of place. 46 The queftion UBI. 48 The queftion UNDE. 49 The queftion QUA. Ibid. The queftion Quo. Ibid. Particular obfervations on the queftion UBI. 50 Of nouns of the firft declenfion in E. 51 Concerning appofition. Ibid. Concerning nouns of the third declenfion. 52 Obfervations on compound nouns. Ibid. RULE XXVI. Of the queftions of time, meafure, and dif- tance. 53 RULE XXVII. Of the comparative and of partitives. 55 Of the comparative. Ibid. Difficulties in regard to the comparative. 57 3 Of CONTENTS. Of prior and primus. 58 Of plus. Ibid. Of the partitive in general. 59 Of the Superlative in general. Ibid. Diificuicie in regard to the fuperlative. 60 RL'LE XXVIIT. Of the verbs and nouns which govern an ablative ; or a genitive, the ablative being underflood. 6l Plenty or want. 62 Some other adjectives. 63 Of the noun OPUS. 64. RULE XXIX. Of nouns of price, and' verbs of valuing. 65 RULE XAX. Of v^rbs paflive, and others which require the ablative wth the prepofuion Am Ab. 66 That the verb paflive properly fpeaking governs nothing of itfelf. 67 Of the verbs called neuter paflives, venco, vapulo^ &c. 68 RULE XXXI Of the matter of which any thing is com- pofed. 69 RULE XXXII. Of thofe nouns t that are put in the ablative with a prepolition. Ibid. RULE XXXJIL , Of particular verbs that govern the abla- tive, fome of which have likewife the accufative. 70 RULP XXXIV. Of the ablative abfolute. 72 RULE XXXV. Of fome particles which govern different cafes. 73 RULE XXXVI. Of the reciprocal pronouns fui and fuus. 75 BOOK VI. PARTICULAR REMARKS on all the parts of fpeech. 79 SECT. I. REMARKS ON THE NOUNS. CHAP. I. Of nouns common, doubtful and epicenes. Ibid? I. Of common nouns. Ibid. II. Nouns common in their fignification only. 80 III. Nouns common that are put in both genders. 81 IV. Of doubtful nouns. Ibid. V. Of epicenes. 82 CHAP. II. Ren arks on fome particular cafes. 83 I. Of the vocative. II. Of the dative and the ablative. Ibid. CHAP. III. Remarks on numeral nouns 84 I. Of ambo an \ duo. Ibid. II. Of the other -numeral nouns. 85 CHAP. IV. Of the motion, or variation of adjectives. 86 I. Of the variation according to the genders. Ibid. CONTENTS. *LVII II. Of the comparifon of nouns 87 III. Of defectives, or thofe which are deprived of fome degree of comparifon. IV. Superlatives that are compared. V. Adjedives that are not compared. Ibid. Lift of nouns that are compared, though they have a vowel before US. 89 CHAP. V. Of diminutives. Mm SECT. II. REMARKS ON THE PRONOUNS. CHAP. I. Of the number of pronouns, with the fignification and declenfion of fome in particular. 90 I. The nature of a pronoun. ^ Ibid. II. Difference in the fignificatW "of pronouns. Ibid. III. Concerning the cafes, and the declenfion of pronouns. 92 IV. Of the nature of the relative. Ibid. V. Of qui or quis. Ibid. VI. Of meus zndfuus. 94. VII. Pronouns in C, or thofe compounded of en and ecee. 95 CHAP. II. Remarks on the conftruc~tion of pronouns. 96 I. Of the conftruaion of ipje. Ibid. II. Of the conftruaion of idem. Ibid. III. Of the coijuTuition of the ppfleflives meus^ tuus, &c. and of the genitives met, tut, &c. 97 SECT. III. REMARKS ON THE VERBS. CHAP. I. Of the nature and fignification of verbs 98 I. Lift of verbs abfolute and active. 99 II. Lift of verbs adlive which are taken in an abfolute fenfe. 100 III. Lift of verbs pafiive taken actively. joi IV. Lift of deponents, which are taken paffively. ^ 102 V. Lift of deponents that are terminated in O and in OR. 104. CHAP. II. Of the difference of tenfe and moods. 106 I. Of tenfes. Ibid. II. Of moods. Ibid. III. Of the fubjun&ive. 107 IV. That we may oftentimes put the indicative or the fub- junlive indifferently one for the other. 108 V. Of the imperative. 109 VI. O* the infinitive. Ibid. VII. Of FORE. in VIII. CO NTENTS. VIII. Manner of expreffing the future of the infinitive in the 1 other verbs. 112 IX. Another manner of fupplying the future of the infini- tive, especially when the verbs have no fupine. 113 X. That the infinitive "hath frequently the force of a noun fubftantive. Ibid. CHAP. III. Of irregular verbs. 115 I. Of SUM and its compounds. Ibid. II. Of edo, queC) and fa. 116 III. Of fero^ and eo, with their compounds. 117 IV. Of Wo, and its compounds. u8 CHAP. IV. Of defedive verbs. Ibid* I. Of odiy memini, and others which are thought to have only the preterite, and the tenfes depending thereon. 119 II. Of fari 9 and other defective verbs of the fame fignifica- tion. 120 III. Of faxOy aufim^ forem, and queefo. 121 CHAP. V. Of verbs called imperfonal, ajid of their nature* 122 I. What is meant by a verb imperfonal, and that in reality i there is no other but the infinitive. Ibid,. II. That the verbs called imperfonals are not deprived of all the perfons we imagine, even in the moft elegant language. 124 SECT. IV. REMARKS ON THE GERUNDS, SUPINES, AND PARTICIPLES. CHAP. I. Remarks on the gerunds. 125 I. What the antient and modern grammarians thought of Gerunds. ' Ibid. II. That the gerunds are nouns fubftantives, and what is the real caufe of their government. 126 III. Whether the gerunds are taken actively or paflively. 128 CHAP. II. Remarks on the fupines. 129 I. That the fupines are likewife nouns fubftantives. Jbid. II. Whether the fupines are active or paffive, and what time is exprefled by their circumlocution in ire or iri. . 131 III. What cafe the accufative of the fupines governeth, what this accufative itfelf is governed by, and of fome ex- preflions of this fort difficult to account for. 132 IV. Of the fupines in U, what they are governed by, and how they may be rendered by the infinitive, by the gerund, or by the verbal nouns in Jo. 133 CHAP. III. Remarks on the participles. 134 I. Diffe- CONTENTS. XLIX L Difference between a participle and a noun adjective. 134 II. Whether every participle may exprefs every differe-nce of time : and firft of the participle in NS. Ibid* II. Of the participle in US. 135 HI. Of the participle in DUS. 137 IV. Of the participle in RUS. Ibid. V. Signification of the participle in verbs common and de- ponents. 138 Deponents whofe participle in US is fometimes taken paf- fively. Ibid. VI. Some particular remarks on the participle in DUS. 140 VII. Of the participle of the verbs called imperfonals. 14* Nouns or participles in US, whofe verbs are either rare or unufual. Ibid. VIII. Of ccenatus, pranfus, and potus. 142 IX. Whether adventtts may be fometimes alfo an adjective. 144 SECT. V. REMARKS ON THE INDECLINABLE PARTICLES. CHAP. I. Remarks on the adverbs. Ibidt I. That the adverbs admit of comparifon; but not of num- ber. Ibid. II. That what is taken for an adverb is frequently another part of fpeech. Ibid. III. That quod is never any thing elfe but a pronoun relative. 146 IV. Whether quod may be put like the Greek "OTJ, after the verbs. ^ 148 V. Remarkable fignifications of fome adverbs, where the ori- gin of feveral words is pointed out. Ibid. CHAP. II. Remarks on the prepofitions. 152 CHAP. IK. Remarks on the conjunctions. 153 I. That the conjunctions have not always the fame thing be- fore as after them. Ibid. II. Which conjunctions require rather the indicative, and which the fubjunctive? Ibid. III. Of negative conjunctions, 155 IV. Some other remarks concerning particular conjunctions. Ibid. SECT. VI. REMARKS ON SOME PARTICULAR TURNS'OT EXPRESSION. CHAP. I. Of vereor ut, and vereor ne, 159 I. Vereor ut. l6l II. Vereor ne. 162 Vol. I. d III. L CONTENTS. III. Vereor ut ne y or vereor ut non. l6l IV. Vereor ne non. 164 V. Non vereor , or non vereor ne nan. Ibid. VI. Non vereor ne^ or non vereor ut ne. 165 CHAP. II. Of this other phrafe, haud Jcio rf,v, &c. Ibid, BOOK VII. OF FIGURATIVE SYNTAX. What is meant by figures in fyntax, of their ufe, and that they may be all reduced to four. 167 CHAP. 1. Of the firft figure called ettpjis. 1 68 I. Verb underftood. Ibid. II. The nominative underftood before the verb. 169 III. The accufative underftood after the verb. Ibid. IV. When the infinitive is alone, the verb that governs it is underftood. 170 V. When an adjective is alone, fome fubftantive or other is underftood. Of the word negotium. Ibid. VI. Antecedent with the relative underftood. 172 VII. What is to be underftood when the genitive comes af- ter an adjective, or after a verb. Ibid. VIII. What we are to underftand, when the accufative is by itfelf. 173 IX; What we are to underftand, when the ablative is by itfelf. Ibid. X. Two other very remarkable ellipfes ; one where we are to underftand the nominative of the verb, and the other, where we muft fupply the verb by the context, 174 XL Of other more remarkable particles that are underftood. T 75 XII. Firft lift. Of feveral nouns underftood in Latin au- thors. 176 XIIL Second lift. Of feveral verbs underftood. 181 XIV. Third lift. Of prepofitions that are to be underftood. Ibid. CHAP. II. Of the fecond fort of ellipfi?, called ZEUGMA. 183 I. A word underftood as it was exprefled before. Ibid. II. A word underftood otherwife than it was expreffed before. Ibid. III. A word underftood in the enumeration of pnrts. Ibid. IV. Elegance to be obferved in regard to the Zeugma. 184 CHAP. III. Of the fecond figure called PLEONASM. Ibid. CHAP. IV. Of the third figure called SYLLEPSIS. 185 I. The fimple fyllepfis. Ibid. II. The relative fyllepfis. 186 CHAP. V. That the fyllepfis is frequently joined with ano- ther figure, and of fome difficult paflages which ought to be referred thereto. 188 I. The CONTENTS. LI I. The fyllepfis with a zeugma. 188 II. With an entire ellipfis. 189 III. With an hyperbaton. 190 CHAP. VI. Of the fourth figure called HYPERBATON. Ibid. CHAP. VII. Of HELLENISM or Greek phrafe. 192 I. Hellenifm by ATTRACTION.. Ibid. II. Hellenifm of the'prepofition KATA. 193 III. Hellenifm of the prepofition EK. 194 IV. Other more particular expreflions, which depend on the figure of hellenifm. Ibid. CHAP. VII, Of antiptofis and enallage. 195 I. Whether we ought to join antiptofis and enallage to the foregoing figures, and what the grammarians underftand by thefe two words. Ibid. II. Examples of the antiptofis taken particularly from Def- pauter. Ibid. III. Other examples taken from thofe who wrote upon Def- pauter. 197 IV. Examples of the enallage. 198 Lift of verbs of different governments. 200 BOOK VIII. PARTICULAR OBSERVATIONS. On the Roman names. On their figures or arithmetical characters. On their manner of counting the fefterces. And on the divilion of time. Ufeful for the underftand- ing of authors. 226 CHAP. I. Of the names of the antient Romans. Taken from VAL. MAXIMUS, SIGONIUS, LIPSIUS, and other authors. Ibid. 1. Of the proper name, PRJENOMEN. Ibid. II. Of the general name, NOMEN GENTIS. 228 III. Of the particular furname, COGNOMEN and AGNO- MEN. Ibid. IV. OBSERVATIONS on the names of flaves, freedmen, women, and adoptive children. 229 And firft of flaves and freedmen. Ibid. 2. Of women. Ibid. 3. Of adoptive children. Ibid. V. Other obfervations on changing the order of thofe names. 230 1. The agnomen before the nomen. Ibid. 2. The cognomen become nomen. Ibid. 3' The pranomen become nomen. Ibid. 4. The pr&nomen put in the fecond place* Ibid, d s 5. The LII CONTENTS. 5. The pr&nomen or proper name putlaft under the emperors. 231 6. Exception to this rule of taking the laft name under the emperors. 232 7. Other names changed as well as the latter. 'ibid. CHAP. II. Of figures, or arithmetical characters among the Romans. 233 I. In what manner the Romans marked their numbers. Ibid. II. Proper obfervations in order to underftand thefe figures thoroughly. Ibid. III. What this manner of reckoning has been owing to, and whence thefe figures have been taken. 234 IV. Whether there are other methods to mark the Roman cypher than the preceding. 235 CHAP. III. Of the Roman fefterces. Hid. II. Reafon of thefe expreflions, and that mills ftrictly fpeak- ing is always an adje&ive. 236 III. Other remarkable expreflions in regard to the fame fub-' je/W. . RULE II. Of diphthongs. 297 RULE III. Of a vowel before another vowel. Ibm. OF GREEK WORDS. 299 Of CONTENTS. t* Of thofe which are written with long or fhort vowels; 299 Of thofe which are varioufly writ. Ibid* Of three common vowels. Ibid. Of words that have a diphthong in Greek* 300 Caufe of the deviation in Greek words from the foregoing rules. Ibid* RULE IV. Of a vowel long by pofition. 301 RULE V. Of a mute and liquid. Ibid* Whether I be fometimes a double letter, and V fometimes a liquid. 303 OF DERIVATIVE WORDS. Ibid* Exceptions to the preceding rule. 304 OF COMPOUND WORDS. Ibid* RULE VI. Of divers compounding particles. 305 RULE VII. Of the other prepofitions. 306 RULE VIII. Of words compounded without a prepofition. 307 OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. RULE IX. Of preterites of two fyllables. RULE X. Of preterites with a reduplication. Ibid. RULE XL Of fupines of two fyllables. 310 Of the fupinejtatum. 311 Of citum andjcitum. Ibid* RULE XII. Of the fupines of polyfyllables. 312 OF THE INCREASE OF VERBS. Ibid* RULE XIII. The nature of the increafe of verbs. Ibid* RULE XIV. Of the increafe in A. 313 RULE XV. Of the increafe in E. Ibid* RULE XVI. Of the increafe in I. 315 RULE XVII. Of the increafe in O. 316 RULE XVIII. Of the increafe in U 317 OF THE INCREASE OF NOUNS. -Ibid* RULE XIX. What is meant by the increafe of nouns. Ibid* Ofthefirft declenfion. Ibid. RULE XX. Increafe of the fecond declenfion. 318 INCREASE OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. Ibid* RULE XXL Of and Alcaic. 399 1. Of Phaleucian verfe. Ibid* 2. Of Sapphic verfe. 400 3. Of Alcaic verfe. 401 4. Of the leffer Alcaic. Ibid* III. Of Anapzeftic verfe. Ibid* IV. Of Archilochian verfe, and others lefs frequently ufed. 402 CHAP. VII. Of compofitions in verfe, and the mixture of dif- ferent forts of metre. 403 I. Compofitions of one fort of metre only. Ibid. II. Compofitions of different metre, and their divifion into ftanzas, called STROPHES. Ibid* III. Compofitions of two forts of metre. And firft of t'nofc in which the ftanza has but two verfes, and which are call- ed di'xwXov %r%o and a Head of the Author by Bartolozzi, 1 1. 10 s. A NEW METHOD Of LEARNING with EASE the LATIN TONGUE. BOOK I. OF GENDERS. o^. [ E Latins have three different genders for their | nouns, the Mafculine, the Feminine, and the Neuter, T which for brevity fake, -are marked by the pronoun I | hie, h genders, by reafon of the fignification of the noun, which as it includes the two fexes, is the caufe of its being al- VOL. I. B vyayg a N E W M E T H O D. Book I. ways put in the mafculine, when it is applied to man ; and i;. the feminine, when applied to woman. Hence it is, that the Com- mon has, for the cwo genders of which it is compofed, only the mafculine and the feminine. And the Doubtful has feveral genders, only becaufe the praflice was doubtful in the beginning ; for fome gave one gender to a noun, and others another ; juft as we fee feveral nouns in French, whole gender has either changed, as Evecbe, feminine in Ronfard, and now mafculine ; or is flill doubtful, as yjreriayue, abjlntke, which are fometimes mafculine, and fometimes feminine. Thus, fome faid, for example, bic finis ; and others hac finis ; for wh ch rea- fon we are at liberty to put the fame noun in which gender we pleafe. From hence it follows i. that a noun of the doubtful gender may be either mafculine or feminine, as bic aut h^ec finis : either maf- culine or neuter, as bic aut hoc Plato. Hie Dinacium, Plant. Dinace, the name of a man. Others, which agree with man in general, and are called ap- pellatives ; as vir ma gnus, a great man. Primifena- tores, the principal fenators. Rex fortijjimus, a very brave king. Hie ad-vena, a ftranger. Hie affecla, an attendant, and feveral others of the like nature. It is the fame in regard to the names of angels, as Michael, Gabriel: of devils, as Lucifer: of falfe deities, as Jupiter, Mars ; Mammona or Mammonas, the god of riches ; becaufe we always reprefent them to our- felves under a human form. 2. Nouns which agree with woman only, are of the feminine gender, whether they be proper names ; as Maria fanttijfima, the moft holy Mary ; Sanfta Eu- ftochium. Saint Euftochia : or whether they be appel- latives ; as mutter fudica, a chaite woman ; mater op- tima, a very good mother. The fame may be faid of the names of GoddefTes, as Pallas, Juno, Venus , &c. 3, But nouns agreeing with man and woman both together, are of the common gender -, as hie fcf bac con- B 2 JUX, 4 NEWMETHOD. Book I. juXy the hufband or wife. Parensfanftus, the holy father. Parensjantta, the holy mother. Civis bonus, a good citizen of the male lex. Civis bona, a good citizen of the female fex. 4. We fay that thefe nouns are not doubtful, be- caufe there is a wide difference between the common and doubtful genders, as we have already obferved p. 2. ANNOTATION. Matnmona or Mamona, or elle Mammonas, or Mamonas, with one or two M. which Defpauter puts in the neuter gender, and Beza has tranflated in the feminine, ciii rjyeVa K^gjoc, o ol rr,s> y.ort\'ux,t so;;. Some make a god of their riches , and others of their Idly. And this termination is alfo ufed by Tertullian. Quts magisfer'viet Mam- mono:, quam quern Mammonas redemit ? The fignification likewife favours it, becaufe it frequently fignifies the fame thing among the Hebrews, as srXoDro; among the Greeks, the god of riches ; which does not hinder it's being taken v likewife for gain, and for avarice, as St. Auftin and Clement of Alexandria obferve : or for riches, according to St. Jerome. Some have thought that the names of goddeffes were alfb tsfcd in the mafculine gender, becaufe as on the one hand Virgil fays Magna Pales, to fignify the goddefs of fhepherds, on the other we meet with, hie Pahs, in Varro and other writers, as Ser- vius has obferved 3. Georg. ; And Venus is alfo to be found in the mafculine gender. Be fides Deus itfelf is taken for a goddefs in Vir- gil, Lucan, and Claudian. As for Pales, Arnobius lib. 3. contra Gent, fliews there was a god of that name, different from the goddefs, whom he alfo calls, Miniftrum f? villicum Jo-vis. And Varro muft have meant this god, to which Servius did not fufficiently attend. With regard to Venus, we may fay with Macrobius, that fhe was confideied as of two fexes ; and hence it is that (he was -paint- ed as a man dreffed in woman's apparel, with a bearded chin ; which is the reafon of Ariftophanes's calling her Apgi^ru* initead of A^O^tTr,. And if Virgil and others have alfo included her under the word Deus, dpubtlefs they have done it in imitation of the Greeks, who make 0so$ of the common gender, ngw-ro* ^ &so~r lujgtytfeu rs-t . xj -crao-atj. Demoilh. pro corona ; Primum quidsm deos deafque omnej precor. Of the names of Animals. The names of brutes and animals follow the fame diftinftlon of mafculine and feminine, as thofe of the human fpecies, in regard OFGENDERS. 5 to the two fexes, when they exadlly agree either with the male or female ; as hie aries, a ram, hie taurus, a bull ; h Oreftes B 4 is g NEWMETHOD. Book I. is not yet fmifhed. Juft as the French fay, le Cid, le Cinna y &c. ' It is by the fame rule that the names of letters are fometimes feminine, by referring them to littera ; A longa y E brevis -, A long, E fhort, &c. though it is more ufual to put them in the neuter gender, as we lhall hereafter more particularly obferve in the rule of indeclinable nouns. It is alfo by this fame rule that the names of preci- ous ftones are fometimes mafculine, when they refer to lapillus -, and fometimes feminine, when they refer to gemma ; as hie acbc'Jes, an agate. H*ec fap-phirusy a iaphir, &c. See the annotation on the rule of the nouns in us. The names of fpecific numbers terminated in io are mafculine, becaufe they fuppofe Numerus -, as hie imio, a unite ; hie termo> the number three; hie Jenio, the fixth point. ANNOTATION. In a word, whenever you are in any doubt concerning the gen- der of a noun, the moft general rule th'at can be given, is to con- fider the nature of the thing it fignifies, and under what general word it may be comprized. This holds good even in French, for if we fay, for inftance, la Seine, we underfland, la riviere, Sequana : and if we fay, le Rhone, we under (land, le fleuve, Rhodanus. By the fame principle we mult, regulate the gender of diminu- tives, which they generally borrow of their primitive. Infomuch that we may often draw an inference from the gender of the diminutive to the gender of the primitive with which we are not fo well acquainted, as Qtiintilian has obferved. For in- ftance, we may judge that enfes is of the mafculine gender, be- caufe from thence is formed e njiculus ; and in like becaufe it forms funiculus ; it being very probable that if fu-n-.s or en/is had been of the feminine gender, they would rather have faid funicula, and enfecula, which 1 believe are not to be found in any writer, though Prifcian wanted to eftablilh the laft without any authority. This rule, indeed, is n6t infallible, yet it may be of great fer- vice ; and we muft particularly obferve that thofe who rejeft it in conjunction with L. Valla, frequently miitake that for a diminutive which is notib ; or even are oftentimes deceived by deriving from one word, what comes rather from another. .See Voffius 2. de 4nal. cap. 29. and San&ius i. de caufis ling. Lat. cap. io. 2. Now tho' the common word, or the general figni- ficauon, ufually regulates the gender of thofe nouns which OF GENDERS. g which are comprehended under it ; yet it fometimes quits its gender to affume that of the termination. This we fhall fhew in the following rules, as alfo in thefe nouns. O'per*e, arum, always feminine, though it fignifies workmen, artifts, people daily hired, and at our dif- pofal and command. O'perx Clodian*, Cic. Clodius's attendants. Cuftodi*, guards or foldiers. Vtgtli*, Excubi*, cen- tinels, always feminine. Ad continendas cuftodias meas, Trajan, ad Plin. epift. 233. to watch and guard the prifoners. Manctyium, always neuter, though it is faid of a man, or woman. Scortum, a whore, a courtefan : Proftibulum, a prof- titute : always neuter. ANNOTATION. The reafon of this is becaufe thefe words always retain fome- thing of their proper and natural fignification. For in regard to the firft, they feem originally to fignify not fo much the man as the employment, the action or circumftances of the man, for which reafon they could not retain the gender of the termination. Not but we fometimes obferve that thefe very nouns follow the gender of the perfon. For as the French fay Un trompette ; to ex- prefs a man ; and not um trompette ; un garde, to fignify a foldier, and not une garde, which fignifies a nurfe : Thus we find that the Latins put optio in the mafculine, when it is taken for an officer or agent appointed by the captain, according to Feftus ; or for a bo- dy of referve, according to Varro ; or for the matter of the arfe- nal, in the civil law ; or for a goal keeper, in S. Ambrofe : and in the like manner the Greeks have their *ov(Mte?ucfiK of the mafculine. But inftead of this noun we find in the civil law and elfewhere, curam palatii, which Voffius thinks ought to be always taken in the feminine, though it is underftood of the perfon that has the care. With refpeft to the other nouns abovementioned, it is very certain that Scortum, properly fpeaking fignifies no more than a fkin, which is the reafon that Tcrtull. in his book de Pall, fpeak- ing of the lion's fkin with which Hercules was clad, calls it Scor- turn Her culls, fo that this name muft have been given to a harlot only out of derifion and in a metaphorical fenfe. The fame may be faid of Proflibulum, which properly fignifies the place be- fore the door, quafi PRO five ANTE STAB ULUM, which was one of the moil ufual places where this fort of women ufed to expofe themfelves. Hereby io NEW METHOD. Book J. Hereby we fee that the appelladve nouns, that is, which agree only with man or woman in general, do not always vary the gender of their termination. Hence even in (jreek we fay TO yvaf- xi^oi', muhercula, TO a&X^a^ioy, Jororcula, TO xopioK, xoglhot, xo- fio-Kiw, & xo^as-iov, fuel/a, and others of the like nature ; and in the fame manner in Latin, meum fuavium, mcuin, corculum, Plaut. But if thefe become proper names, then they change their gender ; and we muft fay, mea/uai/ium, which is the fame as "/Xwojgibv., fmce Terence has mea G/jcerium. If it mould be objected here, that the names of goddefles fometimes happen to be in the mafculine ; you may fee what an- Iwer we have given in the annotation to the firfl rule. It is the fame thing in regard to the names of men, which be- coming proper, conltantly follow the gender of their fignificatiqn. Hence if we were fpeaking of Majoragius t whofe parents gave him the name of Maria in honour of the virgin, there is no man- ner of dpubt but we fhould fay Dofium & facundum Maria.ni, as Voifius very juftly obferves. And it is a great miftake in Prifcian, lib. xii. to fay that the names of men or women in um were of the neuter gender : for the contrary appears in mea Glyce- rium, which I jult now quoted from Terence : beiides, Dmacium & Pegnium, names of men in Plautus are always mafculine ; and there is a much greater number of names of women than men of this termination, in the fame author arid others, which are al- ways feminine. Hence we find in the fathers : Eujtochium, So- phronium, Melanium, Albinum, and the like names of women. For want of righily conlidering this, feveral paffages have .been, corrupted. It feems that S. Auguftin has made ufe of Albinus, to exprefs Albina daughter-in-law of Melania the grandmother, widow of her only fon, and mother of young Melania married to Plinian. For he not only hath ad Albinum, Pinianum, f? Melanium ; in the title of the zzyth letter which is written to them : but moreover in the book concerning the grace of Jelus Chriit and original fin which he addrefies to them, he fays, Dile&i Deo, Albine, Pi- niane, & Melania, where he mentions Albina firll, as the mother, and makes the reference to the mafculine, becaule of Pinian, as to the nobleft gender. And in like manner in this very place he employs the wordfratres, though there are two women ; as in the city of God he calls a brother and filler, ambos fratres. But we are furnimed from ancient infcripticns with feveral other examples of the names of men being gi^en to women, as Ramus Urfula; and of the names of women being given to men, as Vec- tius E/pis, Lai/fe ; us Apotbeca, &c. And to confider the thing exact- ly, all the names of men in A, as Sylla, Perpcnna, Lecca, Catilina, are nouns feminine by their termination, as Sanclius obferves alter Quintilian, andalfo Varro in the SthofLL. which are become maf- culine, only by being attributed to particular men. Jull as the names of women become properly feminine, when they are given to women j nothing more exactly determining the gender, than the OFGENDERS. n the diftin&ion of the two fexes. Wherefore in thefe there is ftrictly fpeaking no figure, and there is no occafion to have re- courfe to the common word in the following rules. RULE IV. Of As with its compounds and derivatives. 1 . As, Affis, is of the mafculine gender. 2 . And Jo are all its compounds and derivatives. 3. Except U'ncia. EXAMPLES. 1. The noun As, aflis, with all its compounds and derivatives, is of the mafculine gender. This word fig- nifies an ancient coin, which may be valued at three farthings Englifh money. It is alfo taken for a pound of twelve ounces, and for every thing confiding of twelve equal parts. 2. Its compounds are, fuch as Jecujls, a coin often a/fas, Centuffis, a coin of one hundred afles, and the like. Its derivatives or parts are fuch, as Setntffis, half an as : Quincunx, five ounces j Sextans, the fixth part of an as, &c. 3. We muft except U'nria, an ounce, which is al- ways of the feminine gender. ANNOTATION. The reafon why As and all its compounds and derivatives are of the mafcuiine gender, muft be taken from the common and general noun, considering them as a kind of coin that refer to Numus. For though the word was fo called qua/1 Vo?, lex ; becaufe money was introduced by law, in order to be the tie as it were and com- mon meafure of traffic. But unda continued in the feminine, becaufe it is derived ab vna (fup. farte) quafi unica. So that 12* NEW METHOD. Book I. 12 12. Ounces made faeAs, called alfo Libra, li. The Deunx, fo called be- caufe dteft uncia, CDecunx, as much as to >IO. < fay decem uncia. ^ tatis,beca.\ifea"ee/}fexi 9. Dodrans, for dedrans, becaufe 8. z. much as tol /^, or dex- i. ieejifextans. J drant. or <^j for />/, becaufe /r/V/zf - ^z/^ uncief. 4. Triens, that is, the third part of the ^f. 3. Quadrans, that is, the fourth part of the ^. 2, Sextans, that is, the fixth part. li Sefcunx, that is, fefquiuncia, an ounce and a half. I 1 . Uncia (quafi unica) an ounce. The whole, to be divided i> twelve. Eleven twelfths. Ten twelfths or Five fixths. Nine twelfths, or three fourths. Eight twelfths, or two thirds. Seven twelfths. Half a pound, or one half. Five twelfths. One third. One fourth. One fixth. One eighth. One twelfth. RULE V. Of the names of winds, rivers, and mountains. 1 . The names of 'winds are always mafculme. 2. As are frequently tbofe of rivers, 3. And mountains. EXAMPLES. 1. The names of winds are always of the mafculine gender, as Eurus y the Eaft wind ; Zepbyrus, the Weft wind ; Aufter> the South wind j Boreas or A'quilo^ the North wind i Etefix, the Weft winds that conftantly blow at a certain feafon of the year. 2. The names of rivers and mountains are alfo fre- quently mafculine. Of rivers, as hie Euphrates, hie T'igrist the Euphrates, and the Tigris, rivers of Ar- menia : Hie Ganges, the Ganges, a river of India : lllc Matron a, the Marne : Hie Sequana, the Seine. 3. Thofe OFGENDERS. 13 3. Thofe of mounts or mountains, hie Eryx, a mountain in Sicily: Hie Otbryx, mount Othryx : Hie Offa t Ovid, mount Offa. ANNOTATION. The reafon of this rule is likewife taken from the common and general nouns, and it always holds good in the names of winds, whether in Greek, or in Latin, becaufe they refer to >.^/.er, or 'vetrtus, wind. Nor does it make againft the rule, that Lailaps is feminine : be- caufe this noun which is entirely Greek, does not denote a parti- cular wind, but fignifies a whirlwind or tempeft. But it is obfervable in regard to the names of winds, that fome of them are fubftantives, as Aufter, Boreas, &c. and others adjec- tives, as Africus, Subfolanus, and perhaps lapyx, which has been ufed for lapygius, from the word lapygia, which fignified the pro- vince of Apulia, from whence this wind blowed towards Greece. In like manner alfo Trop&i, in Greek r^TrxTot. Videmm, fays Pliny, e terra confurgere --ventos, qui quidem, cum e mari redeunt Tro- pffi 6/^o?, and in the feminine wnoy. Thus Etejies & Ornitbi/e are always mafculine when taken fub- ftantively, becaufe in Greek they are of the firfl declenfion of fimples, which are all mafculine: hence it is that Pliny ufes Etc- Jias in the fingular, and not Ete/ia. For the fame reafon Cicero always ufes the mafculine gender ; Na--vigatio qua inc urrebat in ipfoi Etejlas. In like manner Ariftotle, of |TW. Sut if they are taken adje&ively, then we may fay 01 vtr,:feU*. ALTJA, a river in Italy, is always ACH,"KK"N or ACH&SONS; whicb fefnlnjne, eccQrdjng to the terrnuiatian : Nonrtius cali$ doubtful, is always rruf- culme, when it lignifies a- river, Virj. Et iiar:-\-ta * darr.niitui /lliia. ' part or quarter cf heiJ. A"oV- i 4 NEW METHOD. Book I, runs. Plaut. as we ftill fay, Acberonte, fame name. So that when Virg. In or Acberor.ti aliqttid fsri ; to fignify in Cu/ice fays hell. Alma Cb'm-.areo Xantbus perfufa liquore ; JADKR, neuter. TtflOft Jadcr. it is more likely, that he meant this Lucan. city which is mentioned by all ancient NAR. Lactis Vtlmus in Nar defluit, geographers and hiftorians, Herodo- Cic. whereas Tacitus taking it in the tus, Dion, Pliny, Strabo, Ptolemeu?, mafculine, fays Naren:, and fo do a great and others, than as fome commen- many others. For which reafon Cluveri- tators pretend, that this is the name of us in his divifion of ancient Italy thinks the river, which he took in the femi- that this paffage of Cicero is corrupted, nine. But Voflius defends it by the authority of almoft all manufcript and printed co- Names of Mountains. pies, and fays that the authority of Ci- cero is preferable to that of Tacitus and The'fe likewife moft commonly fol- all the reft. And as to Virgil, when he low the gender of the termination. For fays: if OSSA is mafculine in Ovid, it is audnt arr.n'n feminine in Lucan. And if OETA ii Sulpburia Nar albus as. And in vain, der, he would have faid Gadirem. And fays Voflius, have fome endeavoured yet Avienus has made it feminine, to infer from thence that Lugdunus Gadir irferta columnh, which he refers might be faid as well as Lu.^dunum. to urbs. True it is that there are fome others, TIBUR, Tivoli, always neuter, which have two terminations, as Epi- Htnc Tlbur Cabille tuum. Sil. davrus and Epidaurum, the former mafc. Tiburque tuum. Virg. in Horn. But as the nouns in UR are not fo Apm^Qivr 'ijnfettMr. r neuter, but there are fome of them Vitibus csnfitum Epidaurum. mafculine j fo Anxur is either neuter or And feminine in Strabo. h 'ETttiavfo;. mafculine, and never feminine. Ad. The other is neuter, Epidaurum cele- Anxur oppugnandum, Liv. Impificum Ire, Plin. faxis candentibus Anxur, Hor. Jiios, & Ilion Ceciditquefuperbum. Ca/ididus Anxur aquis, Mart. Ilium Virg. Hits disjtcia. Ovid. Saguntus & Saguntum, the latter al- Qf thofe in S. ways neuter, and the former always feminine. AGRAGAS is a city which the La- Thus Celebes, which fome moderns tins called dgrigentum, according to make ufe of, ought according to Vof- Pliny. This noun is fem. in Strabo. lius to be always feminine, like Illos, Axpaya; $e Ivy toy tZya, according to Sagutttos, and others. But this word the common word. In other writers was always taken by the ancients for it is mafc. as in Laert. in the life of the people. Cdcbtu an A/yrius, Hor. Empedocles, tvt julyav A^ayavra, and Auratus aria Coichorum. Cic. Cum in Virg. Colchos peterent. Mela. ^ TOW; KoXxou; Arduus inde Agragas tjlcntat maxima. t!>if, Strabo, Cum Colcbos ncffet. Hence longe Fontanus was doubly miilaken in fay- Mcenia J&n. 3. ing, Ditatum vellere Colcbos. In the firft Which Servius explaining fays, Mons J>lace a word which fignifies the people eft muro cttifiut t In cujus Jumma parte only, he miiluok for the town or oppidum eft. In which he is cenfured country : feconJrly he put this word in by Voflius, who fays that there is no the neuter gender without any audio- mention made of this mountain by the rity, when he ought rather to have ancients, Ptolemy, Strabo, and others, put it in the feminine, according to But laying Servius afide, Virgil furely the analogy of the other nouns of the was not fo unacquainted with gcogra- fame termination. But Colchis, idh, phy, and efpecially with that of a is the proper name of the country, neighbouring country, as to reprefent And if any one fliould chufe to make Agragas in fo high a fituation, if it ufe of the other noun, it (hould be at did not ftand upon a mountain. Befides leaft in the plural number and in the we learn from Polybius book ix. that mafculine gender, according to the thirdly was feated on the top of a mount remark we fhall make in the ninth or a rock : jwireu yap ra T6~^4? tm tei- rule. Tfa; axgoTG/Mrj K, 'srtfiffxyti j that it was In nN, they vary among the Greeks, as ftrong by its fituation, aby its for- For as we find, $ BaCuXiv, i Actxf$a,!y.w, tifications, and that towards the foutli r, KaXxnJiv ; fo we meet in Strabo with, there was a river of the fame name, o MajaSwv, o Ms^iy, 6 Soux^v. But in And therefore Agragas muft have re- Latin, moft writers put them in the mained mafc. -either bccaufe it com- feminine becaufe of the common word, prehends not only the town, but the Dorica AKCOK, Juv. Regia Pleurun, Silius. whole mountain, or becaufe it likewife Alto. Cretin. Id. fignifies the river, from which the In R, Voflius looks upon them as town itfelf derived its name, accord- neuter j fmce there are names of this ing to Thucydides, book vi. Or in fine gender in this termination. Thus becaufe nouns in AS which make the TUBER, Tudi, a city of Umbria, is genitive in ant'n, are mafculine, as neuter, Summum Tttdtt, Silius. we ftiall fhew hereafter. And Voflius GADIR, is neuter, 'I'jrtrffitm Hif- himfelf admits of thefe two laft regions. By OFGENDERS. I7 By the fame analogy, we find in ledled this difference, or have made it Strabo, o Aja^aj, a ci'cy of Doris, o mafculine becaufe of the termination in Taftt?, Tarentum j and hence Lucan us, though Val. Flaccus put it in the fays lib. v. feminine. Antifuufque Taras.- Cteperat a getn'ma dlfcedere Sejios Alyd*. ARC os is neuter by its termination, We meet with 'AXi's^ro;, Hal:artui t tecaufe in Greek it is of the fiift de- mafc. in Horn, but in Strabo, it is clenfion of contrails, in which all the male, and fem. nouns in of are neuter, as TO TS^*;. M^v is fem. in Horn. Upturn tjuii Argos, Hor. mafc. US or O2 of the third declenlion of ru'yJo? is mafculine and feminine in fimples in Greek, cannot be eafily Strabo. known by the termination, becaufe it CORINTHS is always fem. in La- varies, for as we fay, o Xo'^cj, fermc, tin and even in Greek, TJJV Koiv8r, fo we fay alfo, h oJo'c, via j and as we fays Strabo : except perhaps its appear- fay, bic fruftus, fruit, we likewife fay ing mafculine in this patfage of Homer bxc manus, a hand. The fureft way - "Afveiov TI Kojivflov. therefore is to put them then in the fe- < Opulentamque Corlntbum, minine, unlefs you have fome authority But in Latin we never meet with it in to the contrary ; becaufe the termina- this gender; though Scioppius prc- tion does not oppofe it, and they are fa- tends otherwife. For in Velleius Fa- voured by the fignification. terculut lib. i. where he fays, Corin- Thus we fay >> Nivsf, Ninus, Nineve : tbum qui antea fuerat Epbyrc, we ought n Tuf^, Tyrus, Tyre ; *$IIT&>, to read qua in the feminine, as Vof- Epbefus$ Ji MXI),TC, M iUtus ; ri Pofof, fius proves from all the ancient copies, Rbcdus, Rhodes j and a great many and beft printed editions. others. And with regard to the paffage of But we meet with Zr,{-^ mafcu- Propertius, line in Steph. and in Euftath. and on Nee mifer ara faro, cladt, Conntbe, tua ; the contrary we find it feminine in it is obvious that tnijer relates to the Ovid. poet himfelf, Ego mifer, and not to J^eltuameSfJlostVeltetneafumatAbydoi, the city. This poet feems alfo to have made CORIOLAUS is perhaps mafculine in Lelbos mafculine. Florus lib. i. Coriclaus vi&us adeo g'o- Et Metbymn&i fotiuntur llttcrc Left:, ritefuit, &c. according to the reading xi. Met. f. i. in the firft edition of it, and in the Which is confirmed by Defpauter, ancient manufcripts, as Vinetus and though he reads Metyl'iTuei. It is true Voflius inform us. Hence Beroaldus that Aldus and fome others read Meiym- is found fault with for making this *<*, but the ancients read it in the correction, Coriolaot -vi&oi adeo glorl* mafc. fuiffe. Some have pretended alfo to fay Po N-T us is always mafculine accord that this noun is neuter, and that it ing to the termination, not only when comes from Lejboti, but without autho- it fignifies the fea, but likewife the rity. kingdom of Pontus. Ex eodem Ponto As for Abydus, we meet with it in Medea profugijje dicltur. Cic. and the Strabo, and in Dionyfius. fame among the Greeks, Strabo, Ste- lerof e'-art x.o.1 "A?fJ^)j iravriov Sp.ucv phanus, Ptolemy, &c. ISsrro. Thofe in us coming from MI; 5f, by Seftus tibl f Abydui ex ad-verfo fa- contraction, are alfo mafculine, as tionem fofuere. Dapbxut, Steph. Pefflnus, untis, Cic. Others have pretended to fay, that Pejjinuntem iffum -vajiaris, de Arufp. Abydon is alfo ufed in the neuter, be- relp. And the fame of Amatbus, Tra- caufe Virgil has, fezus, Opus, Hydrut, Pblius, and others. - Oftriferi fauces tentantur Abydl. It is true Ovid fays in the fem. For otherwife, as they will have it, gra-viforr.que Aaiatbur.ta metatlis ; he would have faid, Qftrifer*. But if but he could never have faid it without we fay Abydon, it is a city of Italy, as referring it to arts, becaufe thefe nouns Euftathius and Stephanus obferve, and come from the Greek termination ?, not the town oppofite to Seftut ; and mafc. the feminine of which would be therefore Virgil mult either have nee- in A : itre-tt VOL. I. C For i NEW METHOD Book I. For this reafon Cerafus, a city of the fpot. Thus ScXiva;, fo called be- Pontus, is alfo mafculine by its termi- caufe of the parfley that grew there j nation, K^atrSs, for Kspas-oei;. And Pa,uv5?, becaufe of the brambles, &c. this city is fo called, according to Vof- So that if Pa^va; comes from P veer is, a maple-tree : filer molle, Virg. the foft ofier : fuberfi 'foe/Ire, the wild cork-tree. C 2 6. And 50 NEWMETHOD Book I. 6. And in like manner all thofe in am. Hoc buxum, box wood : hoc ebenum, ebony : hoc balfamum y balm : liguftrum y privet. ANNOTATION. As a great many names of trees were mafculine among the Greeks, the fame fometimes alfo happens among the Latins, whe- ther the latter have done it to imitate the former, or whether they have had a regard to the termination. Thus Ennius has reQofque cuprejfos : Pliny, folia eoritin, fpeaking of plane trees. Prifcian fays the fame of the latter, and alfo of populus. And Catullus chofe rather to fay ulmus maritus than ma- rita, which we meet with in Pliny and in Colum. This Voffius does not think fo natural, becaufe the word hujband feems to be referved for the mafculine. But it is a noun adjedtive, for in Colum. we meet with Oli-vetum maritum ; and in Livy with domos maritas o?. It feems alfo that the Latins have avoided making ufe of this word. Virgil calls it tbuream omus, an apple- tree ; pomum, an apple : pyrus, a pear-tree ; pyrum, a pear : arbu- tus, a wild ftrawberry-tree ; arbutum, its fruit, &c. But this is by reaibn of Us termination, not of its fignification, fmce Caftanca, nux t C 3 Jeffjfos, 22 NEWMETHOD Book I. Jafylus, and others, follow their termination, which Diomedes and Prifcian do not teem to have fufficiently confidered. RULE VIII. Of indeclinable nouns. Indeclinable nouns are neuter, Such as manna, gummi, fas, and the like. EXAMPLES. Indeclinable nouns are always of the neuter gender, as bcc manna, manna j hocfondo, a pound, or weight. Hoc fas } a thing lawful : tiefas, a thing unlawful, a crime. Hoc moly, a kind of herb : gummi, gum : Jlnapi^ muftard : and all other nouns in I or Y, which are ai- r/ays neuter, and indeclinable. Mille unum, one thoufand : though in the plural it is declined, Millia> turn. Hoc cornu, a horn : veru, a fpit : though in the plu- ral they are likewife declined, c6rnua> uum, ibus, and the like. Melos fuavijpmum, moft fweet melody : Chaos anfz- quum, the ancient Chaos. Hoc frit , the little grain at the top of the ear of corn : tyc.Git, a fmall feed. The infinitives of verbs are likewife confidered as indeclinable nouns, and confequently are neuter ijcire tuum, thy knowledge j v.elle tuum, thy will. In fhort all words that are taken in a material fenfe, and as indeclinable, are of the neuter gender : Trifle vale, Ovid, a fad adieu : rex derivatum a rego - 3 the word rex is derived from rego. For this fame reafon the names of letters are alfq neuter : illud A, illud B : that A, that B ; though we likewife find them in the feminine, when they refer to the common word Kttera, as has been feen above. ANNOTATION. To this rule we may alfo refer Cherubim and Seraphim, which in the fcripture and in Saint Chryfoftom are of the neuter gender (though in the plural) becaufe they are indeclinable, ra x,i[v&p ' unlefs we fhould fay perhaps that the word animalia w*s then fuppofed. OFGENDERS. 23 Iwppofed, becaufe they were reprefented under the figure of ani- mals. But generally fpeaking thefe nouns are rather mafculine, as being the names of angels, which are referred to the rules of pro- per names, according as we have already fhewn. This is the opinion of S. Jerom upon Ezechiel, c. 10. ft quanquam lays he, plerique TO, %pxti'fA neutro genere, numeroque plurali did puteht : yts fcire debemus Jingulari numero ejje CHERUB generis mafculini, & plu- rali ejufdem generis CHERUBIM, which he repeats again, upon the 28 th chapter of the fame prophet. But/oWp. though placed in this lift by grammarians, is not of the number. For whereas they looked upon it as an odd kind of a noun, or an indeclinable adjedlive, as well in the fmgular as in the plural ; it is really an ablative of the fecond declenfion, like mundo, and ferves for the fame ufe as if it were pondcre ; as aurea corona libra pondo, a golden crown of a pound weight, Which they added, becaufe among the ancients the name of a pound and that of its parts were equivocal, fignifying fometimes the weight, and fometimes the meafure. It is alfo to be obferved that we fay, Lej^puyunis, b 6rum y lat- tices, balifters, bounds. 2. Thpfe in A are neuter, like temph', as arma, zmpia, impious arms : caftra, orum, a camp : ilia, erum y the flank, the fmall guts : Ra5ira> 6rum> the name of a town. 3. And in like manner the Greek nouns in E ; cete grandia, large whales : Amos' na fem^e, pleafant fields jn ThelTaly, C 4 4. Thofe 24 NEW METHOD Book I. 4. Thofe in HL diphthong are feminine, like muj. See Voflius de Anal. lib. i. cap, 20. It is the fame with menna, taken for bread fent from heaven, which being mafculine in Hebrew is neuter in Greek and Latin, becaufe it has continued indeclinable in both thefe' languages. Therefore it is a miftake to fay, caleftem mannam inftead of ccelefle manna. And in this fignification we refer it to the above-men- tioned rule of indeclinables p. 22. But we alfo ufe manna, ; , though Tacitus has put them in appofition with Jidus. Inter qua; C5* Jidus Cometes effuljit, de quo the lharp point of any thing : hie Jcipio, a walking flaff: bic titio onis, a firebrand quenched : hie ligo y cms, a fpade : bic cardo, mis> a hinge : hie ordo, mis, order. i. And in like manner, hie harfago, fats, a grap- pling hook. 3. But the other nouns in DO, or GO, that have more than two fyllables, are feminine, as b (from dis> ditls) power, authority, place of jurifdidtion : bac re- ligio, onisy (from ligo religion, fcruple of confcience : h in Varro ; but Cato, Plautus, and Gellius make it mafculine, as well as the Greeks I K'^H&UV. Albedo and Nigredo, as well as gratitude/ and ingratitude* are not Latin, though Sulpicius Severus has made ufe of the former, and Lipfius of the latter. See Voffius de Colum. baked fait : fales A'ttici, Cic. Attic jefts. j. SOL is mafculine ; Jol igneus, a fiery fun. ANNOTATION. Among the nouns in UM I do not include the proper names of men or women, which by the general rule always follow the gen- der of their fignification ; and this is extremely clear. Hereto we muft refer the Greek nouns in ON of the fecond de- clenlion, which the Latins change into UM, as hoc gymnafion, or gymnafium, a place of exercife. Thofe in ON of the third are comprifed under the next rule. Sa/is generally mafculine ; and fonjetimes neuter, but then it is only in the fingular, and to.fignify fait. Sal coftum & mvdice infratfum, Colum. In this fignification it occurs alfo in the plural : Ji quis fales emerit, in the civil law. But in the other fignification, it is frequently ufed in both numbers. DicenJi fales facetittqut^ Cic. Docti fales, Claud. Nullam artem cjfe falls, Cic. Halecem, in Martial, comes from Halex, feminine. But balec it always neuter ; and in the pafTage of Pliny quoted by Calepin, balec imperfetia j the beft editions have, Alex imptrfetta, nee co- lata fex. Lac 3$ NEW METHOD Book L Lac is a word fhortened, inftead of lafie, for which reafon thev ufed alfo to write lal. They likewife faid laflis in the feminine', as in the old glofles we fiftd laBem for yAa, and in Plaut. in Baccb. Nouns in D which are generally placed here, are either ad- je&ives, or pronouns, as id, aliud, illud, quid, quod, &c. and therefore fhould by no means be referred to this rule. RULE XIII. Of nouns in N. I . Nouns in N are mafculine, 2 . except Sindon, and Icon, 'which are feminine* 3. Tbofe in MEN are neuter ; 4. As alfo Gluten, Unguen, Inguen. EXAMPLES. 1. Nouns of the third declenfion ending in N, are generally mafculine, let them be of whatever termi- nation. In AN. Hie P agreeable light \flumen rapidum, a rapid river: hoc fla- men, mis, a Waft or puff of wind. 4. To which you may add the following : Hoc glu- ten, mis, glue, pafte : hoc unguen, ointment : hoc in- guen, the privy parts. ANNOTATION. Nouns in on of the fecond declenfion are more frequently ter- minated in am, and we have included them in the preceding rule. Flamen fignifying a pagan prieft, is mafculine by the rule of the Barnes of men. Hymen OF GENDERS. 31 H^nea is alfo mafculine, either becaufe ftrialy fpeaking it fig- nifies the god of marriage, or becaufe the names of the gods taken even for the thing over which they prefide, always preferve their gender, as Jupiter for the air; Man for war, and Hymen for marriage, nuptial fongs, the membranes that invelop the/artus, and every thin &in, as that which inveiops the eye, &c. or be- caufe it is an entire Greek word, and has retained its gender, i !".>;*, f'cof. Icon is alfo Greek, and feldom occurs in Latin : it is always feminine, though we find in Dion, o cir.u* rS nS^vnjitf, lib. xliii. fub Jin em. fjilbox, for the ferpent that was flain by Apollo, is always maf- culine. Caruleus tali projlratus Apolline Pytkon. But when Tibullus fays : Delos ubi nunc, Phcebe, tua eft ? ubi Delphica Python ? There he does not take Python for the ferpent, nor even for a woman pofleffed with a prophefying fpirit, as Calepin explains it, but for the town itfelf. This appears plainly by his joining Delos tua with Delphica Python, as two fynonymous things. Accordingly Euftath. informs us that the town, formerly called Delphi, was af- terwards named Tlvba or UvQu ; though it be true that it was fo called becaufe of the ferpent, under whofe figure Apollo received public adoration. Voffius. RULE XIV. Nouns in AR or in UR. I. Nouns in AR, 2. And UR are neuter. 3. Except furfur, furfuris, 'which is mafculine. EXAMPLES. i . Nouns in AR are of the neuter gender ; as Id- quear, or lacunar aureum y a golden cieling : jubar, a fun beam : calcar argent cum > a filver fpur : hoc bacchar^ the herb lady glove. 1. Nouns in UR are alfo neuter: murmur raucum y a hollow noife : ebur i)enale y ivory to be fold : guttur Jiccum, a dry throat. 3. The following is mafculine : bic furfur 3 furfuris , Plin. bran. ANNOTATION. Jxbar was formerly mafculine, for Ennius in Prifcian fays allut jubar, to fignify the moon ; but fucceeding authors have always made it neuter, as Hor, Ovid, Statius, Pliny, &c, Defpautar 9 3 2 NEW METHOD Book I. Defpauter fays that lucar, taken for a bird, is feminine. But it appears by Feftus, Charifius, and by the gloffes of S. Cyril, that lucar never fignined any thing more than the money that ferved to defray the expence of the public games, and to reward the aftors. And according to Ifidorus this word comes from lucus ; becaufe the money accruing from the public woods, in the neigh- bourhood of cities, was afligned to that ufe. And it is in this fenie that even Tertullian has taken it, when fpeaking of S. John the Baptift, he fays : contumeliofa ctede truncatur, in puella fakicee (for faltatricis] lucar ; lib. Scorpiaces, adverfus Gnoft. where it is plain he makes it neuter. Baccbar likewife is always neuter, baccbar rujticum, Plin. But we likewife fay ba.ccha.ris in the feminine ; which led the fame De- fpauter into a miiiake. Baccbaris the fkirret root: deer, vetches : laver, a kind of herb, fome call it water parfley : lafer, benzoin : Juber, cork. 5. TUBER is ufed in all genders, but in different fenfcs. For fignifying a bump and a fwelling, or a bunch O F G EN D E R S. 33 bunch as in a camel's back, ic is neuter, from whence comes I'uberculum : and even when it is taken for truf- fles, a kind of mufhroom. But when it fignifks a kind of tree, it is feminine by the general rule : and fignifying the fruit of this tree, which according to Pliny bears more refeonblance to a fmall grain .than to a fruity it is mafculine : oblatos tuberesfervarijuffit. . Suet. ANNOTATION. We find in Martial, Et vernts tuberes; which made a great many believe that tuber, for the fruit, was alfo feminine, without ccn- fidering, that this is only an appofition, juft as this author fays; vernas equifes, and the ablative verbere. We meet indeed with the plural, and by its termination we plainly fee that it is neuter ; fenta *verbcra fati, Virg. to bear the gentle lafh. Linter is, mafculine in this fmgle paffage of Tibullus, . Exiguus pulla per the hollow of the hand ; and abadir, the itone which Saturn devoured for one of his chil- dren, are indeclinable, according to Prifcian, aud therefore are neuter, by rule 8. The others, as w'r, levir, &c. relate to the general rule of the names of men ; wherefore without lofing time about this termina- tion, we proceed to that in, OR. D RULE NEW METHOD. Book I. RULE XVI. Of the nouns in OR. 1 . Nouns in OR are mafculine. 2. Except arbor, feminine. 3. And cor, ador, niarmor, asquor, neuter \ EXAMPLES. i. Nouns in OR are of the mafculine gender, amor y the love of god : dolor acerbus, a bitter pain : hie decor, 6ris> grace, beauty, decorum. i. Arbor is feminine : arbor mala, a bad tree; be- caufe trees are like mothers that bear fruit and branches. See p. 1 8. 3. Thefe four are of the neuter gender: cor lapi- deum, a heart of ftone : ador, adoris, fine corn : mar- mor antiquum, ancient marble : ^quor tumidum^ the fwelling fea. ANNOTATION. A great many nouns in OR were formerly attributed to the fe- male fex, of which we have uxor ftill remaining. Thus we find in Ulpian, mulier defenfor : in Ovid, Sponfor conjiigit Jlat dea pitta fui. Whence there is reafon to doubt whether thefe nouns might not have been formerly of the common gender, though this may ftill be referred to an apportion. Some nouns in OR were formerly of the neuter gender, as in Platitus, nee calor nee frigus m'ctuo* Hence it is that fome having changed termination, have ilill retained their gender, as jecinor, from whence by fyncope they have made jeccr and afterwards^V- cur,jecoris y neuter. In like manner the comparatives in or flood for all genders, ac- cording to Prifcian. Bellum Punicumfojlericr. Caffius Hem. apud eund, Likewife decor in Aufonius, for Jecus. Dum decor egregi a tiara, or tur- bant: bic phdrias, vafis> a veflel, is neuter. 4. Nouns in AS that make ANTIS in the genitive, are mafculine. Hie adamas, antis, a diamond : hicgigas, antis, a giant : hie elephas, antis, an elephant. ANNOTATION. As t ajfis, with all its compounds is mafculine. See the 4th rule. We likewife fay; hie mas, marts, the male in all kinds of creatures : but this is by the general rule of the diftindion of the two fexes. Artocreas, & Eryfipelas are neuter, becauie they retain the gen- der they have in Greek, being of the fifth declenfion of contract- ed nouns. The former we find in Perfius, and the latter in Celfus. Nonius pretends that brafs, copper, is of the neuter gen- der. 4. There are eleven of the mafculine gender : po- fles, the ham of one's leg behind the knee : limes, a bound or limit : ftipes ; a log fail in the ground, a flake, a flump of a tree : paries, a wall : femes, fuel : pes, the foot : palmes, the fhoot or young branch of a vine : trames, a path: gurges, a gulf: termes, a bough or twig of a tree : cefpes, a turf. 5. Thofe derived from the Greek nouns in ns, are alfo mafculine, whether they be of the third declenfion,, as magnes, etis, a loadflone : tapes, etis, tapeftry : lebes, etis, a cauldron : acmaces, is, Medus acmaces, Hor. a Pcrfian fcymitar. Or OF GENDERS. 37 Or whether they be of the firft, as hie tometes, a, a comet : hicjorites, the bread of Angels : crinis folutus, diflievelled O F G E N D E R S. 39 difhevelled hair : hie amnis, a river : hie ignis, fire : bic cinis, aflies : hie funis, a rope. 3. There are twenty-four more, that are alfb of the mafculine gender : hie colts or caulis, the ftalk or ftem of an herb, any kind of pot-herbs, efpecially cole- worts : collis apertus, Virg. an open hill : hie axis, an axle-tree: bic orbis, a circle, the world: callis, a path: calk angufto, through a narrow path : follis venttfus, a windy pair of bellows : fuftis recifus, a club or ftaff cut off: lapis prefwjus, a precious flone : hie vepris, or rather hi vepres, briars, brambles : Jentis, a bramble or thorn ; it is more common in the plural, Jentes denfi> thick brambles : men/is mvus t a new month : torris ambuftus, a.firebrand burnt out. 4. Hie cucumis, is or ens, rather than cucumer, a cucumber : hie pollis, pollinis, fine flour : hie Janguis, fanguinis, blood : veffis which we frail give hereafter. RULE XX. Of the nouns in IS that are of the doubtful gender. The doubtful nouns in IS are finis, fcrobis, tor- quis, and clunis. EXAMPLES. The following four nouns are of the doubtful gerv- vler, that is, they are either mafculine or feminine ; D 4 fines 40 N E W M E T H O t>. Book I, fines Latim, the boundaries of Latium: qu* fnis Jlandi, Virg. how long fhall I wait ? Hie ant b- 42 NEW METHOD. Bookl. Improvlfum afpris veluti qui fentlbut to increafe in the genitive, according angucm to the principal analogy of the mafcu- Preffit bum nitent, JEn. ii. lines and commons of this termination, no inference can be drawn from thence as we ftjall fee in the declenfions. And in regard to the gender : and every the fame may be faid if it came from where elfe b-jth in Virg. and in others neper, according to the general rule of it is mafc. the nouns in ER. For which reafon SOTULARIS is placed among the I chofe to put it among the nouns in rnafculines by Defpauter, but without IS ; which Vofiius alfo thinks more foundation. l}is miftake was owing reafonable. to a corrupt paflage of St. Jerom, This noun occurs in the accufative where he read, bic fottilarh quern, &c. fingular in Colum. who makes it maf- !ib. 5. adverf. Jovin. whereas the right culine. Hunc -ueprem mantfefum eft inter. reading is, Et blc foccus quern cernitis, emi ron pofle. It is often'in the fame &c. gender, though in the plural, in Virg. TORQJUIS is marked as mafc. in & fparfi rorabant fanguint vepres. Prifcian, but Nonius, 'as well as Pro- And it is better to ufe it thus, notwith- bus, fhew that it is doubtful. Cicero ftanding Lucretius's faying -vepret auc- makes it mafc. T, Manilas qul Galli tas, In the fern, which Caper does not torque detratto romen iniienerat. In the approve of. Thus Charifius and Dio- fame manner Ovid, Statius, and Pliny: medes place this noun among the maf- but we find torquh unca in Propertius, culines moft ufed in the plural. It is cleg. xi. and Varro has in more places true that Prifc. ranks them among the than one Torques aure#. ferj. which form their diminutive of VEPRIS is obfolete in the fingnlar : the fame gender as themfelves, fuch as for which reafon there are fome who -veprecula ; but this has not bees fol- think that wr was formerly ufed, and lowed. Others vefer, as Caper in his treatife of VOMIS, eris, is mafc. becaufe it i$ orthography : But if it came fromvcpres, the fame as Vomer, rule 15, 'there is fome appearance that it ought RULE XXI, Of the nouns in OS. 1 . Nouns in OS are maf culine ; 2. Except Cos, and Dos, which are feminine $ 3. And Epos, with Os, oris, or offis, which arc neuter* EXAMPLES. i. Nouns in OS are of the mafculine gender. Flos-, purpureus, a purple flower : ros gratijfimus, moft agree- able dew : mos perverfus y a perverfe cuftom. i. Thefe two are feminine, Cos, a whetftone : dos^ a portion, or dowry, a property, an advantage. 3. Thefe three are neuter. 3 Hoc epos, an heroic poem : hoc os, oris, the mouth, the countenance ; hoc osj offisj a bone. ANN O- OF GENDER 3, 43 ANNOTATION. It is obferv?ble that the nouns in OS which occur more ufualty In OR, follow the gender they haye in their firft termination, as hie bows, b%c arbos, and the like. A great many nouns which are now in US, were formerly alfo in OS ; zsfcorpios, a chaff, a needle : wanus dextera, the right hand : idus Mdic cfirbafus, fine linen, a fail : dcmus ampla, a large houfe. 4. There are four either mafculine or feminine : Jpecus devfus, a dark cave : fpecus ultima, the furthefl part of the cavern : penus dnnuus, Plant, yearly pro- vifion : magna penus, (lore of provifion. 8 fftc O F G E N D E R S. 4$ Hie or facgroffits, a green fig: hie or htccphafelus, a kind of boat j but it is better in the mafculine. 5. There are two of the neuter gender : virus mor- tiferum, mortal poifon : felagus Carpatbium, Hor. the Carpathian fea. 6. And one which is fometimes mafculine, and more frequently neuter : vulgus diligentior, the more diligent vulgar ; vulgus incertum, Virg. the inconftant yulgar. ANNOTATION. We endeavour always to ground our rules upon fuch authority as is the fafeft to imitate ; as to particular remarks, we throw them into the annotations, and into the lifts thereon depending. Lift of Latin nouns in US. Acus, act, is mafculine, and figni- FASELUS or PHASELVS, a little fies a kind of fifh, which the Greeks fhip, a galliot, or pinnace, is jnafc. ac- call BeXnq. Acut) us, is feminine and cording to Nonius, Catullus, Cicero, fignifies a needle, or a bodkin : acus, Columeila, and others. But Ovid hai eccrh, is neuter, and is taken for chaff, made it feminine. in which fignification it occurs alfo in Vui cftis frafite tellus nan dura fafda. the feminine. Acus refifl* & fcparaits, Martial and Statius have ufed it in the Colum. fame gender, for which reafon we have A L vus is mafculine in old authors, left it doubtful. TlMfaftlat or pbsjelus as in Accius and feveral others accord- fignifying a kind of pulfe, will hardly, ing to Prifcian j which Erafmus made I think, be found of any other than of no fcruple to imitate. However the the mafc. gender in good authors. mod approved authors make it of the Ficus is very doubtful among gram- fcm. marians, both as to gender and tieclen* CARBASUS is never mafculine ac- fion. Varro in the 8th de L.L. n. 48. cording to Caper in his treatife de -ver- fpeaking of fome of the names of trees, i'u dubiis, And yet neither Phocas, fays it is falfe that feus is of the Probus, nor Prifcian have ever except- fourth declenfion, and he thinks it ed it from the rule of mafculines, right to fay hi & btecfici in the plural, which has been the reafon that a great and not JJcus like mjnus : whereby he many take it for doubtful. But it is gives it two genders in this fen'fe, and generally feminine, as Alvarez and Vof- but one declenfion. SancYius menti- fius obferve. Carbofui Inienfa tbtatris, ons it only as of the feminine, whether Lucr. Carbafus alba, Propcrt. &c. In the in the fecond or fourth declenfion, plural we fay carbafa. See the Heteip- whether it be taken for a fig or a fig- elites, rule 3. tree, or for a kind of ulcer. Other* COL us is generally feminine. >uan.- diftinguifh it according to the fignifica- Jo c,d me -venis cum tua fef cola ? lana, tinn : as Scioppius who infifts upon its Cic. in Nonius. And yet we find it b-ng always mafc. when it fignifies mafc. in Catullus, Colum arxiflum lana the fig-tree, and fem. when it figni- ritinebat, and in Propertius ftes a fig or an ulcer, vvhich derived Lyd'j pe>:fa dlurna cvlo. this name only from the refejnbiance CROCUS is feminine in Apul. Crccu vir.o diluta. We find crociim r^tber.tem in Virg. Crocvs tenues, in Ovid. Sfirantes in Juvenal j where we cannot tell vvhc ther it is feminine or mafculine. Bu it has to a fig. But he gives no autho- rity. Others add the declenfion ; fomc, as Defpauter, pretending that as only mafc. and of the fecond' de- we lay likewife crccum, neuter. Diom. clenfion, when it fignifies an ulcer ; Serv. Sailuft. that it is mafc. and fem. when it fig- nifies 46 NEW ME TH OH. Book t. iiifies a fig or a fig-tree : fo that it is al- of the fourth, and Signifying a fig, it is ways of the fecond declenfion if it be alfo mafc. is univerfally rejected, mafc. even in this laft fenfe; and of the FIMUS is generally mafc. but in fourth, if it be feminine. Appul. we find it fem. Liquida fimo Others, as Voflius 1. Anal. cap. jlrifiim egefta. xiv. that as it is mafc. when it figm- GR'OSSUS is mafc. in Celfus, grojjt iies an ulcer, and fem. when it figni- aqua decofii : and fem. in Pliny, Crudec ties a fig; it is indifferently of the fc- groffi. cond and fourth, in both Significations.' INTUBUS, which the grammarians Which opinion Prifcian favours in his make doubtful, is always mafc. in claf- fixth book, where he fays that Etiatn fie authors, Intubus erraticus, Pliny. hie feus, -vitium corporis, quarta eft. PAMPINUS, According to Scrvius, But in this he is cenfured by L. Valla Probus, and Caper, is doubtful; and and by Ramus, becaufe he produces no Varro frequently makes it fem. yet in authority for it. the pureft writers of the Latm tongue, Others that being in like manner it is always mafc. Omnh ftecundiu pant- suafc. when it Signifies an ulcer, and finus. Colum. Pcmpini tnti & impvfiti. Jfem. when it Signifies a fig or a fig-tree, Pliny. jt is only of the fecond declenfion in the SOCRUS was formerly ufed for focer, firft fenfe, and of the fecond and fourth as we fee in Nonius? fo that this nouri in the other. This is the opinion of was of the common gender, as well as Ramus, Alvarez, Behourt, and of Vof- nepos. fius alfo in his Smaller grammar, SEXUS was formerly neuter accord- Which I have embraced as niUch the ing to Prifcian : Virile fexus nunquam faFeft, being Supported by the follow- ullum babui. Plaut. in Rud. where ing authorities. Fici quorum radices others read /ecus. For according to Icngi/jiffitf, Plin. Uxorem jvam Jufpen- Varro, they formerly ufed to put fecus dijfejicu. Cic. 2 Orat. Fidfenien na- for fexus. And this word is ftill to be turale intui ejl in ta fco quam ed'nr.us* met within Salluft according to Non. in Varro. Aufonius according to Scaliger, and in Dicemus, fcui quasfdmus in arbore nafci, others. Liberorum capitum -virile fecus Dicetnusjicos Cadliane tuos. Mart. ad decent rnillla capta, in the Dutch edi- Jt is true that Probus quoting this di- tion of Livy, 1. xxvi. c. 37. ftich puts /c-oj in the firft verfe, and SPECUS and PENUS are to be found Jicus in the fecond : which might Serve of all genders. We have mentioned to confirm the opinion of Prifcian them here only as mafc. and fem. be- above given; or induce us to believe caufe when they are made neuter, they that the ancients took it to be of two fliould be referred to the third declen- declenfions in both fenfcs. But the fion, and to the following rule, though paffages produced from Pliny, from they are fcldom ufed then but in the Macrobius, and Lucilius, to prove that three like cafes, viz. the Nominative, this noun is alfo mafc* even when it the Accufative and the Vocative, as Signifies the fruit, appear to be cor- fpecus borrendum, Virg. Portare penus, rupted, and have no great weight, as *Hor. And in the plural alfo, feacra, in may be Seen in Volfius and in Ramu?, Feftus. But in the fourth declenfion Schol. Gramm. iz. And the opinion they arc cftencr fem. than mafc. of L. Valla, who imagines that being Of the Greek nouns in US. The Greek words, as we have often obferved, depend on an exaft knowledge of the tongue from which they are derived. And yet to omit nothing that may be of ufc, I (hall give here an expli- cation of thofe which relate to this rule, where there is any rea- fon to doubt, and where the Latins have not always followed the Greeks. Of OFGENDERS. 47 Of the names affiants and jhruls. BlBtus or BYBLUS is always fem. in moft Latin authors It Is generally whether it be taken for the little tree mafc. which was alfo called papyrus, or for the HYSSOPCS is fem. But we fay, boc fmill bark of this very tree, of which HYSSOPUM, as in Greek they likewife they made paper. fay IWacEro? & TO ts-g-ttmv. CYTISUS in Latin as well as in In the fame manner we fay, kic Greek is mafc. Al TOV KUTITCV Ji*xs. NARDUS and hoc NARBUM, and a great Capra Cytlfum fejuitur. Theocr. Cytifus many others, of which we ftiall take par- utili/Jimuf. Colum. ticular notice in a lift at the end of the COSTUS is mafc. in Greek, and al- heteroclites. ways fem. in Latin. We fay alfo, lac PAPYRUS, and Eoaque coflus, Lucan. hoc PAPYRUM : but the former is HYACIKTHUS is doubtful in Greek, doubtful in Greek, though it is always but oftener feminine. Neverthelefs fem. in Latin. Virgil has : Fcrrugincos Lyacintbos, and Of the names of precious Jiones. BERYLLUS is mafc. Beryi/i raro all- OPALUS, mafc. veri OpalifuIgcr,P\\n f H reperti. Plin. SAPPH YRUS, fem. CaruUtt Sappbyri, CHRYSOLITHUS, fem. Cbryfolitbon Id. ducdecim pcndo a Je vifam, Plin. And SMARAGPUS, mafc. Smaragdl Scy- yet Prudentius has made it mafc. tbici* Id. Ingens Cbryjditbui nativo interlitus TOP A si us generally fem, Color fu- auro. midte Topazii* Plin. CHRYsopRASjus,fem. Cbryfcpraftus, In like manner the reft, which may forrifuccum & ipia refit-ens, Plin. he learnt by practice. But the reafon CHRYSTALLUS always fem. in La- of this difference of gender, which has tin : been already hinted at p. 8. it that X'9oj Cryjlaliufque tuai ornct aquofa manus. in Greek, to which thefe nouns refer, Propert. being of the common gender; fo in though in Greek to fignify ice, it is Latin they refer fometimes to lapis mafc. rev xtV>- for the cape of the fouthern point of rus refers to turf is. fiut the genuine the Peloponneius, but for the whole reading of this psfTage is, duabus quaji circumjacent country, or at leaft for /> lands, as monf. Rigault obferves. the rov/a of the fame name that was There are a great many other Greek builc th.rc. For it is certain that both nouns, which are always ufed in the thofe nouns taken for the mountains are fem. But tlr: bare rule of the com- alwav? if the nrafculine gender. rnon and gecr.il noun, to which they PHARUG is male, among the Greeks, refer, is iufficient to determine them. and ai.v.iys fem. among the Latins. Thus we fay, KJS.C ABYSSUS, fot Pbarus temvla lurtff, apud Papin. wb^ie- properly it is the fame as faying, fundt fore in Suevsnius in Claud, we nur.i curens,. underitanding the fubftantive in read, Supfofuit altlflimzm tin-rim in ex- queftion, as aquj, k>srago, &c. -But this emplum AkxandtiniZ Pbarl, according noun does not occur in Latin, except in to die beft editions, and according to ecdefiaftical writers. the obfervation of Beroalous followed by We fay H^EC ATOMUS, fup. VO-'UL. Voflius, and not Ahxandnni, as fome H.EC EREMUS, fup. yH or ^acfa, would have it. terra, or regio, and in like manner the This fhews how little dependence is reft. to be made on the correction of Paine- RULE XXIII. Of the nouns in US which are of the third declenfion. 1. Nouns in US of the third -declenjion are neuter. 2. But tbofe in US, making UTIS, UNTIS, or UDIS, in the genitive, arc feminine. 3. I'D which we may add Tellus, uris. 4. But nouns in Pus making Odis in the geni- tive are mafculme. EXAMPLES. 1. Nouns in US of the third declenfion are -of the neuter gender. Hoc munus, eris, a gift, an em- ployment : hoc tempus, oris, time : hoc latus } eris, the fide : hoc acus, eris> chaff. 2. Thofe which make UDIS, UTIS, or UNTIS, in the genitive, are feminine : lo*c virtus, virtutis, virtue : b untis, the name of a river : h#c Peffinus, untis 3 the name of a city. 3. H a kind of pulfe called lentiles : he- CAI.X, fignifying the heel, or end teribus dicere conceJJ'um eft. This fliews of a thing, is doubtful. Nunc video that it was no miftake to put it in the calcem ad quern dccurfum eft, Tufc. i. fem. as we ftill find it in Sidonius, fumus ab ifja cake revocati, de Repub. though we more rarely meet with it in 3. as quoted by Seneca, lib. 19. epift. this gender. 119. Ferrata calce fatigat, Virg. u. SILEX, according to Voifius in hi ^En. as we find it in Charif. and Non. grammar, is of the number of thofe and in the old manufcripts, whereas which are mafculine In profe, and fem. the modern copies have ferrato in the in verfe : and Verepeus makes the fame mafc. Candidum ad calcem, Varr. Po- diftin&ion. Yet Nonius, as Vofiius tius quam vnum calcem triverit, Plaut. himfelf confers in his firft book of in Paenu!. aft. 4. fc. a. where it feems analogy, fays it was received by every to {land for a chefs-man or table-man body in the fem. Though he fliews according to Voffius. Calces rigidi, us alfo two paflages where Lucretius Perf. incuffis, Si). has made it mafculine, and where Sta- CAUDEX or CODEX were indifferent- tius has ufed it in the fame manner. ly ufed one for the other, in the fame For which reafon Alvarez places it manner as caurus and corus, f'aujtrum among thofe which are ufed alike in and ploftrum- But now we generally both genders : and this we have fol- take caudcx for the ftock or trunk of lowed, ft tree, and codex for a book. THOMJX is fem. by the general rule, CORTEX is doubtful according to though Hermol. Barbarus writes tbomex: Nonius, fupremus cortex, Varr. corpq- but the Greek has a!/ai, tr.v aj/ttjjj/* revs, id. raptus, Virg. y^En. 7. decerftus^ trwa.yei, fays Paufan. Lucil. has made ufe dirtptus, dijcuffus, ca-vatus, fefJus^fciffits. of thomices in the plur. and Pal'ad. of Ovid. ltntu! t rugnfus, Jiccus, id. cortex tbomicibus : which /hews that it does amara, Ovid, ccrfcrea, Varr. mufco not come from tbomice, es, of the firft circundat amara ccrticis, Virg. declenfion, as moft dictionaries, and eel. 6. as Quintius Pierius reads it, even Calepin pretend.' as alfo Servius, who adds notwith- VARIX is mafc. according to Pho- ftanding that it is better to follow the cas. This Defpauter, R. Stephen, mafculine gender. But we find it fe- and Calepin confirm by the authority tninine in Pliny, in Valerius Maximus, cf Horace: varice fuccifo; which is and others. not to be found. But if it be mafc. more OFGENDERS. 55 more thin once in Celfus, it is fern, meant this other pafiage of the third in Seneca and Quintilian. However, book of offices, in which we read: the mafc. is mod ufed. l*ct patam in fore faltet, where lutt is VIBIX. We write it thus vibix ac- taken for die. cording to Vofiius and Scioppius, in- CRUX was alfo formerly mafc. ac- eluding it under the general rule, cording to the fame Nonius ; but we though moft authors write vibex ; but do not ufe it any longer in this gender. this is repugnant to the analogy of SANDYX or SANDIX, notwithftand- the genitive, which is long, vibicis, ing the authority of all the di&iona- like radicis, Sec* For thofe in ex make ries, as well that of Pajot, of Ste- icis fhort. phens and others, who make it only Lux is always mafc. in Plautus; mafc. is generally feminine; pingentet luce clan diripimus aurum. In Aulul, Jandice futtita, Plin. And in like And in his Ciftel. Cum primo luce era*, manner in Greek ; xaio.utvov $i 4'|"f To which we may refer the following Siw, f'c rr.v xaXtytsvuv n'nf- a particular defign and jnanagement of g rues, Virg. Cicero ufes it in the fame the poet. manner, i . de Nat. Deor. x ANGUIS, a ferpent, a fnake, though HALEX, tea, fem. an herring, or doubtful, is oftener mafc. Lucidus rather a common name of all final! atigu'n, Virg. But Val. Max. puts fifh ; alfo a fait liquor made of the en- it in both genders in the fame chapter, trails of fifties, pickle or brine, which is the 6th of the ift.book. LAGOPUS, fem. a dainty bird about Anguem prolapfam profpexit - and after- the Alps, with rough hairy feet like- an wards, angu'u eximice magnitudinis ijifus. hare, called the white partridge. Tacitus makes it fem. anguem in cu- Si meus auritu gaudet lagoptxte Flaccus. biculo -vifam, as well as Plautus, and Mart, alfo Tibullus, Ovid, and Varro, ac- Alfo the herb bares-foot. See Pliny, cording to Charifiua. So that there is- book 10. c. 48. very little foundation for believing LEPUS, or'n, an bare, mafc. aur\'\ with Scioppius, that this noun is an lepora, Virg. epicene purely of the mafc. and ufed in LIMAX, acts, doubtful, a fnail. Vof- the other gender, becaufe fcemina is fius derives it from limus, mud. Colum. undcrftood : juft as if in all thole paf-, makes it mafc. Ituflicitus concha Umax. fages above quoted it was to be under- Pliny makes it fem. flood more of the female than of the LYNX is doubtful, but oftener fem. male. It is hardly to be found in the mate, ex- BOMBYX, a Ji/k-'worm, is mafc. but cept in this paflage of Horace, as for the filk itfelf, it is fem. ac- Timidos agitare lynccs. cording to the general rule of nouns The lynx is a beaft of the nature of a in X. wolf, having many fpots like a deer, BUBO, an civl, is mafc. by its termi- and is very quick fighted, an ounce. Cation. And yet Virgil has made it Maculcfe ttgm'me lynch. fe*n. But Servius owns, that this was MKROPS, male, a fmall bird that r*ly by referring it to avis. eateth bees, perhaps a woodpecker, or CAMELUS, which Caucius and a martinet, o pip-l, Arift. Virgil has great many others take for doubtful, made ufe of it in Latin, 4 Georg. is always mafc. in Latin. What led MUGJL, His, or mugUis, is, mafc. them into this miftake, is its being fe- Plin. a mullet. minine in Greek, Ji xa/uojXcf, a camel. Mus, muris, mafc. a tncufr. CENCHRIS is doubtful, and difre- NEFRENS, a pig juft tueaned. This rently declined. For cencbris, bujus is properly an adjective, and refers to ttntbris, is mafe. and f'gnifics ki(id Potcfti.vs } quinecdumfal>amfra>!<>;ere 58 N E W M E T H O D, &c. Book I. pefflt, according to Varro, or to Arks, SEKPENS, a ferpent, is doubtful, be- according to Feftus. Lucius Andron. caufe being of its nature an adjective, it has even taken it for an infant ; which refers to anguis abovementioned. And made feme grammarians believe it was yet it is more ufual in the fern, either by common. ButVofiius affirms it to be reafon of its termination, or becaufe it found only in the mafc. in conftruftion. refers to bejlia. NYCTICORAX, an vwl, is mafc. TALPA, a mole cr wart, generally tecaufe it is only a word compounded, fern, though Virgil has, talptt oculii of COR AX, a raven, which is allb capri, by a particular licence, according jnafc. according to the rule of diflylla- to Servius, and to remove the cacophony bles in AX. of talfx captee. ORYX or ORIX, a fort of wild goat, TURTUR, uris, is mafc. a bird called is mafc, in Pliny, in Martial, and in Ju- a turtle. Turtur aureus, Mart, a yellow veal. turtle. Caflus turtur, Ovid, a chafte tnr PALUMBES, a ring-dove, or -wood- tie. Servius has taken it for a fern, in pigesn, is more ufual in the mafc. as Ve- this verfe of Virgil, eel. i. repeus, Alvarez, and Voiiius obferve. Nee gemere atria cejja'oh turtur And it is thus that Pliny, Lucilius, ab ulmo. Pompon'ius, and Quintilian ufe it. And But he is cenfured in this by Vofiius, even in Plautus, du< urum expetith fa- who maintains that airia ought to refer lumbem, in Bach. But Virgil has made to ulmo and not to turtur ; Salmaiius it fem. and Afcenfius are of the fame opinion. Raucte tua cura palumbes. Ectog. i. And yet it might be alledged in defence which ought alw-iys to be followed, of Servius, that a'e'ria being in the norni- when we mean the female in particu- native, might have the laft fyllable long lar, in virtue of the caefura, and that the PANTHERA, which Defpauter puts poet therefore referred it to turtur, as in down as doubtful, is only fem. another pafiage fpeaking of the ring- Diverfum confufa gtnus. pantbera doves he fays camelo. Hor. a'eriee quo conge/fere palumbes. This verfe .is quoted even by Prifcian, But we find no other authority for it In who does not mark it of any other the fem. which gives us more reafon to gender. And Pliny always ufes it in doubt. the fem. Wherefore this is not per. VZRMIS, a wrz, is mafc. Permit haps an epicene noun, fince it properly vivas, Pliny. denotes only the female, the male VOLUCRIS, is generally feminine, of which is pardus, according to Pliny, wherein it follows its termination. i>ook i. c. 17. Varro, 1. 8. de L. L. Cicero made it mafc. in the ad book obferveth that they faid pantberam f de Di-vin. but in verfe only, nor is he merultm, and not pantherum & meru- in this to be imitated. For as this word lutn. But in Greek we fay e ravSg is by its nature an adjective, it always to exprefs confufedly the male and fe- fuppofes avis fem. and therefore ought male. And of its accufative TOV <>GwG><><3*G*G#G><><3*^^ BOOK II. ^^ Q F T H E DECLENSION OF NOUNS. - H E Latins have five declenfions or different wap I of declining of nouns, which arife from the difference of their cafes. Thefe, for the fake of brevity, Prif- | cian has reduced to the genitive only, wherein he hat been followed by the relt of the grammarians. Neverthelefs it is obvious that this diftin&ion ought to betaken from all the cafes in general, fmce the genitive may be like and the declenfion different; for inftance,/ra* formerly made /rag-/" in the genitive, from whence came homo frugi ; fames m&defawii and yet they were not of the fecond. Dido, and other fuch words have the genitive fometimes in us, like frufius, and yet they are not of the fourth ; and fo of the reft. The genitive is formed of the nominative, and oftentimes re- ceives an increafe in the number of its fyllables, and all the other cafes depend in this refpecl on the genitive. In the rules we mail give only fo much as is necefTary, omitting what has been already fufficiently explained in the rudiments, which we have publiihed with the abridgment of this work. But as the genders are much more difficult to know than the declenfions, becaufe the analogy of the latter is greater, being re- peated almoft in every cafe ; whereas the genders depend on the nominative only ; therefore I have given the article before the nouns in the examples, to the end that this might ferve as a re- petition or confirmation of the preceding rules, when boys are made to repeat thefe examples : though, as I have elfewhere ob- ferved, it is not my defign to have it joined to every cafe in de- clining, becaufe this is needlefs, and only helps to puzzle young beginners. THE 60 NEW METHOD Book II. THE RULES OF'DECLENSION. RULE I. Of compound nouns. Compound nouns are declined, Like the Jim-pie of 'which they are formed* EXAMPLES, ^^OMPOUND nouns are declined like their V_>| fimple. Hie pes, pedis, the footj b#c compes> tompedis, a fetter \ lipes, bipedis, two footed. Sanm> Jani) found in mind or body j infanus, injani, mad, frantic. Some are excepted, as Ioicjanguis 3 jangulnis t blood ; fxanguiSj hujus exanguisy and not exanguinis, lifelefs, pale. As likewife fome others which may be learnt by practice. RULE II. Of nouns compounded of two nouns joined together. 1. "7W nominatives joined together are both de- clined. 2. But in the 'word alteruter you muft never de- cline alter. 3. When any other cafe than the nominative is joined, it is not declined. EXAMPLES. 1. There are fome nouns compounded of two no- minatives, and then they are both declined ; thus of the nominative res and Qlpu&lica, is formed refpublica : Genit. reipublic* : Dat. rei$itblicj or long a, even according to Prifcian ; fo the Latins having taken the a'i in one cafe, have doubtlefs taken it in the others alfo, jult as they have made them alike in *, whenever they wanted to make ufe of this termination. The genitive plural in ARUM comes aHo from the ^olians who Siade it in w>, to which an ^ has been added. Mufaratn for 64 NEW METHOD Book It pvffeiav. And this genitive alfo followed the common dialeft, JEneadum taken from AluSit, unlefs \ve chufe to fay that it is then a fyncope for JEneadarum ; as Dardanidunt for Dardanidarum, from the nominative Dardanidts. But we muft ftill obferve that Dardanidum without a fyncope comes from Dardanis, idis, plur. Dardanides, idum, and then it is of the fern, in the fame manner as Achtemenidum comes from Acb&menis, idis, plur. Acbesmenides , idum, fern. Whereas Ach&memdum for Achamenidarum comes from Acbtsmenidts, mafc. and the reft in the fame manner. We fay likewife by -fyncope, ccelicolum for c&licolarum : franci- genum for francigenarum. And Silvius obferves, that not only the nouns of family, but likewife the compound and derivative nouns, as likewife' the names of coins, weights, meafure, and number, i>ini, quaterni, ducenti, Sec. are more ufual in each declenlion with a fyncope than without. RULE III. Of the dative and ablative plural of the firft declenfion. 1 . T^he dative and ablative plural of the firft declenjion are in IS. 2. But filia, mula, duae, equa, ilata, dea, am- ba3, make both thofe cafes in A BUS. EXAMPLES. 1. The dative and ablative plural of the firft de- clenfion, are in IS, as miifa y dative and ablative plu- ral, ivujis. 2. But there are fome that make ABUS in the feminine, as flia, dative and ablative plural flidbus, a daughter : mula, multibus, a fhe-mule : dua^duabusy two : equa, eqiiabus, a mare : nata, natabus, a daugh- ter : dea t dedbus, a goddefs : amb*, ambdbus, both. ANNOTATION. We likewife find animabus, dominabus, famulalus, fervabus, // ienabus, afmabus, fociabus ; and fome others of the like fort. But we fay lometimes alfo in the fern, natis, jiliis, equis, and likewife attimis. Tullius falutem dicit Terentiee & TuJiio/ce> duabus animis/uis. Which may ferve to illuftrate an important paffage of S. Auftin in his book on the true religion, chap. 22. which Monf. Arnaud has corrected with the help of the ancient manu- fcript ot S. Germain in the fields. Ita uni'verjitatis hujtts conditio atque adminiftratio folis impiis A N I M I S dtmnatifque nort placet, fat etiam cum miferia E A R u M multis , ON, and BUS, of which we fhall treat hereafter. The Latin are BR, US, UM. The two former come from the Greek nouns in OS, as ager from ety^o? ; Cyrus from K^oc. Hence the fame noun fome- times admits of two terminations, as Leander and Leandrus. from' A/av^goj. In like manner we fay fuper and fuperus, and fomfi others. The nouns in US have the nominative plural in I ; as hi Domini: formerly it was in ei, as captivei, in Plautus, and fuch like. Thofe in UM come from the Greek in ON, as idolutn from t'tiuhov : which mews the great likenefs betwixt, thefe two vowels OandU.^ Hence it is that in ancient writers we ftill meet with OM in- (lead of UM, and with OS inftead of US. And this has been ex- tended even to thofe nouns that are of Latin original, as in Plautus. Nam bona bonis ferri rear .#, Which does not hinder the other genitive from being alfo ufed. Androgei galeam induitur. Virg. The accufative is oftentimes in on ; as Catalogon, diphthongon, 'De- lent Menelaon, and the like, which are of the third declenfion in Greek ; or as Athon from Athos, and others which are of the fourth fimple. Athos makes alfo in the dative Atbo in Mela, as likewife in the ablative in Cic. Athoque perfoflb, z. de Fin. We find alfo in the accufative Atho, according to the Attics, inftead of Athon. Ad montem Atbo, Liv. In the fame manner bunc Androgeo, and the like. Further, the Latins fometimes rejecting the s of the Attic no- minative, form thereof a new noun which they decline through all its cafes. Thus of Athos they make Atho, Athonis, from whence comes Athene in Cic. in like manner Androgeo, onis, &c. And what is more remarkable, is that though they decline a noun after this manner, giving it a form entirely new, and confequently La- tin, yet they fuffer it to have a Greek termination in the accufative, for they do not fay Androgeon, which would be the Greek accu- fative of Androgeos, nor Androgeonem, which would be the accufa- tive of the Latin word Androgeo, onis ; but Androgeona. Reftituit patriis Androgeona focis. Propert. The genitive plural is in on, as in Greek, Cimmerian ; and fome- times it has been permitted to retain the u, Cimmeriuv. Such are the obferwations ive thought it incumbent upon us to make, for the thorough under ft anding of authors, in favor oftbofe -who have not yet acquired a complete knowledge of the Greek tongue, of, ps, oris, the mouth j and os, offis, a bone. They faid h a-il, c, RULE VIII. Of the nouns in O, 1. Nouns in O make ONIS. 2. The fame alfo does unedo. 3. Nouns feminine in DO and GO, make INIS, 4. ^be fame genitive is given to the following mafculinesy ordo, homo, turbo, cardo, Apollo, Cupido, margo. 5. A'nio, Nerio, make ENIS, 6. And caro, carnis. EXA M P LE s t i. Nouns ending in O, make ONIS in the geni- tive ; as hie mucroy mucronis, the point of a fword : hicjermojermonisj fpeech, difcourfe : Cicero, Ciceronis, Cicero : hie barpago, 6ms y a grappling hook : hie Macedo, onis> a Macedonian. i. In like manner, h7 a NEW METHOD Book II. 3. The other feminine nouns in DO and in GO, make the genitive in "INIS. Use grando, grdndinis, hail : h I'njubris, the name of a people. ANNOTATION. The analogy of thefe genitives confifts in their making a fyncopc of the penultimate e \falubris, forfalubtris : Q&obris iotQSoberis^ ^c. Which is the cafe alfo of fome of thefe that follow. RULE XIV. Of the adjedives in CER. The aajetfives in CER make CRIS. T&tts we fay, acer, acris. EXAMPLES. The adjectives in CER make the genitive in CRIS; ps acer, genitive acris, lharp, four: dlacer, alacris, t>ri(k, lively : volucer, volucris, winged, fwift. RULE XV. Of the nouns in TER. 1 . tte Greek nouns in TER make ERIS. 2. To 'which we muftjoin later, lateris. 3. The Latin nouns in TER make TRIS. 4. Which are followed by pater and mater. EXAM- j6 NEW METHOD Book II. EXAMPLES. 1. The nouns in TER, if they be of Greek ori- ginal, follow the general rule by adding IS after R 5 as hie crater, crateris> a great cup, or bowl : hie Aether, eris, the pure air, the fky : hie ftater, ftaterts, a kind of ancient coin worth two (hillings and four-pence : lie character ', eris, a mark, character, or fign : hie $>nlher> er s, a panther. 2. Later, though a Latin word, alfo makes lateris, a brick or tile. 3. The other Latin nouns in TER, make only THIS in the genitive by fyncope for TERIS ; whe- ther they be adjectives, as campefter, campeftris, of or belonging to the plain fields-, Jihejler,filveftris, woody, wild, favage : or whether they be fubftantives, as big actipiter, tris, an hawk : hie f rater, tris, a brother. 4. Thefe two, though of Greek original, follow the Latins : hie pater y fAtris, a father : h the heart. The compounds of cor take an S at the end, as Jeeors, JecbrdlS) fenfelefs, regardlcfs. See the rule of nouns in RS iovver down. Jupiter, Jovis, the heathen ANNp- OF DECLENSIONS. 77 ANNOTATION. We have already taken notice of the caufe of this irregularity in thefe genitives, which is thatthe Latins heretofore ufed to lay Jo-vis, bujusjo the name of a city, but of the mafculine gender. See the genders, p. 16. 4. Thefe make their genitive in a different manner; lie as, genitive affis, a pound weight j alfo a coin of which ten made a denier : hie mas, marts, the male in all kinds of creatures : vas, when of the neuter gen- der, makes vafts y a veffel : but when mafculine, it makes and charis, make IT1S. 4. Pulvis, and cinis, lave ERIS, and glis has gliris.^ 5. But fanguis, makes fanguinis. EXAMPLES. i. Thefe make the genitive in DIS. Hat ca/Jis> caflidis, an helmet : hie lapis, idis, a flone : b*c cuff is, idis, the point of a fpear or other weapon. i. There are likewife a great many feminine Greek nouns, which make IDIS. Tyrannis t tyrdmidis y ty- ranny : fixis, ptxidis, a box : chlamys, ydis, y a cloak, a fbldier's ccat : grapbis y idis y the art of limning, alfo a pencil. And fuch like. 3. The following make ITIS. Quirts, Quiritis, a Roman : Samnis 3 Sammtis y a people of Italy : Dis Ditts, the god of riches, a rich man : h#c Us, litis y a ftrife, a quarrel, a procefs at law : charts, ttis, or ra-; ther In the plural charites y the three fitters called the graces. , 4. Hie pulvis, puhcrisy duft : hie cinis t cineris, allies : fits, gliris y a dormoufe-. VOL, I . G 5. Hie 82 NEW METHOD Book II. 5. Hicjanguis, Janguinis, bloods becaufe heretofore they hid fanguen. Its compounds follow the general rule. Exanguis, genitive exanguis, pale, lifelefs. Pollis, or rather pollen, alfo makes p6llims y fine flour. ANNOTATION. Hereto we may alfo refer a great number of Greek nouns end- ing in IN or IS, as delphis or delpbin t .delfkrnis; Salamis or Sala- min, Salaminis : E/euJts or in, inis, &c. There are likewife fome Greek nouns which make entis, as Simo'is, Simoentis, the name of a river : Pyrcis, Pyroentis, one of the horfes of the fun, fcc. But as to thofe we muft referve a further notice of them for the Greek grammar. RULE XXIV. Of nouns in OS. 1. Nouns In OS have the genitive in OTIS. 2. But mos, fios^and ros, make ORIS. 3. Heros, Minos, Tros, and thos, make OIS. 4. Bos, has bovis ; cuftos, cuflodis. 5. Os, a bone 9 has oflis ; but Jignifying ths mouth it' makes oris. EXAMPLES. 1. Nouns m OS generally make their genitive in OTIS, as htec dos, dofis, a portion or dowry : compos, tompotis, one that hath obtained his defire or purpole, a partaker: impos, imports, unable, void of: bic ne- pos mpottSy a grandfon, alfo a fpendthrift : bic Cf bac Jacerdossfacerdotis, a priefl or prieftefs : hie monoceros, monocerotis, an unicorn : and fo a great many more Greek nouns. 2. Thefe are excepted which make ORI$. Hie mos, vnoris, manner or cuitom : hie flosjfioris, a flower : hie rosy roris, dew. 3. Thefe alfo which make OIS: bic beros, herois, dn. hero : Mmos, Mincis, a Cretan king : < fros i Trc'is, a Trojan : tbos, tbo'is, a fort of wolf. 4. Htc et h eris, any garden* herbs for food: hoc- onus, ens, burthen, obligation : hoc opus> eris> work, labour: hoc pondus, eris, weight: hoc nidus * his, rubbifli: hoc Jcelus, eris, wickednefs: hoc fidus, eris, a ftar : hoc vellus, eris, a fleece of wool : htec VenuSy eris, the goddefs Venus : vetus, eris, old, an- tient, it is an adject. : hoc vifcus, eris, a bowel, or intrail: hoc ulcus, eris, a boil : hoc vulnus, eris, a wound. 2. There are fifteen which make the genitive .in ORIS 3 hoc fecus, pecoris, a flock of ftieep, a fmgle fheep : hoc tergus> oris, the fkin or hide of any beafl : hoc fanuS) ortSj ufury, intereft: hie lepus y oris, an G 2 hare ; 8 4 NEW METHOD Book II. hare : hoc nemus, oris, a grove : hoc frigus, oris, cold : 'hoc penus, eris, provifions of all forts : hoc pignus, oris, a pledge : hoc peffus, oris, the breaft : hoc ftercus, oris, dung, excrement : hcc decus, decoris, a credit or ho- nour; and fo its compound, dedecus, ihame, difgrace : hoc littus, oris, the fhore : hoc tempus, oris, time : hoc corpus, oris, the body. 3. The comparative in US has the fame genitive as that in OR* and of courfe it makes oris, the penulti- mate long ; as major, & hoc majus, majoris, greater : welior, & hoc melius, oris, better: pejor, & bocpejus, worfe. ANNOTATION. It Is of no manner of ufe to inquire which mould be the general rule of the nouns in US ; that is, whether it be thofe which make cris, or thofe which make eris. For as eris comes naturally from ER ; fo oris comes as naturally from OR ; therefore one is not more natural than the other to the nouns in US. Hence we ought to take that for the general rule, which comprehends moll nouns ; this is that of eris, which I have followed ; for the comparatives form a rule by themfelves, and ought not to be confounded with the reft, becaufe they make oris long, which is owing to their taking it from their mafculine in or. They uled formerly to fay fceneris, and pigneris, which fhevys that eris is the more general rule. Thence come the vsrbsfawero or faeneror, to lend out at ufury : pignero and oppignero, to pledge : leporii long, from lepor or lepos, mafc. mirth, wit, complailance, a good mien-. Decoris long, comes alfo from decor, mafc. It may therefore be obferved that all thofe nouns which make eris or oris, in the geni- tive, have their increafe ihort, and are neuter, except vetus adjeft. and Venus, fern, by its fignification. From decus comes indecor, oris, unfeemly, mifbecoming ; and from detor comes indecorus the fame. RULE XXVI. Of thofe which make URIS, UIS, UDIS, AUDIS, and GDIS, 1. Monojyllables in US, as alfo tellus, make- URIS in the genitive. 2. But grus, and fas, make UIS. 3. Palus, incus, /zWfubfcus, have UDIS., 4. Lau's, *Wfraus, make AUDIS. 5. ^Wtripus, GDIS. EXAM"- OF DECLENSIONS. g s EXAMPLES. 1. All the monofyllables in US, make URIS in tht genitive. Hoc thus, tburis, frankincenfe, or the tree on which it grows : hoc rus> rurisy the country : bic mus> muris, a moufe: p/us^ fluris, more : hoc jus, juris, broth, pottage, which was meafured out to each perfon j hence it is taken alfo for juftice, equity, and right: bocpuSypyris, matter or corruption that cometh out of a fore. Hac tellus, tellurtSy the earth. 2. Thefe two make UIS, b Ilguris, which is joined to thefe, comes rather from Ligur t uris ; this appears plainly from the increafe of the genitive which is fhort, whereas all nouns in US have uris long. Charifius places picudes among thofe nouns that have neither nominative nor vocative. Hence Voffius thinks that they rather faid pKcudis, bujits pecudis, which is the reafon even of the fecond's being (hort, whereas in palus, udij t and others of the fame fort, it is long. And when Prifcian quotes from Casfar de Auguriis, a book no longer extant, fi fincera pecut erat ; this is an expreffion that has not been followed by any one author, and which Caefar probably ufed only in giving an extracl from fame old Roman ce- remonial. For which reafon it is better to forbear making ufe of this nominative. But there is great probability that they faid Ice pecude, whence comes hac pecuda. Cum adhibent in pecuda, paftores;, Cic. 4. de Rep. And we find even bac pecua, pecuum 3 from $he nominative fecu. G3 RULE 86* NEWMETHOD Book II, RULE XXVII. Of thofe which make UTIS and UNTIS. I. Intercus, falus, virtus, juventus, fe- nectus, and fervitus, have the genitive in UTIS. Greek names of towns in US make UNTIS, EXAMPLES. i. The following make the genitive in UTIS. In- ter cm y inter cut is 3 adject. Medicamentum ad aquam in- tercKtemy Cic. a remedy for the dropfy : b#c falus 3 fa- lutis, fafety, health : bac virtuSy virtutis, virtue : h^ec ju-ventus,juventutisy youth : h ^Whyems, hy'emis. EXAMPLES. 1. Nouns in BS> and in PS, form their genitive by putting an I before -S, as Arabs y A'rabis, an Arabian : h mentis y a moun- tain : h dregs : felix, felicis, happy : bacfilix, filicis, fern, brake : bac vibex, mbicis, a wheal on the fleih -after whipping. See the genders, p. 55. b*c lux, lucls, light. 2. The following change X into GIS. H*c frux, frugis, corn, the fruits of the earth : b*c lex, legis, a lawj as alfo its compound, exlex, exlegts, lawlefs : bio rex, regis, a king ; bic grex, gregis, a flock, an herd : b#c Styx, Stygis> a poetical internal lake : Phryx, Pbrygis, a Phrygian : lie et h- flicis, humble : duplex, duflicis, double, &c. ANNOTATION. The analogy of thefe genitives is owing likewife to this, that all thefe nouns were heretofore terminated in is in the nominative as well as in the genitive : thus the x being a double letter, in fome is equivalent to cs, for which reafon they make cis ; and in others to gs, for which reafon they have gis j fee the preceding annotation. RULE XXXIV. Exception to the preceding rule. Senex, nox, m?, onyx, fupellex, make fenis, notis, nivis, onychis, and iupelle&ilis. EXAMPLES. Thefe form their genitive in a different manner, viz. fenex, fenis, an old man; h ' OFDECLENSIONS. 91 Bryaxis JEfadapium fecit, cap. feq. and it appears likewife that it makes Bryaxidis in the genitive. Sunt aliajigna illujlrium artificum ; Liber pater, Bryaxidis, cf alter Scopte, ibid. Hence it makes Bryaxiit in the accufative, as we (hall take notice hereafter, p. 92. The analogy of thefe genitives confiits in this, that the nomina- tives are fyncopated, having been heretofore like their genitives. Jt may allo be faid that x being a double letter, nox Hands for noes, which inferts a / with an /', noftis ; and that nix ftanding for nics, it takes the JEblic digamma in ni-z/is, for which reafon it lofes the c, left the pronunciation fnould be too harlh. On the contrary Ouj- chis aflumes the aipiration b to ftrengthen the found. RULE XXXV. General for the accufatives. *he accufative cafe is in EM, as dux duels, makes ducem. EXAMPLES. The other cafes are formed from the genitive, taking the termination that properly belongs to them, as that of EM for the accufative : for example, hie JermOyfermonis, zccufativefermoiiem, fpeech, ciifcourfe: hie labor, laboris, laborem, labour : dux, 'duels , ducem, a leader, a commander. RULE XXXVI. Of the accufatives in IM. The following nouns, tuflis, amuffis, fitis, fe- curis, decuffis, vis, pelvis, ravis, biiris, A'raris, Tigris, Tiberis, form their accufa- five in im. EXAMPLES. All thefe nouns have the accufative in IM. Htfc tuffs, accufative tuffim, a cough : h ravim, hoarfenefs : h as is commonly done, I queflion whether this can be defended by ancient authority. 2. Adjectives generally form the ablative in I or in E, as felix t felice or felici, happy : fortior and fortiuSy fortiore and fortiori, ftronger : veins, vetere or veferij old : vtffrix, viffrice or viffrtci, viftori- ous : amans, amante or amanti, loving. ANNOTATION. Of fame adjeR'wes that have been doubted cf, and nubicb follow x evert helefs the general rule. Uber, which feveral grammarians except from this rule, forms reverthelefs E or I. The former is ufual, the latter we read ia Q^ Curtius, uberi et pingui folo j and in Seneca, uberi dngitjolo, in Hercul. fur. Degencr makes degeneri in Lucan, lib. 4. Dives makes divite in Hor. and d'witi in Pliny. Locttples makes locuplete in Hor. and locupletl in Cic. Liops makes inope or inopi, la hac inope lingua, Cic. Plus makes plure and pluri according to Charif. though Al- varez ranks it among thofe which make only /. Of Par and its compounds. Par makes pare and pari, but with fome diftindlion. For being taken fubtlandvely in the mafc. or fem. for like, equal, or companion, it has fare, as we read it in Ovid, 3 & 4. Faft. But when taken for couple, or a pair, as it is then neuter, it has pari by the following rule ; hence it makes paria in the plural. Ex cmnibut Jteculis, nrix tria out quatitor nciniriantur paria amicorum, Cic. V/hile it continues adjeftive, it makes generally pari. Ergo pari vote gejjijti iellajuventus, Lucan. Its 94 N E W M E T H O D Book II. Its compounds retain both terminations, and are adje&ives. Atlas, cum compare wu'to, Mart. And yet impari and difpari feem to be more ufual. Wherefore upon this pafTage of the 8th eclogue, numero Deus impure gaudet, Servius fays, impure autem propter m&trum ; nam ab hoc impari dici- mus. And herein the analogy favours Mm, becaufe heretofore they faid, hie et hac parts, et hoc pare ; acceffit eifortuna parit, Atta. apud Prifc. Of the adjectives in IX, fern, and neuter* Viftrix, and the like nouns in IX, are adjectives ; and fome- times we find them even in the neuter, net only in the plural, as Servius believed, and others of the like fort^ of which we took notice, when' treating of the genders, p. 26. * It is not maikcd fo in Ainfworth's. Of 9$ N E W. METHOD Book It* Of the analogy of the terminations included in this rule. No wonder that the neuters in AL fhould follow thofe in E, for they are often formed from thence by fyncope. Thus animal comes from animals t autumnal from avtumnale, &c. In regard to thofe in AR we may here obferve a beautiful ana- logy, namely, that thofe whofe ablative is in /, have the penulti- mate long by narure. For which reafon thofe that have it fhort, make it in e, as netlare,jubare, hepate. Even far itfelf makes farre, becaufe the penultimate is long only by pofnion. From thence one fhould conclude that lucar muft make alfo lucare and not lucari, be- N caufe it is fhort in the penultimate. But I could find no authority for it. The fame mufl be faid of catyar, capers, which we read in Pailadius ; but we likewife meet with capparis in Colum. from whence cpraes cappare, the fame as baccharis, bacchare, the herb called ladfs globes. Of the proper names in AL or in E. Proper names form always the ablative in E, Annibal> Annibale ; Amilcar, Am'dcare. And in like manner the names of towns, though neuter, as Pr .vim, vi, force, violence, plenty. And thofe which have the accufative in EM or in IM, forfn likewife their ablative in E or in I ; as bac navis, navem or mvim j ablat. nave or navi t a fliip : hxc clavis, claveta or flaviffi, ablat, clave or a key. OF DECLENSIONS. 97 ANNOTATION. It is obfervable that moll of the Greek nouns which increafe in the genitive, drop the augment in the accufative in IN ; but taking it up again in the ablative, they generally form it in E and not in I. As eris, eridis, accufative eridem and erin, ablative eride, and not eri ; iris, idis, iridem and irin, ablative iride, and not iri : Daphnis, idis, Daphnin, ablative Daphnide, and not Dapbni. And the reafon of this is becaufe the dative and the ablative being the fame thing in the Greek, they ought to confift of an equal number of fyllables, when they go over to the Latins. But we mall treat more largely of thefe nouns at the end of this third decleniion, where we mall fhew that they are fometimes declined without the augment, and then they may form their ablative alfo inJ. The nouns in YS have their ablative in E or in Y ; as Cafjs, Atys, Catys, aod fuch like proper names. Ablative Capye or Capy, Atye or Aty> &c. The former is according to the Latins, who fay in the dative Apyi, and even according to the Greeks in the common tongue, TU K.7rin : but the latter comes from the Do- rians, who decline o Ka,7rv$, T Kdw, for KaTr^o? ; T Kafl-t/ for KaJTOI, &C. RULE XLI. Of fome nouns which do not intirely conform to the analogy of the preceding rule. 1 . A'raris cbufes to make A'rare, and reftis has only refle. 2. On the contrary vedis, ftrigilis, canalisy^r^ the ablative in I. EXAMPLES. 1. This rule is only an appendix to the former. For A'raris, the Saone, has fcarce any other accufative than A'rarim^ as we have above obfcrved, rule 36. And yet its ablative is generally A'rare, though we fometiir.es meet alfo with A'rari : rejlis, a rope or cord, has only refle in the ablative, though in the ac- cufative it has reft em and rejiim. 2. On the contrary, ftrtgilis, a curry-comb, makes always ftrigili, though we feldom fay ftrigilim, in the accufative. It rs the fame with veflis y a bar, a lever, which makes vetti ; and canalis, any fall or fpout of w'attr, a trunk or pipe for the conveyance of water, VOL. I. H which 9 8 NEW METHOD Book II. which has canali, though perhaps we fhall not be able to find their accufative in IM. ANNOTATION. To thefe may be added B meiri ne- cejfitas fecit ; whereby we fee that this ablative does not come front fognomen, as fome have imagined, who find fault with this exam- ple ; but from hie ti beet cognominis, and that the ufual cullom of thofe common nouns (which is very remarkable) as well as of the adjectives, was to have /', fince he will have it that the poet depart- ed from it only to ferve the meafure of the verfe. Memor makes in like manner memcri, and may be referred to this rule ; becaufe its having only I in the ablative, is owing to the antient ufe of memoris and memore in the nominative, as may be feen in Caper and in Prifc. OF THE PLURAL OF THE THIRD Declenfion. TEe nominative plural of the mafc. and fem. is generally well enough known by the rudiments, where it is marked in es ; patres, fortes, &c. Neverthelefs they fometimes inferted an /', forfeit, puppets, Arejieis, which Varro affirms to. be as proper as pupfcs, Arejles, &c. This happened particularly in Greek words, whofe contraction >vas in EK> as Syrteis, Tralleis, Sardeis, Alpeis, which were fome- times wrote with 1 long. Smyrna quid, C5 Colophon ? quid Cratjt regia Sardis ? becaufe this I long and this diphthong El were almoll the fame thing, as we mall make appear elfewhere. Now, in order to know when the termination in EIS or in IS is beft received, fee what fliall be faid hereafter concerning the accu^ fative. We have only to give a rule here in regard to the neuters, fome of which have the plural in A, and others in I A. RULE XLV. Of the plural of nouns neuter. The nominative plural of neuters depends on the ablative jingular : I , If this be in E, they form the plural in A"; 2. Bui OF DECLENSIONS. 105 2. But if it be in I, or in E and I, they form I A. 3. All comparatives make the nominative plural in R A. 4. Plus makes plura ; , and fometimes pluria. But vetus makes only vetera. EXAMPLES. The nominative plural of ne.uter nouns depends on the ablative fingular. 1. If the ablative be only in E, they form their plural in A, as hoc corpus, the body, ablative corf ore, plur. corpora, bodies : caput, cdpitis, the head, ablat, cdpite t plur. capita, heads : hoc gaiifape, ablative gait- fape, plur. gaufapa, a furred coat, an hair mantle. 2. But if the ablative be in I only, or even in E and I, the nominative plural is always in IA : mare, the fea, mari, plur. mdria, the fcas : dulcis, et hoc duke, fweet, abl. duld y plur. dulces, f? h hence in the plural it has plitra, and fometimes pluria. Vetus> pld, makes, veffri} but in the plural it has only vttera. ANNOTATION. Aplujlre, an ornament put on the mails of (hips, a flag, or ftreamer, h:is a double nominative plural according > _ :" : . ifcian, whom Dclp;iuter has followed, giving it apla/lt. But the former may be faid to come from aplujlrum, of the avond declenfion, according to Lucretius, when he i.. Na-Tjigiu aplujtris fraElif ob:. And thus that aplujlre limply follows th- ,-a, becaufe it forms the ablative in i. We Gud - ' ;s, -and not apluftra. Pbt 106 NEW METHOD Book II. Plus makes plura and pluria, from whence comes complura and compluria, as is fully Ihewn in Gellius, book 5. c. 21. Pluria mifla t Lucr. Nova compluria, Ter. which Voflius has ventured to imitate in different parts of his works ; but thefe nouns ire comparatives, let Gellius fay what he will in the place abovementioned. For which reafon Charifius, after Pliny and I. Modeftus, excepts them from the rule of the reft merely by cuftom, which is the miftrefs of languages ; confuetudo tamsn & bos plures dicit, & h a riddle, in 1 1 .veftts, old, gen. veterum : fupplex, Jiipplicum, fuppliant : memor, me- morum, mindfwl , in like manner immemor, immemo- rum, unmindful. 4. Pugil, fugihim, a champion : degener^ dcgene- rum t degenerate; in like manner, congener, one of the fame kind or race: celer, celerum, fwift, light; compos, compotum, one that hath obtained his defire or purpofe : impos, tmpotum, unable, without power : puber, or rather pubes, puberis, plur. puberum, of ripe age : uber, uberum, fertile : dives, divitum, rich : confers, confortum, a companion, or that partakes of a thing : inops, tncpum, poor. 5. The compounds of pes, pedis, as tilipes, alipedis, abl. attpede, i, plur. alipedes, alipedum, fwift of foot : quadrupes, edis, plur. quadrUpes, um, four footed. . 6. The io8 N E W M E T H O D Book II. 6. The derivatives of fado y ending in fex, have alfo UM ; as artifex, uis\ plur. artificum> an artift : opifexy opzficum, one that worketh, the maker or framer of: carnifex y icum, an executioner, a villain. 7, The derivatives of capio, ending in CEPS, as muneceps, tpis, plur. mumcipum, one of a town whofe inhabitants were free of the city of Rome, a burgher ; frinceps, prmcipxmy the foremoft, the prince. ANNOTATION. The reafon why the comparatives form the genitive in UM, is becaufe their ablative in E is moil ufual. Hence it is that they have the nominative likewife in A and not in 1A. And this rea- fon may hold for moil of the nouns of this rule, which have more frequently E than I in the ablative. This is fo far true that Caarif. pretends they never fay veteri, majdri, meliort, though he is in the wrong to exclude them abfolutely. Printer, though it has in the ablative primorc or primeri, makes alfo primorum, either becaufe it partakes of the nature of cotupara-r tives, primer t quajt primior ; or becaufe it is oftener in the nature of. a fubilantive in the plural, primores, the nobles, or the chief men of a place. To thefe we may add alfo the derivatives of corpus, which be- yond all doubt are terminated iu or, iince tricorpor^ is from Accius in Prifc. and an ancient poet makes ufe of tricorporem in Cic. Tufc. 2. and we meet with tricorporis in Virg. JEn. 6. And then we may take for a rule that they follow the anal colles, c'oUium. 1. Thefe are excepted, and form their genitive in UM : juvenis ) 'a young man, plur. ju-venes, juvenum : Kates, vatum, a prophet, a poet : canis, a dog or bitch, canes > canum : hie ftrigilis, ftrigilum, a curry- comb : volucris, c volucrum y a bird, any winged crea- ture : hie panis ) panum, bread. 3. To thefe may be joined thofe in AS, which alfo make IUM : as the names of countries, Arpmas, atis> Arpinatium, one that is of Arpinum : noftras, atis y noftratium, one of our country : vejfras, veftratium, one that is of your country. And fometimcs even the other nouns in AS, as //- litas, no NEW METHOD Book I L lit as, atis 3 utttital'mm, Liv. utility: czvitas, civitdtium,* a city, a ftate, a corporation. Though in thefe the genitive in um is the moft ufual, civifatum, utilitdtum^ &c. 4. Thofe in NS form their genitive in the fame manner, as in/am, infdntis y plur. infantium, an in- fant : adolefcensy adolefcentium, a young man or a young woman : rudens, rudentium, a cable rope : torrens, torrentium, a torrent of water. Though they often- times admit of a fyncope of the I, parentum, pru- dentum, &c. as we {hall obferve hereafter. ANNOTATION., Volucris heretofore made volucrium, as we find in Varro. And Charif. quote* it alfo from Quintilian, and even from Cicero, 2. de fin. as Gruterus likewife reads it. Videmus in quodam VOLU* c R. I u M genere nonnulla indicia pietatis. Neverthelefs the cuftom of faying always 'volucrum had obtained even fo early as the time of Pliny, as may be feen in Charif. lib. i. And thus it has been ufed not only by Pliny but by Virgil and Martial. Which mufl be always followed when this noun is a fubftantive. But when it is taken for an adjeclive, as we have mentioned above, p. 103. that then it made volucri in the ablative, fo it mufl have *> and the red in the fame manner. For this reafon Voflius cenfures thofe who will have it that lynx makes lyncium^ becaufe it is contrary to this analogy. The lynx is a kind of fpotted deer, which fome take to be the ounce ; it is a very quick-fighted animal, whence it is commonly faid to fee through mountains and walls. Perot mentions it, and Pierius in his hieroglyphics quotes it 9111 of PJiny, book 8. c. 38.^ though OJF DECLENSIONS. u 3 though Pliny fays no fuch thing. However, from its piercing fight comes Avfrmov &rm in Horn, and the like, to denote quicknefs of fight. Of Lar, mus, crux, andjome others. In regard to the other monofyllables, the following are fuch re- marks as can be moft depended upon. Lar makes larium in Cicero and in Pliny. And yet in Varro, 8. de L. L. we meet with maniatn matrem larum. Mus makes murium. Murium fetus, Pliny and others. Never- thelefs murum is in Cic. as quoted even by Charifius. Nee homines jnurum aut formic arum causa frumentum condunt^ z. de.Nat. Though Charifius owns that Pliny did not approve of this paffage of Cicero* becaufe he fays the genitive in UM was particularly for the nouns in R, as fur, furum. Hence he likewife condemned Trogus for having faid parium numerorum & imparium. It is true the ge- nitive murum is no where elfe to be found. But Pliny's reafon of the nouns in R is groundlefs, becaufe from calcar we make ca/ca- rium, and a great many more ; fo that he had no fort of reafon to find fault with Trogus for faying parium ei imparium. Crux makes crucum according to Charifius. And thus it is in Tertullian's apology, according to Rigaut's edition. Pamelius reads crucium, and yet he confefles that all the MSS. have crucifm. This was not fumciently obferved by Voffius, when he fets Tertullian againil Charifius. Of tbofe monofyllables that make UM, The other monofyllables not included in .the particular rules, more frequently make UM according to the general rule, as ren, plur. renes-, renum, Plin. fur, furum, Hor. Cat'ull. pes, pedum, Cic. in like manner its compounds, bipes, bipedum, Cic. mos, mt>- rum ', jios , Jlcrurn ; crus, crurum, Virg. .grus, gruiim ',fus, fuum ; thus t tburum, Charif. fraus, /ratafias ; though Apuleius has frcutdium ; laus, lauditm, though in Sidomus we find laudium ; prex, unufual, plur. prices i pricum ; ffux, Unufual, ^lQ.r.frKgss,fn:gum ; riux, nu- cuniy Plin. Monofyllables unufual In the genitive plural. But many of thtta nouns are very little or not at all ufed in the genitive plural. Hence we ihouid be very cautious how we ufe in this cafe the following words, via. pax, fax, fnex, nex, fix, lux, me!, fd t foL To theie we muft join plels, though Prudentius has coronam phbium. We may add glos, pus, and res, though the grammarians infift upon their having a genitive in'iuM, according to Scioppius, but without authority. Jus makes jurium in Plautus ; legum atquc jnrium fifior, in Epidic. fiut Charifius quotes from Cato, jurum Icgumqtie, though neither of them are much ufed. The lame Charifius acknowledges that tnaria, rura, carnis 3 fiefh, cdrniuni : hcfc cohcrs, 6rtis> a barton or coop, a pen for Iheep, a band of men or Ibldiers, an affembly or company, cobortium, Csef. hie uter, utrrs, a bottle, a bag of leather made like a bottle, iitrium : hie venter, Iris, the belly, ventrium : hxc palus, lidis, a morals, pa- ludium, Colum. btec fornax > acts, a furnace, fornaciuni. Plin. Thus Qurris, Quiritis, a Roman, Qimtium: Sanints 9 itis> a Samnite, Samnitium. ANN O- 5 OF DECLENSIONS. 115 ANNOTATION. Mod of thefe nouns follow likewife the analogy above mentioned. For as it was cuftomary to fay Samnitis in the nominative, a!fo Quiritii, cokdrtis, carnis, bejjis ; they ranked among thofe which had no increafe in the genitive, and therefore made IUM. And very likely linter, fornax, and the others here mentioned, followed the fame analogy. A great many more nouns heretofore made IUM. There were a great many more nouns which had fometimes the genitive in IUM, though they are not to be followed, as radicium> which we find in Varro, though Colum. fays ratticum,; and Cha- rifius is more for the latter, while Pliny pretends we ought to fay radicium and ccrvicium. As alfo bominium for bominum', which is found in Salluft, in Ju- gurtb. according to Jofeph Scaliger. Meretricium in Plautus's Bacch. according to Duza, and in his Cajfina according toLipfius. Str-vitutium cif compedlum, in the fame poet's Per/a, Adi. 3. fc. Curate ijluc intus, according to Scaliger and Colerus, though a corrupt word fervitricium is generally read in the Head. Judidum forjuilicum in the civil law j wrtutium for virtutum in S. Paulinas epift. ad Aufon. And fome others, which we may learn perhaps by obfe'rvation. This may be owing, as we have already taken notice, to all the ablatives having been heretofore in E and in I in this declenfion, whence-fo many genitives in IUM have remained. 3. But there is fometimes a fyncope of the I in this genitive in IUM, not only in the nouns of this rule, but in all the reft. Thus they fay apum, Plin. for apium, bees : Quirttum for ^uirttium^ Romans: loquentum for loquenfium, of thofe who Ipeak, &c. ANNOTATION. We find palitdum in Mela, inftead of paludium, which is in Colum. fornacum andfbrnacium are both in Pliny. Parentum and parentium are both good Latin according to Varro, 7. L. L. The latter is alfo in Horace. Charifius and Prifcian quote it even out of Cic. Neverthelefs parentum at prefent is more ufaal in profe. What nouns moft frequently admit of this fyncope* This fyncope is particularly to be obferved in nouns ending in NS ; as adolefcentum for adolejcentium ; infanttim, meitntunt, &C. And efpecially in participles, which we find as often in UM as in. IUM ; cadentum for cadentittm, Iikcw\fefa Catul. men/urn for menjium, Seneca, Ovid, Fortunatus, and other later poets. It is alfo frequently to be feen in the writings of civilians, as in Paulus the civilian, in the Theodocian code, and elfewhere. What nouns Jeldom admit of fbisjyncope. On the contrary this fyncope very rarely occurs in neuters that have the ablative in I. For we do not fay cubilum inflead of cu- bilium ; animalum inftead of animalium, &c. And if Nazvius calls Neptune regnatorem marum, this was never followed, and doubtlefs he did it to diftinguiih it from marium, coming from mas. But this genitive of mare, as we have already mentioned, is unufual. It occurs alfo very rarely in adjectives of one termination ; for ofatrox we do not fay atrocum ; nor offelix,felicum. However la- cuphtum is faid for locupletium, and we read it even in Cicero. Of the epenthefis. But it is obfervable, that as thefe genitives fometimes admit of a fyncope or diminution of a letter, on the contrary they fometimesalfo admit of an epenthefis or a letter added. Thus we find alituum in Virgil for alitum : calituum for ceelitujn, and fuch like, which are owing perhaps to fome ablatives in U, as we ftill fay nottu and din for nofte and die. Or elfe it mull have been a change of I into U, for alitium, calitium, which were ufed as well as hcminium, whereof mention has been made above. OF THE ACCUSATIVE PLURAL. The accufative plural (excepting neuters which have it in a or in 'ia, like their nominative) generally ends in es, Pater, patres. But antiently it oftentimes ended in eis or in is long, which were almoft the fame thing. And this termination was particularly received in nouns that had JUM in the genitive, as montium, monteis ; omnium, omneis or omnis, though grammarians could never give us any fixed rule concerning this matter. For as from mercium they faid merces ; from axium, axes ; fo from fortiorum they faid for tier eis ; from fanEiiorum, fane - tioreis, and the like. In what manner the antients judged of their language. This (hews that thefe variations were intirely owing to the deli- cacy of the language. Hence we learn of Gellius, lib. 13. c. 19- that Prqbus, upon being afked whether it was proper to fay urbis or urbeis, made no other anfwer, but that the ear mould be confult- cd, without giving one's felf any further trouble about all thofe mufty rules of grammarians ; affirming that he had feen a copy of the Georgics, with corrections in Virgil's own hand writing, in the firft book of which there was urbis, with an I. urbifne invifere, Ceefar. becatfe the verfe would not have run fo fznooth with urbes. And OF 'DECL ENSIGNS. 117 on the contrary that in the 3. book of the ^neid, he had put urlts with an E, Centum urbes habitant magnas ; to render it more fwelling. And this author recommended the fame rule for the accufadves in EM or in I'M. But as we have not -it prefent fo nice an ear as to be able to judge exactly of this cadence, it is more incumbent upon us to abide by what the an- tients have advanced concerning this point, and to infert nothing without authority. RULE LI. Of nouns that have no fingular, and of the names offeftivals in VA. j . Plural nouns are to be regulated by fuppojing . their Jmgular, as manes, minium, 2. Tres, trium. 3. But we fay opum, cce'litum. 4. The names of feftivals in 'i& follow thejecona and third declenjion. EXAMPLES. i. The genitive of plural nouns ought to be regu- lated, by fuppofing their fingular. , Thus manes, a Ipirit or ghoft, the place of the dead, dead bodies, makes mwium, becaufe heretofore manis was ufed in the fingular, whence we have immanis, cruel. 3. Thus tres, three, makes trium, by reafon that though it cannot have a fingular, yet it follows the analogy of the other adjectives, and therefore makes the neuter in IA, tria, and the reft in like manner. j. We muft except opes, riches, which coming from ops, opts, makes opum, and not opium, as it fhould naturally by the rule of monofyllables : and cce'lites, the gods or faints above, which has coe'litum, though it feems to be an adjective, or at leafl that it ought to come from exits, cce'litis, and therefore fhould follow the. analogy of dis, lis> )ums, Samnis, &c. which make IUM. The neuter nouns follow this fame rule: for we fay mce'nia, ma/nium, the walls or ramparts : ilia, ilium, the flank, the fmall guts j becaufe were they to have a fingular, their ablative would be in I, as their nomi- native plural is in IA. I 3 4- The u8 NEW METHOD. Book II. 4. The names of feftivals in IA follow the fecond and third declenfion, Saturnalia, a feftival in honour of Saturn, eenit. Sdturndlium and Saturnaliorum. In like m&nnerlfaccbanalia, Comfit alia, F lor alia, and others, though in the dative and ablative they are only of the third, Saturndlibusy Termindlibtis, &c. ANNOTATION. From this rule we mult not except procures, procerum, nobles or peers: lemur es t hmurum, hobgoblins: luceres, lucerum, one of the three centuries, into which Romulus divided the people : celeres, celerum, the light horfe, 300 in number, chofen out of the reft of the cavalry by Romulus for his body guard : becaufe their ancient nominative was porcer, lemur, lucer, cehr, which made UM, the fame &s furfur, furfur um ; career, carcerum, &C. Nor muft we except fores ; for forum in Plautus is a fyncope, inftead of which we meet with for ium, as coming from h^ec forts. It is alfo by fyncope that the fame author L\\A fummatum in Pfeud. as Cornelius Nepos faid optimatum for optimatium, which we rea4 in Cicero, by the 48th rule of the nouns in AS. Of the names of fejfavals in 'IA. In regard to the names of feftivals, the true reafon of their hav- ing a double genitive, is becaaie heretofore they had two nomi- natives fingular, fo that they faid hoc agonale, and hoc agonalium ; hoc Saiurnale, and hoc Saiurndlium, &c. as we ftill meet with exem- plar e and exemplarium among the Civilians ; with milliare and millia- riu-.n in Cicero, and the like. Wherefore this ought to ferve as a rule for a great many other nouns, which have two genitives, as veS'galiorum in Macrobius for itt&itakum ; anciltorum, in Hor. for ancilium ; fponfaliorum in Suet, for fponfalium, and the like. In the fame manner thofe in MA, diadematornm, for diadematum, of which we Ihall take notice in the following rule. RULE L1I. Of the dative plural ; and of fome particular cafes borrowed from the Greeks. 1 . The dative plural is in 1BUS. 2. But thofe in MA make alfo TIS. 3. Of the Greeks three cafes are borrowed in this declenfion ; the genitive fingular in OS. 4.- The accufative fingular in A. 5. And the accufatii)e plural in AS. EXAMPLES. i. The dative plural of the third declenfion is in IB US, *& pater t $dtribus> to the fathers. 2. But OF DECLENSIONS. 119 1. But nouns in MA like to form this cafe in IS rather than in IBUS. Hoc tbema, a theme or fubjed of difcourfe j dative and ablative thematis rather than themdtibtis : hoc poema, a poem t dative and ablative poemafis or foemdtibus. ANNOTATION. Prifcian takes notice that thefe neuter nouns in ma, were former- ly feminines of the firfl declenfion, hence we read in Plautus, cutn Jer-vili fchema in the ablative, for fchcmate, and Pomp, diademam dedit. Celfus alib obferves that they formerly ended in turn, tbe- matitm, diadematum, dog-matum* being declined by the fecond, dia- dematorum, Sec. ; fo that it is no wonder they have ftill retained their dative and ablative plural in IS. The Greeks moreover give us three cafes in this de- clenfion, which are very ufual among poets, namely the genitive fingular in OS, the accufative fingular in A, and the accufative plural in AS. 3. The genitive, as Pallas t Palladis or Pdllados, the goddefs Pallas : genefis^gemfis or genefeos and gene- fiosy genefis, gcneiation : pyxis, py'xidis or pyxidos, a. box : ./EneiSy JEneidis or idos, the /Eneid. 4. The accufative, as tie&of, Heftorem and HeRora y a proper name : Lais, Ldidem and Laida, a famous courtezan : hie aer, aerem and d'era, the air. Some have even three, as Mteotis, gen. M!? for 'o2w<7so?, 'Optpvs for 'o^iuc, in the fame manner one might fay, 'Apirefls'XiK and 'Aprolitevs, Mave^ and Muvo-tvs, and fo on. Thu from the former nominative in ? mail be derived the noun in es which forms the genitive in is. Arifateles, Arijiote- lis ; Moyfes, Moyjts. And from the nominative in tv; comes a nouri eus, which being of the fecond declenfion, forms the genitive in I, as Orpheus, Qrpbei ; Moyftus, Moyfei, and by contraction. Moyfeiy th.en dropping the prepofitive vowel, May si \ the I long and the diphthong ei being., as we have often obferved, generally ex- changed for each other in Latin words. Therefore we fo fre- quently meet with Uly/ei, Periclei, Achillei, and fuch like, written with a diphthong. Hence it is eafy to fee why Tertullian, and the other fathers, ufe indifcriminately in the genitive / . Moyfes or. Moyfe, though we jneet with Moyfi alib in the dative: aruj moreover by fyncope OF DECLENSIONS. m Mojts and Mojt. Juft as the Greeks fay 5 Mw^? t rS Mws-S, for Maoris, MWDCTO?, and o Muo-tui;, ra Mcr9$, for Mj, uo-toj. But here we mould take notice that as the nouns in n;, accord* ing to the obfervation of Prifcian, followed indifferently in Greek; either the fifth or the firft declenfion, fo in Latin we decline them either by the firft or by the third. Thus for inftance as they laid o Kvfx.tK> Ki>//.w or Kwjt/.ri'lo; : o > A^ro(pa>'i?> Ajtro^>y> (whence likewife comes TO* A^rofa^O or "A^ro the knee, genubus, or ibus: $artus> fartubus, the birth or aft of bringing forth. ANNOTATION. In all thefe nouns the ablative is in UBUS, like the dative, be- eaufe thefe two cafes are always alike in the plural. In this clafs Defpauter ranks acus, a needle ; quercus, an oak, tree ; and Jicus a fig or fig tree : but he has no authority for it. THE FIFTH DECLENSION. EVERY body may fee that this declension is alfo a branch of the third ; hence we find fo many nouns which are declined both ways, as plebes, is, and plebes, ei ; quies, quietis, and quies, quiel ; requies, etis, and requies, requiei - 3 &c. and others of which we mall take notice hereafter. It has only one termination in the nominative, and the rudiments alone may be fufHcient for children to learn, and to decline it. But formerly it had four terminations in the genitive, of which we jnufl take particular notice. The firft is ei, which at prefent is the moft ufual, diet, rei, &c. The fecond is ii, as pernicii, or i alone, when the termination of the nominative is not pure ; z.s fides, fidi, for Jidei ; nihil pernicii eaufa, Cic. munera latitiamque dii t Virg. for perniciei, and diei t according to Gellius. The third is ES. Equites datura ill'ms dies, paenas, Cic. pro Sextio, according to Gellius, who may be confuhed at full upon this fubjeft, lib. 9. c. 14. The fourth is E. Hujus die, bujusfpecie, as marked by Caefar, 2. de Analog. Libra die fomnique pares ubi fecerit boras, Virg. as Servius, Prifcian, and others read it. The dative of this declenfion was alfo formed heretofore in E as well as the ablative. Prodiderit commijla fide, fponjumve negarit , Hor. libl I. fat. 3.^ Fide cenfebam maximam multofidem, Plaut. forfdei, fays Charif. And Prifcian does not at all doubt of it. Veteres (fays he, in his 8th kQdK.) frequentiffime inveniuntur Jtmilem ablatis, progeniefque. And it is true, for initance, that we meet whhfacierum in Cato, and with fpecierttm in Celius Aurel. Which Jofeph Scaliger made no difficulty to follow, though Cicero in his topics feems more fcrupulous about this word, as well as about that of fpeciebus. BOOK 126 *S><*g><>*S>O<><>Q<><><><><^^ THE HETEROCLITES, O R IRREGULAR NOUNS. ^- E call heteroclite or irregular nouns, fuch as are de | clined differently from the reft, of which there are W | two forts. The firft are variant in their gender, not retaining ^oco.ooeecoooj, the fame in the fingular as in the plural ; and the fe- cond are variant in their declenfion. Thus, for inftance, we fay locus mafculine in the fingular, and loco, neuter in the plural. We fay the ancient word locum is always to be underftood. Of the word Argos To thefe we might join Argos, which being of the neuter in the" fingular, becaufe it comes from -^"Ajyoj, EO$, (as hath been al- ready obferved, p. 17) is mafculine in the plural, Argi y Argo- npr, Si fair i os unquam remcaffetn "viflor ad Argos, JEn. 2. The re^fon of this is becaufe, as we have taken notice in another place, when the Romans borrowed the Greek nouns, they fome- timesgave them a termination intirely Latin, which they declined like the other Latin nouns. So that this plural Argi muft come from the fingular Argus, taken fimply from "A^/OJ. Now this noun is ufed only in three cafes in the fingular, namely, the no- jninativc, vocative, and accufative, which are alike. But in the plural Argi is declined through all cafes. And it is obfervable that out of four principal towns which take this name (one in Pe- loponnefus, the other in Theflaly, the third in Acarnania, and the fourth in Apulia, built by Diomedes-, out of regard to his an- . tient country Arg0Sr&nd> whkh was heretofore called Argyrippa, as Virgil teftifies, 9, ISLn. inftead of Argos Hippium, and. by a word ftill more corrupt, Arpi, as Servi us informs us upon this fame book of Virgil, and Strabo in the fixth book of his geography) nor even out of any of the rfeft, for Stephanus, an antient geographer, mentions no lefs-than eleven of this name, this is perhaps the only one that Las this plural, Argi, crum, which fhould be taken for thcr people as much as for the city, according to what we have laid concerning tfce genders, p. 24.. RULE V. Of noons that are neuter in the fingular, and mafculine or neute? in the plural. Fraenum has frxni, or frsena ; Andfo raft rum has raftri, or raftra. OF HETEROCLITES. 131 EXAMPLES. Hoc frus, as in the dative. The feveral cafes unufual in either declenfion are included in, this verfe of AHtedius : Tolle me, mi, mu, mis, ii declinare domus vis. Where he rejects domi, as well becaufe it is not ufed in the plural, as even in the genitive fingular it is ufed only in anfwer to the oum, bobus. EXAMPLES. The noun vis is irregular, in as much as it has no. increafe in the fingular, though it increafes in the plural. It is therefore declined thus : Nom. wj, gen. vis. It wants the dative. Accuf. vim, Abl. w". K 3 In tfEW METHOD. Book in. In-the plural it fhould naturally make vts , but we fay, vires: gen. vtrium: dat. viribus : accuf. vires: voc. wm : abl. viribus. Bosybovis, an ox. Plur. bovss: genit. bourn: dat. and abl. 0ftr or ^^j by fyncope, inftead of bovum, bovibm. A*N NOTATION. The plural vires proceeds, as Voffius obferves, from their hav- ing heretofore ufed g. Panthera and Panther ; fee the gtndtn. f. 58. Statera, Cic. ftater, Bud. though with this difference, tiirt flat era is a balance, andftater is a kind of coin. Vefgera, Plaut. vefper, Caf. In all thefe nouns ER is the origi- nal termination, that in A having been almoft generally formed from the Greek accufative of the other termina- tion, except it be Ve[pera> bscaufc the Greeks faid in fhe nominative, not only tcTttf^ but alfo \erstya.. And it is very likely that heretofore they faid yejferus, which followed the iecond declenfion, whereas Vcjper rather fol- lowed the third. Hence we have ftill cafes in both thefe declenfions, Vefpero furgente, Hor. Primo Vefotre, Czf. Hereto we may join the termination OR 5 as lympha (from n^u) lymphor, Won. ex Lucilio. Pigritia, Cic. pigror, Nan. A and AS. Hebdomads, x ; hebdomas, adis, Cic. Latnpada, EC, Mattil. Lampas, adis, Cic. Haec tiara, a?, Serv. Hie tiaras, as, Virg. A and ES. Of the fame dcclenjien. Hie cometa, ae, & cometes, ae. See the genders, p. 26. Gcta, Ter. Getes, as, Ovid. Epirota, Epirotes, Cic. Geometra, geometres, ae, Cic. Propheta, ae, Ifid. Fefi. Prophetes, =, Voff. A and ES. Of different declcvfion. Avaritia, ae, Ci:. avarities, ei, Lacr, Barbaria, as, Cic. barbaries, ei, Cic. Blanditia, ae, Cic. blandities, ei, Cic. Canitia, Lucret. canities, J^irg. Delitia, x, Plaut. delitks, Dafidia, Cic. defidies, Lucret. Duritia, Cic. durities, Cic. Itiigia, effigies, Cic. Pallacia, Ter. es, Affal. Luxuria, & es, Cic. Waceria, Cic. es, Af-pul. any wall or mo\md about a ground. Maceries, in aatitnt writers Jignijicd Itannrftf Non. Materia & cs, Cic. Mollicia & es, Cic. Munditia, Cic. es, Catul. Nequitia, Cic. es, Hor. Notitia, Ter. es, Lucret. Pinguitia, jtrnQlf. es, jtfpu!. Planiria, Hygin. es, Lev. Profapia, Cic. es, Lucret. Scabritia, Plin. fcaorities, Co/am, fcab- binefs, roughnefs. Sasvitia, Cic. es, Vcff. Segnitia, Ter. fsymties, Virf. To thei'e fome add prwincia, and ; but for the laaer they have no autho- rity. Pauperia is in S. Cyril's glofTary for wivttt, but perhaps it is to be found in no other place. For tsvila. is rather paup.rtas, the inconvenience . / poverty j and pauperies, the accident or misfor- tune that impovzriflies us. And thus it is that Caper distinguishes them in his orthography. We muft not however believe what fome grammarians have ventured to ad- vance, that there was a difference be- tween all thefe nouns in A and ES, as Cornelius Fronto, who imagines that materia is faid of material things, on which artificers work; and materiel of intellectual things that relate to the mind. For if we confult the authors here quoted, we ihall find that all thefe nouns are indifcriminately taken for the fame thing. A and IS. Abfida, ae, in later authors for Abfis, idis, which ive find in JJiJorat, 3 Orig. cap. 68. where he takes it for the circles of the ftars, juft as Pliny does, lib. 2. c. 15. But the fame Ifidorus, lib, 14. c. 8. takes notice that the learned (in his time) doubted whether it was beft to fay ah/idem or abjidam. Others write aifo apjis, be- caufe it comes from the Greeek a^i'?. In ecdefiaftic writers this word is taken for the gallery of a church for an epifcopal chair, or for the in- clofure of a chair. It is alfo taken for the bowing of an arch, and for the ring of a ca;t wheel. Bura, Varr. buris, Virg. the plough-tail or handle. Callis, idis, Cxf. caflida, se, an hel- met, Cbarif. Prijc. Propert. as alfo Virg. Aureus ex bunuris fonat arcus & aurca -vati Caffida .En. u. Where Servius pretends it is a Greek accufative for a Latin noir.inacive. It would have been much better if he had faid that it is a real Latin noun, burde- rived from a Greek accufacive, as we have above Ihe-.vn that this alfo happen* to nouns in ER aad in A. OF NOUNS OF DIVERSE TERMINATIONS. 139 A and US. king Tarquin made him cut a ftone in Aranea, ae, Virg. Araneus, i, Lucret. a his prefence. fpider. They fay alfs Aranea, x,0vid, Quadrantale, or tal, Feflus, a figure and araneum, i, Pbttdr. for a cob- iquare every where like dice j alfo web. Pliny ufeth both of them for a veflel a foot fquare every way. a rime or dew, like a cobweb, which Sale or fal, Cbarif. This author prefers fpoils olives and grapes. the former, which makes Muretus Acina, K, Catul. acinus, i, Cic, and believe that in Terence's Eunuchus alfo we ought to road. Acinum, i, Non. the ftone of grapes Qui babtt jolt quod in tt eft. and other fruit. Where others read faiem qui ; and Baptifma, atis j baptifmus, i ; and like- others by fynecdoche faiem, quod in wife, baptifmum, i, in ecclefwftic au- te eft. ibort. ' Torale, Varr. ral, Hor. the furniture Clavicula, ae, P/in. and claviculus, 5, of" a bed or table, as (beets, blankets, Colum. the tendrel, or young twig, or coverlets. fhoot of a vine, wherewith it takes E and R, or ARE and AR. hold of every thing, and climbs up by Altare, Cic. altar, Prud. it. Alveare, Colum. ear, faff", a bee hive* Juventa, as, Virg. llor. juventus, utis, Calcare, Vofi. car, Cic. a fpur. Id. & Cic. Cochleare, Mart, ear, Colum. a fpoon. Syngrapha, ar, Cic. fyngraphus, 5, Exemplare, Lucr. ar, Cic. a (ampler, Plant, alfo fyngraphum, Piaut, a a refemblance or model, a copy. writing or deed under the hand of Lacunare er nar, Hor, both parties, an obligation, bill, or Laqueare or ar, Virg. PKtt. bond. Pugillare or ar, Aujon. alfo \at pugillarcs, The following generally differ in Piin. a table book, fenfe. Pulvinare ar ar, Ovid, a bolftcr of a bed, Mercatura, Cic. traffic, merchandife. a pillow, a cufhion. Mercatus, Cic. the market, though in And thefe nouns often change their Piautus it fignjfies alfo a buying and termination into IUM, for we fay, felling, the trade of merchandife. Altarium, Sever. Scu/f. pugillarium, Venatura, Voff. venifon. Plin. lupanarium, Ulf. Venatus, Cic. venatio, Id. hunting. Some grammarians (and among the Ufura, Cic. Lt and Titan, Virg. Cic. Titanus, Plaut. properly figniries a furrow or gutter in Dclphin, Ovid, Virg. delohinus, C*v. carpenter's or mafon's work, a cham- Her. fering or channelling; as jlria (which But here the latter .nominative is alfo derived from thence) is taken comes from the genitive of the fofmtr, rather for a pafiage or outlet and its en- as from ra Ttlavjc is formed 1"itanus > trance, though they are fometimes con- am. For it often happens that of founded one for the other. the genitive or other Greek cafe, thf-y Famul for famulus, Enn. Nan, Lucret. form a new Latin noun, which follow* a. MENT-JM & MEN. different declenftan. Augmentum, Varr. augmen, Lucret, Diacoti and diaconus in tbejacred writ- Carmenturo, Vojf. men, Cic. ir.gs. Momentum, C:c. men, Lucret. R and M Limentum, Vatr. men, Cic. Ahbafter and alabaftrurn ; fee alo-vt lit Sublimentum or men, f-fl. title f UM, R. R an* 144 NEW METHOD. Book III. R and S. Maeander and Mseandrus, from Arbos *>:d arbor, Clc. fp;. Konos a the application of thefe words. for one that carried oft" the children, whom the ancients called pulli. Bcfide* R and IS. Charlfiu? exprefsly informs us that they Arar, Lucar.. S:!. Araris, V\rg . Prifc. faid bac feles, in the fame manner aa the river Saone. bat moUi. Hoc baccar, Plir., Prifc. haec baccaris, Kence it appears that fo far from PKn. i.xxafi;, Hcfycb. a kind of being authoiifed to reject feles, on the herb or flower. See the genders, contrary \ve have great reafon to fuf- p. 31. ftStfcTn ; and ftill more fo to fufpeft Celer, Virg. Ar.d celeris, even in the the ger.der given it by moft didiona- mafculine, Va/. ries, without producing any authority. Saccr ani facris, Perci facres t Plaut. For the great thefaurus of the Latin Memor and memoris, Caper afud Prifc* tongue, Morel, Pajot, and other late Indecor and indecoris, Non. diftionaries, make it common : but Turtur and turturis, Mariangel. Accurf. Stephens, Calepin, and the little dic- tx Aufon. tionary mention it only as mafc. yet Vultur and vulturis, Enn. afud Cbarif. it is difficult to make it pafs under this ex Prijc. gender, though Cicero has, i. de Nat. Vulturis :n filvis miferum niandabat At r.s fando quidem avditum eft Croco- Hemwm. dilum cut Him, aut felem violatum af> Unlefs we are obliged to read vultu- JEgyptio ; which ought to be referred rus t .as it ia in the manufcript copies ta a fyilepfis, becaufe of the mafcu- according to Voffius and Giffanius. lines that go before, as we mail ob- But we fay alfo vulturius, a vultur, ferve when we come to treat of thi4 'which is in Ovid, Livy, and Phsedrus. figure. ER and US. Puppes, Prab. puppis, Ovid. Thefe two terminations are found Torques, Cic, torquis, Plln* "ftiore particularly in nouns ladnifed Valles, Prob. vallis, Cic. from the Greek, as ES and UM. Eyandcr and Eva.idrus, from ElavJ;^. Whether theES Mows the fifth, a Pro- Or NOUNS OF DIVERSE TERMINATIONS. 143 Proluvies, ei, and proluvium. See the genders, p. 49, declcnfion* See the title UM and ES. P. 7- Or whether it fo.iows the third, as We find alfo Tibuts in Cato, and Tapes, etis, Vu-g. tapetum, i. firgt Tiburis in the old infcriptions. sll/a hoc tapete, Plaut. IS and US. ES and US. Gruis, Ptadrus, grus, V'irg. Achilles, is, <:, the following pafiage of Plautus in his yyjmq, the Latins have thence formed Aulularia, Aft. 2. fc. 2. gyp** g r yffys> Virg. only afperating Credo ego, jam ilium inaudiffe m'lb: fffe the fmooth confonant. And of this tbefaurum doml. fame genitive, they have alfo Id inbiat, M ajfinltattm bane otftinavit gryfbus, i, gratia. and the like. US which drops U. We meet with a great many nouns in US, which receive a different termina- tion by dropping the U, as Abacus, Cic. abax, Colum. For the x t and the , are the fame thing. Arabus^ Virg. Arabs, Hir. ./Ethiopus, Lucil. ./Ethiops, Plin. Cappadocus, Colum. Cappadox, Cic. and fuch like. But in regard to thefe nouns the fecond is rather the original termina- tion, while the other is only borrowed from the genitive of this. For "Apa-i- makes "A{?<>r, whence comes Arabui t THE OF NOUNS OF DIVERSE TERMINATIONS, 147 THE SECOND LIST, Of Nouns that follow different declenfions, whether in one or in different numbers, IN the preceding lift we have (hewn that nouns may frequently admit of different terminations, and among thefe we find fome that frequently change their declenfion as well as their gender. But our intent here is to point out fuch as under one termination, are differently declined. Of thefe we may reckon five forts, which lhall be comprife4 under the following heads. I. "US. Glomus, glomi, and glomeris. Ofthefi-Jl and third dechnfon* But a great many are miftaken in AS, as Cakhas, antis, V\rg. placing GJBBUS among ^his number 5 Calchas, a?, Plaut. becauie it is true we fay gibti, but ES, Ganges, ae, and is, Papin. Plin. not gibberis, as they pretend, though. Euphrates, x, and is, Litcart. Plin. R. Stephen his fallen into this miftake And in the fame manner, Thucydides, in his great thefaurus and in his dic- Mithridates or Mithradates ; for ice tionary. The paflage he quotes frorr mett with both In ancient monument;, O- J^venaJ, Attritus gibbere nafus is riot rontes, Tigranes, Heraclides, Tima- to be found j we read on}y in the 6th. chides, ^Eetes, Herodes, Euripides, facyr. and otbfrt which may be feen in Prifc. slttritus galea mediifque ia naribus ingens lib- 6. ^ glbbut. MA. Thofe in MA, as we have already They are a!fo miftaken in regard to obferved, p. up. were heretofore of GIBBER, of which they pretend to the firft declenijon, whereas they are make gibberis. For this noun, whe- now of the third. ;her it be an adjective or a fubftan- Dogma, z, Labert tiye, is always of the fecond deckn- Glaucoma, a?, Plaut. . f:on. Gibberi ffina leviter remi/a, Sacoma, ar, Fisruv. Varr. Gc.!Kn# Africans: varia, grande;, Schema, z, Plaut. gibbercs, Id. Gallmarum genus gib- II. btrum, Plin. lib. 19. c. 26. But in Of the fecottj and third Jeclenfon. the paflage they quote out of the Stlj^ ER, as cancer, cancri and canceris. book, chap. 45. th.ere is only the* Canccris ut vet tat tnetqi ft ad folftitiales, nominative: Syrians (bckus] tion fvnt Lucret. m palraria, fed gibber in dnr-h ; from, Where he is fpeaking of a heavenly con- which they can infer nothing. This /rellation. Arnobius ufes it in tha fhews that thefe great thcfaurus's an4 fame manner for a diftempcr. thefe diclionaries are nor free from mi- Mulciber, mulciberi, or mulcibri, and ftaki-3, even in the late editions, as \vo mulciberis. have elfevyhere more than once ob* Mulciber'u cafti Marfqve Venufqut ddi. fcrved. O vid . Compounded of pater. TAulcV rl is quoted in verfe by Cicero, Thofe confounded of pater, which are 2. Tvfc. And mulciberi in Capella. all latinifed from the Greek, follow thq Sequelter, fequsftri, Plaut. Virg* fe- fecond declenfion } as queftris, Cic. Antipater, antipatri, o AwwaTfC?, v. EUS/ Perfeus, Pcrfci, and eos. See Sofipater, tri, o Zvrinarfot, a- p- 119. Thofe which are purely Latin, folloty ;he third j aj, i 4 8 NEW METHOD. Boole III. DU'fpiter, itris ; Marfpiter, ifri$. Semipater, atris. Ad fantJum femipatrcm. In vet. carm. III.. Of tbefecor.d and fourth decltnfotit Angiportus, us, Nor. flib'u 'injolo leiiis angif'Vtu. Angiportus, i, Cic. Catull. Ter. Arcus, us, Hor. move ufual. Arcus, i, Varr. apud No*. Cibus, i, berctoforeof tbe fourth, Plaut. Colus, \,anJ us, Cbarif. Prijc. Cornus, 5, and us, Star, Cupreffus, i, Hor. Virg. Cuprefius, us, Colum. Dumus, fa p. 133. Fagus, i, and us, Virg. For tome iculfagus forfagos, 2 Georg. v. 71. as we ftill find umbrofa fagus, in Culice. Juft as Scaliger infifts upon our reading a'erite platanus, in the very fame work where others read flatani. Faftus, i, and us, Hor. ClavJ. Varr. Co/urn. Ovid, Beda. Though Scr- vius condemns Lucan for faying. Nee meus Eadoxi -vincetur fijlibus jttnu:. "We muft own neverthelrfs that it is more ufual in the fecond. Ficus, fid, and ficus, VojJ". Signifying as well the tree, as its fruit. But to denote a dirtemper, it is only of the fecond, though Prifcian fays in plain terms, Etiam hie feus ultlum ctrporis, quartee e/l, lib. 6. For which he is cenfured by L. Valla and by Ramus, becaufe he proves it only fcy fome verfes <.f Martial which arc of very uncertain authority. See the genders, p. 45. Fruftus, i, Ter. us, Cic. Humus, i, heretofore u>, Ncn. Laurus, i, firg. us, Hor. But Swvius prefers the former. Leftus, i, heretofore us, Plaut. Ornatus, i, Ter. us, Cic. Pannus, i, heretofore us, Non. .JJ'mus, i, and us, Virg. Quercus, i, and us, Gic. Qi^ercorum ra- mi in terra jacent, inJuaChorogr, apud Prifc. Somnus, i, and \is t Varr. But the former is almoft the only one now in ufe. Sonus, i, and us, Non. The former more ufual. Succus, i, always of the fecond declenfan. Though Appul. has made it of the 4th, Nutrimentis fuccuttm, &c. Sufuvrus, i, and us. Ibe latter is in Ventus, i. and us, Plant. Quifecundo vnntH vetJu: ej} t &9 Sofipate; and Chaiifius read it. Verfus, i, and us. The latter more ufuat* The former in Laberius. mus. Vulgus, i, and us, according to Cbarif. Other nw~! which are ranked in the fame elafs as tbe preceding, but without foun- dation. 2. Penus, which Charifius and Cle- donius will have to be of the fecond and fourth, is only of the fourth. What deceived them was the geni- tive peni, which comes from penum neuter. 5. Specus, likewife is never of the fecond ; wherefore it would be an error to fay fpeci or Jpeco, though fome grammarians have marked it thus. 2. Sinui, is indeed of the fecond and fourth, hut in different meanings j for in the fecond it is taken for a milk pail, and in the fourth for the bofotn, and metaphorically for the .bofom or gulf of the fea. j. Cfntitnanus, which Prifcian affirms t be of the fourth, the fame as manus, is always of the fecond. He quotes from Horace Tejiis nuarum centimanui Gygct Scntentiarum notus. Where ctntimaxus is evidently in tnc nominative, and of courfe proves nothing. 3. Sibilus. He commits tbe fame mif- take in regard to this word, quoting from Sifenna, PrQCulJibilusfipnijiiart confuli cceb'it, IV. Of tkcj'e that arc of the third and four'.b dec I en/ion. Acus, eris ; and acus, us, Col. chaff'. Penus, oris ; and penus, us, tvben:t comes per.u in tbe ablative. Specus, oris ; end fpecus, us, whence fames fpecu in tbe ablative. V. Oftboje tlat are of the third andffth de- clenfon. Pkbes (of which they have made plebi} gen. plebis, Liv. and plebei, Varro, Tacitus. Tribunus plebei, Gel!, or plebi by contra&hn, accord- ing as H. Stephen reads it ; juft as we fay fami for fame: ; pcrnicii for pcrnicisi, and fuch like, of which we have taken notice in the fifth declen- fion, p. u,}.. OF NOUNS OF DIVERSE TERMINATIONS. 149 Quies, etis, Cic. & alii. quies, were heretofore taken adjec- Quics, ei, Afran. & N 3 coxing NEW METHOD. Book III. Dozing from pines, that afterwards for oats, but for a poor kind of feed, a* grows hard. This word is alfo taken fpelt or cockleweed which Virgil calls for a mixture of gold and lilver, where- ferites, becaufe it produce* nothing to of the fifth part was filverj according to fignify. Pliny. It has its plural in both thele Of liquids, Cgnifkations. A great many liquids are Without Jitde jluunt lacryntif, Jlillatague fole any fort of cbjeftion ufcd in the rigejcunt plural. De ram'n dtRra novis, Ovid. CERJE Pingucs urgulne ecras> fera minus jla. ad Gaud. ORICHAI,CA is in Vitruvius in the MUSTA, is alto common in Ovid, teliiral, as well as Martial, and others. And it is STANNA. properly a noun adjeclive; for as Of t be fruits of the eartb. from op^o; comes crtus or bortut } The rule of grammarians is more er- fo from /uoVp^oc (which ftgnifies roneous in refpedl to this than to the whatever is young and freih) they other article; for as to the names of have made moflitm ormujlum; to fig herbs, we may ufe them without any difficulty in the plural, and fay carduis, turicas, ntal-vas, and a great many more. I own we do not find perhaps in this number aJor, anetbum, cannabis, biflb- PICES. Ideajqxe pices, Virg. fus, piper, ruta > filigo, and the like. VINA. Tar.quam levia qu&dam v\a& in aqua, &c. Cic. We nify ncnium. Hence we not only meet with tnujfum g"it t'i have no plural accord- the fingular (which muft be under- ftood of prole) and before his time, they always laid cer-vleet, in both ligniricationsj as indeed we find it conftantly in this number, not only 3n Cato, but likewife in Ciceio a.nd others. ing tpPhocas; bui we find in Ter. CONTAGIO. Grxciam cwtit cmtegio- Ex un\\ gemina* mibi confides nuptias. nU>us malorum, quee a Laced&moniis In Andr. Jr. _ unis tedibus, in Eun. profeffa manarunt latius, Cic. and in Cic. Unis litteris unee tabula: : CULPA. lu he uno entnes ineffe culpas, Cic. P almas non culpas fjje putabo meaty Aufon. CUTIBUS, is in Caelius Aurelianus and' ab unis boftium cvj.iis, &c. . FEMININES. ARENA, even in the opinion of Cae- far, in his books of analogy, a= quoted by Gellius, was not ufed in the plu- in Arnobius. ral : an^ Front.m fays the fame. Yet ELEGANT*A, has no plural, according to Charif. and Diomedes. So that if we were to believe them, it would not be right to fa.y,ferrnonis -vencres &? e'legantias. ELOCI_UKNTIA, according to the feme authors, has no plural. Which ap- pears more reafonable than what they fay of the preceding word. FAMA is now very feldom ufed but in the fingular. And yet Salluft made no difficulty to fay, JEqui boni fa- mas petit ; and after his example Aruncius and Arnobius made ufe of it, but thi* example is not to be followed : hence it is that Seneca blames Aruncius for his affecting thus to make ufe of the moft uncouth expreffions that were to be found in Salluft. Virgil has . quam multa Zeplyroturbentur And Horace : Tintabo & arcntes areras. Propertius nnd Ovid fpeak in the fame manner, the former ufmg alfo arenis, as Seneca in his Medea. And this nnun we alfo find in other authors. Though Ramus prefers Caefar's opinion, and lays we ought to leave the other number to the poets, as this word fufficiently ex- prefles a multitude in the fingular. ADORE A, always fingular, Jine corn, like a ofe-pen. IMP UR IT i A, in Plaut. tuas loqui im- fvntiaz nemo fottfl . INERTIA, according to Charifius. I N * A M I A, It ad pajpertattm admigrant hfamuf, Flaut. INIMICITIA, ntc me feenitet mortales inimlcitias, jimfiternafqut amicitias ba- bere, Cic. IN SAN i A, according to Charifius, though Plautus has, Lar-vte bunc, atjae intemperia?, infa- r.iteque ugitant fentm. IR, IRARUM, IRAS, current in Virgil, Per. Livy. JUSTITI and JUSTITIAS in the facred writings and ecclefiaftic au- thors only. LABES, i'Xir&cf, without a p'ural, according to Charifius, Diom. and Phocas, though in Cicero we read, Hunc tu quas confcicntits lakes In ani- no cenfes babuifle, (jit* -vulnera. Which Arnobius has likewife imi- tated, >uai lates jiagitiorum, lib. 4. Gellius and Symmachus have uled it in the fame manner. LUCULEN T i AS "verborum, is alfo in Arnobius, lib. 3. LUES. Et confer a/ternas lues, Prud. which you will not find perhaps in any claffic uthir. Lux, always fingahr when it fignifies light, TO : ''-.irilius. gut lince Plautus has liU ifij&'.iQSy who can doubt but with the fame propriety he might have faid STULTITIAS? TABES, bujus tabis, ring. TALIONBS, and talionum in GelliuL. TZLLURES may be faid of different continents, as Corn. Gallus. Una tel/ures di-vidit amne duos- TERRA, to fignify the whole earth, is always fingular. But for diffe- rent countries it has a plural ; as when we fay orlis terrarutn ; loca terrarum ultima^ &c. TUSSES, is ufed by Pliny feveral times. VALETUDINES, in Cenforinus, Taci- tus, and Tertullian. VECORDJA, always fingular according to Charifius. VELOCITAS, according to the fame. Vis, according to the fame. But with- out mentioning vires, we meet alfo with vis in the plural in Lucretius, Salluft, and alfo in Varro, accord- ing to Probus, though this is not to be imitated. See p. 153. VITA, which they rank in this clafs, is current in the plural in Virgil, Terence, Gellius, Appuleius, and others. And Gregory of Tours in his preface to the lives of the fa- thers, refutes this error by the au- thority of Pliny, lib. 3. ar:i: gran- tnatictf. N E r T E R S. /EvuM, always lingular according; t Phocas ; yet we meet with a:-i-:t t- veral times in Ovid and in Pliny. ALLIUM, though we read in Virgil, jUlia ferfyHumqua berlas csntundil iiratt*. ALTUM tranqmUa per al'.a, Virg. which is not at ail furprizing, be- caufe ahum being an adjective, as \~ fuppofeth mare in the lingular, fo it refers to maria in the plural. BARATHRUVt, a gulf, a deep place i but is often taken for Hell. CALI.X/M, o ruJisc, hardaefs of the. ikin by much labour. COELUM, fee p. 129. COEKUMJ according to Diomedes and Phocas. CROCUM, without a plural j according to Diomedes crocus h.is croc:, hence we read in Ovid, Itija c^coi tenuis> 4.. Faft. FAS andNxFAS, though Lutilius Ciid Gb faSfa tipfantia. For nffai is faid for r.tfansi which fhould "make si- fftntia. OF NOUNS OF DIVERSE TERMINATIONS. 155 *tt. CAUDIUM. Latona: taciturn perteritant gaudla fcc- tus, Virg. Crtu, according to Charifius. GLUTEN. HILUM. JNGENIUM, is placed here by Diom. But the plural is current in Cic. Ter. Quintil. and others* TUSTITIUM, the vacation, or time out of term. LETHUM, death. LUTUM. Though Nonius quotes luta and limum from Cic. And Caper luta from Caefar MACELLUM, though the fame Caper quotes from Memmius, ifta maceita. MARIA. See the declenfuns, p 114. MURMUR, without a plural, accord- ing to Charifius. But we find MUR- MUR A in Virgil> Lucretius, Pro- pertius, Ovid, and others. "NlHILUM. NlTRUM. PASCHA, is ranked in this number by Aldus and by Verep. Yet Voffius thinks we may fay tr\a fafcba, or tret pafcbds Cbrjftus celebrai'it. ^EDA duo, may be faid in the plural according to Prifcian and Voffius, though Phocas affirms the contrary. PELAGUS, neuter, has no plural ac- cording to Caper and Charifius ; ne- verthelefs as the Greeks fay TO. vrt- Kayii, fo Lucretius fays Pelageque fo~ ncra : and fome where elle, At fclagt mulra. PENUM. For pettora comes from fe nus, ens, PUB, according to Diom. SAL, neuter, has no plural: but th* mafculine has ; thus fates in the ci- vil law j falibus in Colum. See the genders, p. 29. SCRUPULUM, without a plural ac- cording to Charif. SENIUM, in the fame manner. SlLER, SlNAPI, SlSEX. SOLUM, which is gene;ally put here, has its plural, fola terrorum ultima, Cic. We meet with it aJfo in Virgil, Martial, Statius, Ennius, Catullus > Lucretius, Sez. And we find ic ia this number not only to denote tb.4 ground, but alfo the lule of the foot, or the fole of one's fhoe. SOLIA, regum, may be likewife faid according to Vofiius, fince in Pliny we read, foiiis argeutels, &c. Vm, always fingular. VIRUS, VISCUM. VITRUM. VULGUS, according to Charifius and Phocas, though Defpauter pretends the contrary, alledging this paflage from the third de nat. Dear. Satur- num maxinte colunt vulgl. But the beft copies have colunt vulgo, as Voffius obferves. THE FIFTH LIST. Of thofe nouns which grammarians mention as wanting the fingular, though wefometimes meet with inftances to the contrary in authors. MASCULINES. ANNALES. This noun being an ad- jeclive of its nature, refers to libri, and of courfe may without any diffi- culty be ufcd in the fingular, re- ferring it to liber, as Cic. Pliny, Gellius and others have done. ANTES, the fore rtmks r,f vines, mafc. and always plural according to Cha- rifius, Diomedes, and Ph'jcas j and fo Virgil has put iu Jjm tatnt extremes effattus v'milor antes. Wherefore, though this noun comes from ante, as pojie s comes from oft ; yet vie are not to infer that as^c^;j is faid, fo we may fay amis alfo : be- caufc we find indeed pcftem and foftc in Cicero and other writers j but for amis we have no autho- rity. Airvs 156 NEW METHOD. Book III. ARTUS in thi finguiar is only for Grumus falls is in Pliny. poets, HORTI, taken for a park, or walks tune artui palpitat cmnh, Lucan. planted with trees, is always plural: C/ELITES, always plural, according to for a garden it has its finguiar. Sec Charifius} though we read caiitem in Laur, Valla in his eleg. as alfo Eraf- Tertull. de Pallio\ and c&lite in mus in his paraphrafe on this author. Ovid. INDIGITES. govern Indigetem appel- CANC EL r. i, always plural. lant. Li vy fpcaking of Aneas. See CAN i. Bat this is a noun adjective, the declenfions, p. 79. and fuppofeth eafilli. LARES; yet Charifius confeffes we CARCERES, for a barrier or ftarting may fay /ar; and Plautus, Horace, place at races, though we read, Appuleius, and others have ufed it. Cum carcere pronui uterque emicat, LEMUR ES, though we find kmurcm in Ovid. Appul. where he is fpeaking of the " " quit ad Olympicum cur/urn -ve- God cf Socrates. tier it, et fluent, et e wittatur, impuden- LENDES, for the nits of the head, tcfquc illcs dicat effe qul currcre cc?pcr\r.t y xonSfcf . iffe intra carcereinftet. See CARCER . lindti deducts iniquai, Sercn. in the preceding lift. LIBERI, children. And yet we find /;"- CASSES, cum cojfe iiitJus, Sen. in Aga- ben & parenth nffefius in Qtiintil. in memnon. DecL and the finguiar is ufed alfo ia Cor. i.i. See p. 129. the civil law. FASCES. When it is taken for a badge Loci, in the plural, when we fay loci of authority, it is always plural, be- argumcntatior.um, or loci muliebres, . taufe they carried twelve of them. ubi nafccndi initta ccnfiftunty fays But when it is taken for a faggot, or Varro. bundle of wood, we find fajcem in LOCULI, generally plural, though we Cic. accrding to Charifius, fafce in find in loculum conjicere, in Vair. Virg. &c. LUDI, for public games, jtfpcllinarct FIXES, for boundaries or limits. ludos, fays Cicero. Foci, always plural in the fenfe in LUMBI, is more ufual in the plural, which Cic. has taken it, faying, pro though Martial has, arts & f'jc'is pilgnare. Cerca qua: patulo lucetfctdula lumbo. FOR i, though Ennius faid, multa foro MA JORES, arctjlors j b -caufe in Latin, foaens, &c. as Defpauter gives it us as well as in French, this word im- after Ifidorus. plies a multitude. And yet we find FRENI, always pluial according to in Appul. Major meus Socrates. Charif. and Diomed. For we fay no MANES. But Appul. has Deum mantnt longer frenut. But we find frer.um vacant. And the reafon is becaule it in Virg. from whence comes alfo the is a noun adjective. For Mants f)g- pluraiy/vpza. Seep. 130. nified gitcd, from whence comes alfo FURFURES, always plural, when it is immanis. So that as with fufiri or taken, for fcurf, dandruff; though inftri we 'underftand DU, fj we are to Defpauter thought it to be alfo in the underftand it alio with ir.ancs.: and in finguiar in this fenfe in the following antient infcriptions it is generally ex- paffage of Screnus Sammonic. c. prefTed DIIS MANIBVS. jj. NATALES, for extraction or birth, jidditur excujjiii m-vta Jimllaglne whether noble or mean. But to fig- furfur. nify a birth day, we fay where it is obvious that it fignifieth NATALJS, in the finguiar. bran. NOMADES, and other like names of na- GASAMAS, is in Seneca, Claudian, tions, are very unufual in the finguiar. and others. However as we have obferved GAKA- GEMINI, plural, as the nature of the MAS in Sen. fo we find NOMAS in word fhews it, where we are to un- Martial. derftand fmtres. And yet Plautus PLERIOJJE. But we read phrtts in has Geminus eft fratcr tuus. Cato, whence comes alfo pltra fsrs GRUMI, a rjv lfv Xi'Sti, always plural in Pacuvius, and flcrum in Sempr. according to Charifius. But Nonius Afeilio. quotes, from Accius: PRIMORES; but it fuppofeth homities t irfliteram grutnutK) cut bccaufe it is an adjeilive ; hence iiiFum. Siiius F NOUNS OF DIVERSE TERMINATIONS. 157 Silius has primori martt. Tacitus, primori in ac\e\ and Suet, portent (tomus prlmorem. Cic. primoribus la- fc*-, &c. PHOCERES; but in Juvenal, Agnofco procerem. PUGILLARES. Yet we read in Aufo- nius, i'ipater.s pugillar expedit. Which {hews that the expteffion in the fin- gular made ufe of by the antient in- terpreter, pcftulans puglllarem, is not unwarranted ; for indeed this is a noun adjeclive, and fuppofeth liber or libri* Catullus has alfo in the plural pugillaria, where we are to underftand fcbedia, or fome fuch word. uittqvatrla Mintrva, in Suetonius. And thefe two nouns have quit qua trlum and quinquatribus in the genitive and dative. But quinquatriee, which we find TI Dio- medes, and quinquatrcs in Charifius and Prifcian, are not in ufe. Qu i RITES. It is true we find qulrith and qulritem in Horace, but this fhould not be eafily imitated in profe. SALES. See fal in the preceding lift p. 155. SENTES, nos fantem canis appellamus t Colum. but this is very rare. SINGULJ, which Chanfius, Prifcian, Lambinus, and others affirm to be always plural, ii in Plautus in the Angular. Atat, Jtrguhm uejiigium video* according to Nonius, who in corro- boration of his opinion, produces from two different pafTages of Varro ; feme! unumjingulum ejje. SFJRITIJS, to fignify courage, and pride, is generally plural, as res gefta credo n:t Q/em bomlnem ? qua ira S quo fpiritu f VIPRES. Though Ovid has, v:fre Jatcns. And Colum. lunc vyrem \n- terimi ncn f'jf(. V/hereby we may defend the old interpreter of Ifaiah, who makes ufe of veprnn and fpi- nam. F I M I N I N E S. , in the fingular, fays Servius, fignifie* a temple, in the plural a houfe. And this i; the opinion of Charifius and DiojnsJw. Vet Plau- tus ia v / in the ape, r.u l>y#o. 158 NEW METHOD. Book III. the fingular in Caefar, Tacitus, Sue- had been but one, though there is no tonius, and Geliius, who exprefsly authority fur it. obferve that the ancients fpoke in this FALER.S, or PHALER.S. manner. FASCES, for the bundles of rods, car. CLITELL/E, a pannel, or pack faddle. r;ed before the R man magiftrates, COMPEDES. Nevertheless we find com- always plural, according to Chari- toede in the ablative in Hor. Juven. fius, who mentions neverthelfs that Mart, and Colum. Cicero hath, fufccm ur.um Ji fiafiut Copier, to fignify troops or forces; efflf. though copia in this fenfe is in Plau- FAUCES- Yet in Ovid's Ibis we read, tun, Virgil, and Cs-far. perfr-fla fauce Pdetee. CRATES, a hurdle, fub cratlm fuppcnl. And in P.iaJrus, f^uce imprcba. Plaut. FERINE, always plural, according to CUN/E, always plural, a cradle; Charif. Diomed. and Phocas, and Whence alfo comes Cunabttla, arum, alfo according to Geliius ; though DATES. But daps, daph, dapcm, and in the ecclefiaftic acceptation it is dope are in Cato. . Livy has aid mi- frequently ufed in the fingular j n'ifiei'iutn dapemque adbibitii. And which ought not however to be Ovid. imitated in any other kind of wri-. unc pojito menfa nltu- ting. FID i BUS covert, is very ufual. But vhere we muft always un- in verfe we meet alfo with the fin- derftand partes. Though declmam gular. uoverc is in Cicero, and dfclmam Cedit clara Jides CyHeaia, Cic. In fartem in Plautus. Arat. DEI.ICIJE. But the fingular delicia Perfius, Horace, Ovid, have \jfed it and its genitive del\cira\s not only in to moot or throw darts out of. Plautus, but likewife in Cic. Ju- They call them falas, becaufe there ventuns illeccbra. In I Catil. Ma- was always a number of them. xima eft llltcebra peccandl, pro Mil. But Voflius thinks it is very likely IJJDUCI*, though the ancients ac- they would have faid fa/am, if there, cording to Geliius, have Sometimes ufed it in the fingular, JM OF NOUNS OF DIVERSE TERMINATIONS. 15$ JNT.PTI.*, more frequently plural, but LENPES, always mafculine and plural, fometimes ufed in the iingular. according to Diomed. and Charif. Ego ililus ferre poffum inept'iam. LITERS, for an cpiftle or letter ftnt Ter. in Eun. to a friend. Though we meet with it alfo in the fingular in this fenfe, and particularly among the poets. legis a rapta Br'ijei'de iiterx mFideo eg') tuam ineptla Ter. temeritas dec ego tu Adelph. Jneptia ftultltiaque fdeo . Plaut. in Merc. w'f> Ovid. Prudentius has ufed it in the fame MAN u B i. *, fpoils taken from the ene- manner. m y : it comes from manus, the hand* INTERUS, cffiriitgs or facrifcet ..-,.** the Mix-*:, for menaces, or for battle - infernal godi for the dead. This is manifeftly a noun adjecYive, and fuppofeth ret, which they called IN- FER I.*, qula inferebantur. Here they had alfo inferium "virtum, as when they faid, matte bocce -vino inferia efto ; when they offered nothing but wine, which they called alfo CALPAR, a word which according to ments, is plural : but for a kind of coin called Mina or Afna, it is fin- gular ; as alfo for a brcaft or teac without milk, fo called according to Feftus, quia minor fafia ; or for a Iheep that has no wool on its belly, according to Varro de R. R. Here- tofore it was ufed in this number alfo for menaces, if the following paf- Fefrus and Varro, properly fignined fage be properly rdrored by Jofeprt the veflel, and was afterwards taken Scaliger. Minas ftngularlter did pr for the wine taken out of the veffel eo quod pluraliter dicitur, Curiatius au- for facrificc. tir eft. Item M. Cato infuaftene Min INIMICITI.K. But we read In Ciceroj fogi nuila potuit. part-am inimicitia culparn, pro Rege MINUTI^, more ufual in the plural. Dejotaro. Inlmicltiam bominum. 2. Though we meet alfo with minutia in Catilln. Odium, inimidtia, difcordia. Seneca, and with mlnuthm in Appul. 4. Tufc. &c. Ennius and Pacu- NANIJE. But Varro, Plautus, Fef- vius have ufed it in the fame man- tus, O^uindlian, and others, have ufed it in the Iingular. NARES, according to Diomedes. But the genitive fingular is in Horace, Emunfttf naris. The ablative in Claudian. tetiera venantem tiare inofoffi. We meet alfo with the nominative, a Et lati riflus & panda loqutr.ti Naris erat, Ovid. But Nar is the name of a river and mafculine in later writers, i Et Nar -viti.itus cdoro Sulfur e, Ovid. Whereas Cic. made it a neuter. Sec the genders p. 14. his annotations. For with regard to NON.T, NUG;E. the paiTage which they quote out of NUNDIN/E. But in the fingular we Probus's univerfals, we may affirm fay Nundlnum, as Nonius fhcws. it to be of dubious authority, bee aufe NUPTIA. in one place he fays hi la&cs, and OPER/E, taken for perfons. But we lower down its la&ei ; nor is it to read it allb in the fingular in thrs be found in every edition, witnefs that of Afcenfius^ befides he pro- duces no authority for it, and Prif- cian has two in his favour, to which we might join this paflage of Pliny, ab hoc ventricuh laSes per quat labi- tur cibui. LATZBRX. Though Cicero has, r,t aufratur lattbra pfjaritt ner. INSIDI.I, an ambufcade. K.AI.ENDJE, the caknds, that is the firft day of the month. LACTES is ranked among the plural and feminine nouns by Diomedes. Prifcian alfo allows it to be of this gender, but fays that the fingular is bxc htfif ; which he proves by the authority of Titinnius, who faid laffis anguina, as he quotes from Pomponius in the plural, per laclei tuas. And Voflins is f0r having this to be always a noun feminine, contrary to the opinion of Scioppius in fignincation. Accedes opera agro rcrta Sulir.t Hor. fat. 2. 7. ult. As on the contrary we meet with it in the plural, though taken for work, % operas in fcr-ptura prt ir.agiftro dot. Cic. One that has the bnfmefs of a public place, particu- larly in th: fflittcr of the Cuftoms. Orzs, NEW METHOD. Book III. OPES, for riches: but for power, it is ufed in the fingular. Nan opis eft n^ftrtc. Virg. it is not in our power. Dives of is natura fuisfu*; but it has its fingular, &*ret in fatcliu, Cic. SAI.IN^: but it is an adjecVive, and fuppofeth TABERN^E, juft as we underftand vas, when we fay SAX.INUM, a fall-cellar. SARCIN^S. Yet Plautus has, farclnam iwfanam feni. And Propei tius, far- cina fida, in the fame manner as Ovid, Jarcina rragna. SCAL&, more ufual in the plural, , though in the civil law we read it alfo in the fingular. SCOPJE (a broom'} is plural, becaufe it is compofcd of different fmall pieces. Charifius however acknow- ledges that SCOPA is alfo ufed, though Vofiius docs not think it is to be found in any pure author, but pretends that the following paiTage of Suetonius in the life o*" Nero, altenus cello & fcopa deligata, is corrupted, and that we ought to read fcopera, as Poiitian had cbferv- ed. Indeed the diminutive /copula is in Colum. and thence alfo comes the name of the herb called fcoft regia, in Pliny and others. S u p p r. T i je. . TENEBRJE. Though Lampridius has, refcntina ca/igo ac tcnebra in Ctrct Cal> Jar:, cbcrta. In Comrnodo. TRIC/E, any let or impediment, tri-. fles, fooleries. The fame as API N/t fmal! nuts, trifles, gewgaws. Sunt afins, trictfque & fi quid viliut ijiis, Mart. But Afina and Trica in the Sngular, are the names of towns in Apulia. VALV/E, folding doors. VIRES, always plural, according to Charifius, though there is a greater probability of its coming from the fingular vis, which formerly., made viris in the genitive, the fame as /us, furls, whence comes furlrt j or at lead that they faid alfo bJT. We fay alfo cetus, whence comes the genitive ceti. COMITJA, to denote the meetings of the people. But to fignify the place where they meet, we fay Comitium. Cic. Plaut. Afcon. COMPITA. Though the anttents faid likewife comfituin, and alfo comf>irus t a crofs-way, or ftreet. CREFUNDIA, children's play things. CUNABULA, a child's cradle, the clothe* with which the child was tucked in the cradle, and metapho- rically childhood. DIARIA, according to Charifius, be- caufe they ufed to give the flaves feveral days provifion or allowance, all at once. But if they wanted to cxprefs the allowance of one day, Vofiius thinks they might have faid for instance j bodie fet-vo diarium nan dedit. DJNARIA, for gifts and prefents of- fered" to the gods : but for the places where thefe gifts were rec:ived, we Vol. I. find alfo dtnarium, as Servius ob-> ferve>; and this word is taken im- properly for the whole tempie, ac- cording to Papias. EXTA, the entrails; FLASH A> to Signify the winds in Virg. 2. Georg. Where Servius remarks, that it is always plural ; but we meet alfo \\i\t\\jlabrum in Papias. FRAGA, frrawberries. It is always plural, not only in Virgil and the, reft of the poets, but allb in Pliny. Yet as in all thele pafTages the fenfe requires this number, as they are fpsaking then in the plural, one woul-i think, fays Voflius, that we might fay in the fingular, hoc fragum majus fjt ifto ; though there * is no authority for it. But in fami- liar fubjedts, as this author ob- ferves, the want of authority is fio proof that inch a word cannot be laid nor even be introduced into * language, becaufe all that is allowed to be good language in familiar con- verfat,on is not always committed to writing, and thofe who may perhaps have wrote concerning it, are not all come down to us. GESA or G*SA, a kind of heavy dart or javelin, Virg. Liv. Yet we read gffum in Feftus, and io Papias. JUG A. But jugum we find in Cfar, Virgil, Propertius, Ovid, Statius, and others. JUG ERA. But in Tibullus we read jugere pafcat ovem, which fhould come from the nominative juger t or jugus, eris, according to Prifcian, though very rare in the fingular : as on the contrary jngernm is more rare in the plural, though we read jugci-'a in the ablative plural in Varr. Sse p. 131. ILIA. But we fay alfo ILK, the flank where the fmail guts are, Pliny, Servius. JUST A ; but it is an adjective, and fup- pofe;h funtra. LAMENTA; though lamentum is ufed by Papias. LAUTIA, Liv. the prefents which the Romans fent to foreign am- bafladors. Lie i A. But licium is made ufe cf, were it only in the formula of flmi- ing itolen goods, per lane em tui'^ir.^^e conceftis : when the perfon wlio had any thing ftolen horn him, went t? AI loolc \ 162 N E W M E T H O D. Book III. look for it at another's houfe with a a! fo parcntalcs umbrf, in Ovid, balbn and a girdle of hemp or flax; PAR AP HERN A, Ulpian. All things the for the theft thus discovered was cal- woman bringeth her hufband, befide led conception furtnm lance ac lic\o> her dowry, strati Sjijv> f rater Whence alfo comes atfio concepts, be- dotem. caufe an action lay good againft the PASCUA, crum. But we read viriJe perfon in whofe houfe they found the fafcuun, inVarro; jiger fine fmfcuo, goods they had loft. in Columella. Inftead of which LVMINA. But it is taken in the fin- they ufed alfo to fay fafcua t ee, in gular both for the eye Cui lumen the fingular, as we find it in old ademptum, Virg. and for the day ; _/? authors, and thofe of later ages, te ftcundo litmine cjfendcro. Enn. the Tertullian, Minucius Felix, and D-- day following. thers. LUSTRA, in the plural fignifies a bawdy PHOBIA, or PROHIBIA, Vmo, apre houfe or ftews, or a den whither wild fervative againft witchcraft, beafts retire to. But luftruiti denotes PR/ECORDIA, always plural, though in the fpace of five years, when the the old gloflaries we read, hoc pr* citizens were taken account of, and cordium. the city purified, whence comes RAPACJA, or RAPICIA, the tender luftrarc. leaves of rapes. MAGALIA and MAPALIA, fmall cot- REPOTIA, a banquet which they ufed cages, though the latter is in the fin- to make the day after marriage, gular in Valerius Flaccus. ROSTRA, the place of ccmmon pleat at Rome, aways plural, becaufe there Ctir ffarfo concita mafali was a pulpit fet in it, trimmed Agftjtum Manui, with Items or forefronts of the /hips taken from the Antiatei, and there- MoxNiA. fore this word always exprefles a plu- NUTKITIA, crum, the recornpence rality. given to a nurfe. But it i evidently SERTA, crum, a chaplet. But this is a an adjective. noun adjective, and we fay not only OB LI vi A, for oblivion' Et Icn- fertxm and ferta, as Servius ob- ?i tblivia potant, Virg. Though ferves, but alfo Jtrtot Jlortt, fertas acitus ufes it alfo in the fingular coronas. even in this fenfe } Jiietttio t delnde Srr.cTACvt.A. ) 8io:fia.i:butffec7aculutn cbfn>io tranfmijit. is in Pliny. OLIMPIA, PvTHiA/and the like, are SPOLIA. And yet we read fptlium in real nouns adjective, where we are to Virgil. underftand ctrtamina* SUBSS.LLIA, always plural, fpeaking ORGIA, fubaud. fefta, the myftic rites of the benches or feats in the thea- of the Bacchanal revels. tre, becaufe there were feverSl. PAL ARIA. The place where the Yet Plautus has, tint fubftllit foldiers were exerciled, according to -jirum. Scaliger, or rather the exercife it- TSMPORA, the temples. But the fin- felf, according to Charifius. And gular is in Virg. therefore it is an adjective, which fuppofeth either loca, or txercitarr.tr.- it ba/ia Tags fer tmfvs utrvmjue. ta. Jn the fame manner as BATUA- j. i A : but with this difrerence, that It is alfo in Catullus and in Lucre- BAT UAL i A (qua -vulgo batalia, fays tins. Adamantius in Cafliodorus) was a VADA, a ford or fiiallow place Ln a combat between two ; and Valeria river. But iiadum is in Salluft : was the exercife of a fingle foldier vado trarjire, in Csefar and in Livy ; round a pole fixed in the ground, Terence ufes alfo in a metaphorical which they called palum* fenfe, res eft in trade, the bufinefs is PARENTALIA; but it is an adjec- fafe, or out of danger. tivc, and fuppofeth opera, or the VrRBiRA : but 1:1 the Cngular we like. Hence S. Cyprian has ufed meet with the genitive fcrteris, and it in the fingular, parental'n lakes, with the ablative -vtrbtrt. See the in his treatife dt laffu. We find Ganders, p. 53. Vxr- NOUNS DEPICTIVE IN THE SINGULAR. YINACEA, taken fubftantively for the kernels or hulks of grnpes, or for grape-ftoncs, is always plural ; taking it adjectively we fay, acinum vina- ceum, &c. VISCERA, fee p. 169. UTENSU.JA. Though Varro has utenjilc. ZIZANIA, orumy but it hardly occurs any where except in the Fathers and in the facred writings. To thefe we may join the names of cities, Sofa; of iflands, Cytbera } of countries, Bafirit j of mountains, Acroceraunia, that have no fingular, when they are thus ufed in the pluraU We may add alfo the names of fefti- vals, as Bacchanalia^ Cercalia, where we are to underitand fefta. Which ihews that they are adjectives, and therefore may be ufed in the fing. aj Macrob. acknowledges, by exprelTing the fubftantive, Baicbanale feftum, &c. And thefe nouns were here- tofore of two dcdecfion*. See p, 118. M a O B. 164 NEW MET HOD. Book III. H of the OBSERVATIONS On indeclinable nouns. AVING given a lift of thofe nouns which grammarians reckon defective in either number, we muft allb take notice of thofe which are either indeclinable (that is, which have only the termination of the nominative) or are ufed only in fome cafes. Of the latter I {hall fubjoin a particular lift, but firlt I mult men- tion a word or two concerning the former. IKDECLINABLES are of two forts : for there are fome whidi without any variation are ufed everthelefs with one ending for every cafe ; z.S'nequam, tot, tot idem, quot, quotquot, aliquot, quot' cunque, which are adjeclives. As all nouns ending in I, gummi ', finapi , Sec. which are fubftan- tives and of the neuter gender. Thofe in U, urbs, becaufe, fays Fefius, thofe who live in towns, become more cunning and knavifh than other people. CHAOS hath its ablative in Virg. 4. Georg. Atque Cbao derfa dl-vum numerabet amores. That is, a cbao ttarrabat cre^rcs amc- res deorum, fays Servius. When it is taken for the name of a divinity, it hath Cbaon, in the accu- fative, as in Ovid. Et noflem noflijque dcos, Erclurryut Cbawque. Con-vocal. CRATE, is an ablative. Nor do I think that the nominative fingclar is to be found in Latin authors, though it be marked in dictiona- ries. We muft alfo take notice rtiat Robert Stephen's dictionary quotes from Pliny, dentata crates, whereas in Pliny it is in the plural. Cratf'fjue dtntatas fufcrtrabunt, lib. 1 8. c. 18. juft as he quotes alfo from Juvenal ra.ro. crates, whereas in this poet it is in The ablaiive. Sicci terga fuis rara pendcntla crate, Sat. ii. And it is proper to obferve that there are a great many fuch miftakes in this dictionary, a work in other rcfj-ccts of great merit, that may eafily lead us aftray, unlefs we are upon our guard. Which is owing without doubt either to this, that R. Stephen could not fully examine what cafes were unufual in this language; or to this, that In regard to the examples he quotes, perhaps he believed that the great thefaurus, where the paflages are at full length, would fufficiently fhew in what manner and in what cafe they were applied. The accufative crat'tm we find of- ten in PSautus : and Charifius gives it alfo cratcm. But the plural cra- tes, is more common, an hurdle, a barrtrvu. Thence alfo comes cratlcu- ta, a grid-iron. CUJUSMODI, EJUSMODI, Hujus- MODI, are hardly ever met with but in the genitive in the compound word. Separately we fay, quh modus, ii mo~ dus, tic modus j and the fame in the other cafes. CUIMOJ, is more extraordinary, and more remote from its fimple than the reft. For it is a genitive; hence in Cicero there was cuicumcdi for cvjufiujuftr.odi, or (cujufcun/ftif- tnodi") as Frifcian obferves, which Viet, acknowledges he faw in all the anticnt manufcripts, though through the careleflnefs or igno- rance of tranfcribers we find ciii modi reftored in a great many piflages. They ufed alfo to fay alimodl for atiufmofli> as may be feen in Feftus. And this fyncope has fome analogy to that which we have above obferved in the decler.fions, p. 6z. ofjuyuran- di, for jurhjutandi j alierurrius, for atreriufutrius, &C. DAMN AS, is a word fyncopated for damnaiui, and therefore hath its cafes damnati, damnato, &c, fo that M 3 it i66 NEW METHOD. Book III. even an ant'ient genitive for frug'u, in the fame manner as we have feen cuimodi for cujafmad:, and as they ufed to fay farm for famis, &c. And it is in rhis I'enfe we ought to take frugi, which we frequently find by itfelf for bono frugi, and iignines the fame as homo bottle f ru g' f > a good hufband, a thrifty fober roan. it dees not properly belong to this place, no more than fatias, which we fliall fee prefently. "PAPS is in Cato, as alfo dtpit, dapem, dape. But the nominative is no longer current, no more than ops or frux, which we (hall fee in their pro- per place. PICA is in Cic. Scribitur Heraclio dka. Hut the accufative is more ufual a GLOS, the bujluncTs Jifter, or brother's great deal ; dicam fcriberc, Ter. fub- 'wife, according to Prifcian, makes feribere, Plaut. impingere, Ter. to gloris in the genitive, but without bring or enter an acYion againft one, authority; fo that it has hardly any to arreft him or ferve him with a more than the nominative and the procefs, dlcat fortiri, Cic. &c. vocative. PICIS, has only the genitive, dixit IMJKTE, is an ablative which the gloff. out egit bcec dicis caufa, for form or of Philox. explain by op/ujjJo'v : but faftiion's fake, in his defence, to we find alfo the genitive impetis, in excufe himfelf. It is in Cic. Verrm. 6. and pro Milone, in the life of Atticus by Cornelius Nepos, in Pliny, Ul- pian, Vidorius, and others. PIT 10, is unufual in the nominative, as Diomedes, Donatus, Prifcian, Servius, and the moderns have ob- ferved. But we fay, Dithn'u terminus, ditioni permittere, in diticnem concedere, in ditione Lucret. and Silius. Prifcian is evert of opinion that as of indigeo is form- ed indigis, etis ; of tereo, teres, etis, &c. fo of itnpcto is formed inipes, impetis, though there is no in- ftance of this nominative. Impetibus crebris is in Lucretius, whether we take it from hence, or from impetus, bujus impetus. the examples of which INCITAS or INCITA, are accufatives are common in authors. is obfolete; but we ufe the gen. feminii ; dat. femtn\\ abl. fe- mine. Which Charifms and Vidlorius give to FSMUR. The genitive is in Caefar, Stipet fem'mis magnittidine, of the thicknefs of one's thigh : in the ablative in Cic. Signum Apol- littii, cujus in femine nomen Myrenis infcriptum eft. And in Virgil, Eriplt it femine, according to Caper, Chari- fius, and Servius whom J have fol- lowed, though Pnfcianreadsa/STOOr?. But Voflius prefers the former read- ing to the latter. We find the plu- ral in Plautus, in Pfeud. fcminafumma. And in Pliny, Femina atteri ad, fquitatui ttotum eft, 3FoRS and FORTE, are both ufed, as fin fortune, Ter. unexpected good fortune : forte fcrtpna, by good for- tune. The accufative is more fcarce, though we find it in Varro, for tern fortunam, 4. de-L. L. And the dative is alfo in antient infcriptions, FORTI FORTUNyE. fux. We fay frugis, frugi, frugem, fruge. Frugishwa,Ge]\. Frugi lona, Plaut. ^d frugem banaw j'e recipere, . Cic. Even frux is in Enn. Si jam data Jit frux, where we fee it h a fem. though it be no longer in ufe. No\y FBUGJ may be a dative, or which fuppofe lineas or loca, an ex- tremity or the fartheft bound : redigi ad incites, to be at his wit's end ; a metaphor taken from the game of draughts, when one can move the men no farther. See the litl of el- lipfes in the remarks after the fyntax. But we fay alfo incitus, a, urn, moved, hafty, quick, violent ; which is evi- dently quite another meaning. For thefe nouns being compounded of cieo, ntoveo, the particle in is negative in the former, while it marks only a quicker motion in the latter. V incita venti, Lucr. laciti delpbini, Cic. &c. jus IMF ic i AS, occurs alfo in the accufa- tive only. Philoxenus's glofT. ren- der it by afvnff-iv, negationem* So that we fay, ire inficias, to deny ; juft aj we fay ire exeyuias, to go to a funeral ; ire Jappetias, to alnft ; where we al- ways underftand the prepofition ad, by which thefe accufatives are go- verned, as ftiall be fliewn in another place. IKGP.ATIIS, has only the ablative. Vobit ir,-jitis atquc amb^rum ingratiis, Plaut. fuus pater vult teinpore, tuam amicant tuis ingrains. Id. Where the adjedive tail plainly /hews that ingratiit is not an adverb, but NOUNS DEFECTIVE IN SEVERAL CASES. 167 tut a noun fubitantive, and proves at the fame time that Giffanius had no foundation for faying that tuts ir.gratiis was not Latin, though we meet with it more than once in this author. For it is a miftake to pre- tend that \ngrat\\i is put there to ferve the meafure or" the verfe inftead of ingratis, as Giffan. pretends ; be- caufe quite the contrary it is ingratis that is ufed for iagratiis, as may be Teen not only in Plautus, but allb in Lucret. and Terence. JjtSTAR is a noun like exemplar : Pro- bus himfelf gives it inftaris, though Charifius condemns this genitive. Hence S. Auftin in his grammar al- lows it to have only three cafes. Jttjlar, he fays, quad eft jlmilitudo, tret babet .safus tantum ; nominati- vum, accufati-vum, vocativum j f tjl numeri tantum Jingularis. The nominative is in Cic. Plato miki unus, inftar eft omnium : in Utpian, Si propoitatur inftar quoddam open*. And in Virgil, 'Quantum ir/Jar in ipfo eft, JSLn. 6. where we fee it is of the neuter gender. The accufative is in Cic. Terra ad univerji cccl'i compiexum, quafi punEii inftar obtinct. And in Juftin, Vall'ii ad injiar caf- trorum clauditur, Alfo in Appuleius j ad inftar inclyti mantis : and in So- linus, ad inftar amnit Mgyptii. Which fhews the little foundation that Servius had for faying that ;'- Jiar was not put with a prepofition. But inftar properly denotes the repre- fentation of a thing prefent, whence comes inftare, as alfo inftaurare, ac- cording to Feftus. Jovis, was heretofore ufed in the no- minative ; we have ftill its other cafes, but in the nominative and vo- cative we make ufe of Jupiter, which is a fyncopated word for Jo- vis-fater, according to Oellius, juft as we ftill fay Marfpiter, for Man. pater. See the declenfions, p. 70. But Jupiter was alfo called Dieffi- ter, fai- Diei-fater. SceGellius book 5. c. 12. MANCIPI, is no more than a genitive for mancipii, though Prifcian makes it the dative of inatcfps. Ret man* tifij Cic. wherein a man hath the property and full pofieftion. Juft as he fays lex mancifii, with two ii, the conditions in the making over any thing. ForMANCiPiuM was pro- perly a certain right, according to which none but Roman citizens had a power of contracting with one ano- ther in regard to particular lands, or goods belonging to the diftricY of Rome and the territory of Italy. MAN i, though it commonly becomes an adverb, as when Cicero fays, bene mane, early in the morning, is neverthelefs of its own nature a noun, as when Perfius fays, darum mane: and Mart. Sed mam tatum dormia. The ablative is in Colum Jub obfcuro mane^ and this ablative heretofore ended in i, a mani ufque ad- "vffferam, Plaut. NAUCI, is a genitive. Nauci ftoxfj- cere, Plaut. not to value a ftraw. Hence it is that Nevius in Feftus has alf."> tiauio ducere ; and Feftus has made ufe of it in the accufative; Naucum ait Attiui pbilologiu font fro nugis. NEC r ssi and NrcEsstTM are nouns neuter. The one comes from neceffis, and the other from ntctffui. NEC is, is ranked in this clafs without the leaft foundation. For we not only find nec/s, neci, necem, nece ; but even the nominative nex is in Cicero and elfevvhere, Injidiatori & letroni qua; potcft adferri ntx injujia ? pro Milon. NIHIL is not properly indeclinable : for being the fame as NJHILUM, whence It has been formed by fyncope, we may fay that it makes nibi'i and ;- bila, like the other. OB E x, is not ufual according to Phocas, but only the ablative obiet j as if Plau- tus had not faid, ifte obex, in Mercat. Plin. nulla ibices, in Pan*gyr. and others in the fame manner. See the genders, p. 54. OPS, is in'Charifius and in Prifcian, and is taken for plenty, or for af- fiftance. See OPES in the lift of plural feminines, p. 1 60. Ops was heretofore an adjective, whence comes alfo inops, that is, $i ope deftitutus, fays Feftus. PICUDIS, has at leaft four cafes : the genitive, mpuriffimee ptcudis fordet t Cic. The &m\t,pecudi(iarctio mention at all ; thefe ought not to be ufed however without great caution, 2.5 fpccisrum, andfpeeiebus ; Cicero rejefts th-em in his topics, and we have taken notice of them in the declenfions, p. 125. This 170 NEW METHOD. Book III. This fhews that we muft depend upon the reading of good booki, and the eftabliihed cuftom of authors, which fhall be always mark- ed down in this work, in every thing that relates to the principal difficulties that may occur in writing. ANNOTATION. Hitherto we have treated of what relajes to nouns, either as t their gender, or declenfion. We muft now proceed to verbs, and fpeak of their preterites and fupines ; referving fome obfervations, of a more curious and more important nature, as well concerning the nouns, and verbs, as every other part of grammar, to the end of the fyntax. BOOK BOOK IV. . O F THE CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS, O R The Rules of their Preterites and Supines. .&-OOOOCMOOOOO N verbs we ought chiefly to cotifider the preterite* | becaufe of the tenfes depending thereon ; and the fu- I | pine, becaufe of a great many nouns and participles | that are formed from thence. -& o^oooooow,-^. The PRETERITE in/, being 'conj ugated by ifti, it, properly fpeaking, is no more of one conjugation than of another : or to exprefs myfelf with more propriety, it forms its particular conjugation, as I have already obferved in the rudiments, ending conftantly in I, and forming conftantly the tenfes depending there- on by the fame analogy without any exception. But this termina- tion ftill admits of a very great diverfity, becaufe of the vowel oy confonant that precedes it. The preterite, generally fpeaking, maybe formed of thefeconct perfon of the prefent, by changing S into VI, as amo, a/nas, ama-vi $ Jleo, es, ei, amatum ; ju to quell. TANGO, te-tigi, taclum, tangere : to touch. Attingo, attigi, attactum, attingcre : to touch lightly, to reach. TENDO, te-tendi, tenfum, tendere : toftretcb out, to bend a bow, to endeavour. Oftendo, oftendi, oftenfum, oftendere : to Jhew t to point at. 2. Thefe retain the reduplication. DISCO, di-dici, difcere : to learn. Addifco, addidici, addifcere -, to learn more } to learn fy heart. , And in the fame manner all its other compounds. POSCO, po-pofci, pofcere : to aft for, to demand. Depofco, depopofci, depofcitum, depofcere: to calif of or demand with importunity. And in the fame manner all its other compounds. 3. CURRO, cucurri, curfurrf, currere: to run. It retains its reduplication in many of its compounds, and particularly in Praecurro, prsecu-curri, prsecurfum, prfecurrere ; to run or make/feed before, to anfwer a forefeen objection. We find it alfo very often in decurro, excurro, pro- cur, percurro, though they are likewife ufed without a reduplication. See rule 55. 4. PUNGO, pu-pugi, punxij punclum, pungere : to prick. One of its compounds retains the reduplication. Repungo, repupugi, repunxi, repun<5lum, repungere : To prick again, to do one Jhrewd turn for another. ANNOTATION. The other compounds of curro, not mentioned here, are vei*y feldom found with the reduplication : but as to thofe above ex- prefled, Csefar hath, cum regioncs Gal/iondi: which Gelliusfays were ufed by Caeiar and Cicero. Jaft 17* NEW METHOD. Book IV. Juft as we ftill fay fefelli homfa.Uo ; peperi from pario ; tetigi frofti tango ; and in Pliny, tetuli from /c//0 ; and fuch like/ And fo we may fay the fame of do, dedi. But its compounds, as well as thofe of _/? to ab~ dicate or lay down. VOCO, avi, atum, are : to name, to call, to invite. A'dvoco, avi, alum, are: to call or find for friends to affift us with their authority or preface in our affairs, and to furnifft our advocate with the means of gaining our c a nfey and of fupporting our right : to plead for or advij'e cne \ to Jummon together ; to call up or con- jure. LeGO, avi, atum, are : to fend as an ambajfador or lieutenant, to dijpatch or fend away, to intruft, to be- ' queath. Allego, avi, arum, are : to fend one as a mejfenger or ambajfador, to depute one for a Iwfinefs, to alledge by way of excufe, to Jet one down in writing. APPE'LLO, avi, atum, are : to call, to name, to inti- tle ; to mention -, to fpeak familiarly to one \ to call in queftion or accuje ; to call to witnefs ; to call to one for help ; to call upon for a thing, to dun ; to appeal, to proclaim, to pronounce. * AUCTO'RO, avi, atum, are: to bind or engage one, as by covenant or hire, for fervice ; to prefs foldiers or lift them into pay. Whence comes auctoratus miles, an inlifledjoldier. Exau&oratus, a cajbiered or dif- banded fotdicr. Atiftoramentum, a ftipulating or contracting, whence arifeth an obligation to ferve ; the hire or wages offuchfervice -, a donative or prefent. RULE VII. Of the verbs do and/o with their compounds. 1 . Do makes dedi, datum. 2. And fto makes fleti, ft^tum. w 3. Its compounds have S TITI, STITUM, and more ujually STATUM. EXAMPLES. I. Do, dedi, datum, dare j to give, to Is/low ; t9 tell orjhew, to intruft. Cir- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 181 Circundo, circundedi, circundatum, circundare : to furrcund, to incloje. PefTundo, dedi, datum, dare: to overthrow, to cajl under foot, to lay wafte. Satifd'o, fatifdedi, atum, are : to put infuffcientfureties for performance of covenants. Venundo, venundedi, atum, are : to fell. A N N O T A T I ON. Only thefe four compounds of do are of the firft conjugation, the reft are of the third. Dor the prefent of the indicative paffive, and der the prefent of the fubjunftive paffive, are unuiual. 2. STO, fteti, ftatum, flare : to ft and, to ftand ftill, to take part with or againft, to reft upon cr agree to, to acquiefce,ftand to, or be determine^ by. ^ 3. Its compounds make STITI and STITUM, and more ufually STATUM. Ado, aftiti, aftkum, aftare : to ftand, to ftand ly> to *ffift. Confto, conftiti, conftitum cr conftatum, conftare: to ftand together -, to be conftftent or agree with one's felf, to confift, or be made up 5 to abide, continue or be j to appear, to be plain ; to coft or ftand in. Exto, extiti, extitum, extare : to ftand out, to ftand or ftick up, to be, to remain, to befeen above others, to fpring out. Diito, dilliti, very little ufcd, diilare : to be different > to be diftant. Infto, inftiti, inftitum, atum, are : to be'inftant cr ear- neft with one, to prefs, to perjift in a thing, to pitrfue, to be near. Obfto, obftiti, itum, atum, are : to refift, to hinder, to hurt. Prafto, pra^ftiti, itum, "arum, are: to ftand before - t to bring out , to give or procure , to caufe, make, or perform-, to Jbjw or approve ; to excel; to warrant, 1 to anjwer '-, to make good or defray, to oblige one'sfelf, &V. Refto, reiliti, itum, atum., are : toftay or ftand, to re- main, Subftoj fabditi, Itum, atum, are: to ftand ftill, to bear up, to ftand his ground. Nj AN- 182 NEW MET HOD. Book IV. ANNOTATION. From the fupines in atum are ufually formed the participles in rus, facile ft id preejlaturum, Cic. wkich occurs much oftener than pr&ftiturum. Conjiatura fides, Lucan. Extatura, Pliny. Quojdem tbftaturos, Quint. Injiaturos viiSores, Frontin. RULE VIII. Of lavo, poto, and ju'vo. 1. Lavo makes lavi, lautum, lotum, ^Wlava"- tum. 2. Poto, potavi, potatum, andbyfyncope potum* 3. Juvo has hardly any Jupine; but adjutum is ufual. u Ex AMPLZS. ^ ^ I* LAVO,. lavi, lotum, lautum, lavatum, lavare : to wajb. Relavo^ relavi, relotum, relavare, to wajh again. ^ ^ 2. POTO, potavi, potatum or potum, potare: to drink. Compoco, avi, atum, are : to drink together. Perpoto, avi, atum, are : to drink continually, to drink off or up. ^potavi, epotum : to drink up, tojuck in. 3. JUVO, juvi, jutum 3 /eldom a/"^,juvare : to help y Jo a/ift, to pleafe. A'djuvo, adjuvi, adjutum, adjuvare : to help) to ajjift. ANNOTATION. Lavatum indeed comes from lavo, as ; but /avi, lautum, and lo- tum, feem rather to come from Ia-vo, is, which we read in Horace : $>iti Xantbo la-vis amne crines. And Virg. Lavit ater corpora Jan- guis, 3. Georg. For from the preterire ia to echo j to agree or bejuitable. Diffono, iii, itum, are : to be difcordant ; to difagree. Tnfono, iii, uum, are : to found as a trumpet, to play on. Perfono, iii, itum, are : to make a great noife> torefound* R^fono, iii, itum, are : to refound. CUBO, cubui, cubTtum, cubare : to lie down^ to fit at table. A'ccubo, accubui, accubitum, accubare : to Jit cppo- fite, to fit at table. Decfa'bo, decubui, decubitum, decubare : to lie down. E'xcubo, iii, itum, are : to lie out y tofiand centry. I'ncubo, iii, itum, are : to lie or Jit upon, to brood or hover over, to cover orjhadow. O'ccubo, iii, itum, are : to die, to fall> to lie down. Procubo, iii, itum, are : to lie over, tofpread over. Recubo, iii, itum, are : to lie down again-* to lie along) to loll. Sccubo, iii, itum, are : to lie apart. Supercubo, iii, itum, are : to lie upon. N 4 ANNO- 1 84 NEW METHOD. Book IV. ANNOTATION. There are a great many other compounds of culo, that are of the third conjugation, and thefe add an M to the prefent, as Accumbo, accubui, accubitum, accumbere : to lie do affricare : to rub againft or upon a thing. Defrico, defriciii, tum, are r~ to rub hard, to clean. I'nfrico, iii, 6lum, are : to rub in, or upon. Refrico, rcfricui, ftum, arc : to rub kard or again ; ts rub, or to rehearfe Jomething unpleafing ; to torment to pain. SECO, fecui, feflum, fecare : to cut, to carve, to cut off, or cylinder ; to rend or tear. Dcieco, defecui, defe&um, defecai-e : to cut off, or down. Diffeco, diflccui, difleftom, diflecarq : to cut in pieces. Interfcco, interfecui, dium, are : to cut, or chap in. Rcfeco, refecui, refedum, refecare : to pare, to dip. 2. NECO, makes alfo necui, nedhim, especially in its compounds -, but for itfelf it chufes riecavi, neca- tum, necare : to kill. E'neco, enecui, eneclum, avi, atum, are : to kill, to Juffocate, to poifon. Interneco, internecavi, internecui, internedum, inter- necare : to put all to the Jword. ANNOTATION. We meet with necui in Ennius : and m Phxdrus we read hcmi- sem necuit protinus, fpeaking of the adder; unlefs we chufe with Yoffius and fome others to read nocuit. For noceo heretofore go- verned an accufative, as we ftiall ihew in the fyntax ; and necui is fo very rare, that Prifcian thought it was to be found only in very eld authors. But the participle in US, formed of the fupine in CTUM is very ufual in compounds ' Bos eft cneflus arando, OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 187 Hor. Fame 13 f rigor e enetfi, Lucret. Encflus fiti Tantalus, Cic. But fpeaking of the fword, we fay rather necatus ferro, according to Priician, whereas nt3us means feme other violent death. Of the preterite in AVI. Almoft all the verbs of the firft conjugation that are excepted in the preceding rules, heretofore made AVI and ATUM, according to the general rule. There are even fome that retain it flill ; as cube, cubavi, cubatum, cubare* We find alfo micaverit ; the verbal noun micatus, us ; emicarunt, emicaturus, &c. Hence in Horace we likewife find intonata, fonaturum. Hence alfo Tertullian hath ; Quod tonitrua fonaverint. And Appul. ClaJJlcum perfonavit. Ulpian has made ufe of prteftavit. There are even fome that more ufually have the preterite in avi, as we have already obferved. The compounds of frico generally made atum. We find in Cic. refricaturus : in Sen. emicaturus : in. Colum./ecaturus: in Florus domaverurrt : and others in other wri- ters, as experience will {hew. Hence alfo it comes that verbal nouns in 'fo taken from the fu* pines of this conjugation, have very often an a in the penultimate. Which Valla believed was without exception, becaufe we fay <&- tatio and not vetitio ; domatio and not domitio ; emicatio and not tmicith ; ju i88 NEW METHOD. Book IV. Commoneo, comnaohui, itum, ere : to warn, to advife* A'RCEO, arcui, (zrcltumfeldcm ufed) arcere : to keep off, to drive away. . Coerc'eo, iii, itum, ere : to retrain, to bridle, to keep under, to hinder, to bind> to compel, to comprehend or contain. Exerceo, iii, itum, ere: to 'exercife, to ply, to pratfife, to till, to occupy, to employ, to vex, to inftrucl, to train up, to get or ean.. TE'RREO, rerrui, itum, ere : to affright, Deterreo, iii, ere : to deter, to intimidate. Exterreo, exterrui, exterritum, exterrere : to frighten. Perterreo, iii, itum ere : tojcare, to put in great fear. HABEO, habui, hahitum, habere : to haqje ; to dwell cr continue in a -place, to eftesm. Adhibeo, iii, itum, ere : to apply, to call, orjend for, to admit, to join, to approach, to place near, to add, to make life of a thing, to employ it, to give, to deliver, to treat a perfon ivcll or ill, to conjult, to correft*. Cohibeo, iii, itum, e;e : to keep clofe cr hold in, to hin- der, to keep under > to reftrain, to flop, to check, to con- tain, to inclcfe. Debeo, iii, num, ere.: to owe, to be obliged to a perfon. Exhibeo, iii, itum, ere : to jbeixi, to exhibit. Inhibeo, ii', Ttum, ere : to held in, keep back cr curb, to ft ay or ftcp, to hinder or forbid, to menace^ to inti- midate. Perhibeo, iii, Ttum, ere : tofpefik, to affirm, to give, to report, to efteem or account. Prohibeo, vii, itum, ere : to binder, to forbid. Redhibeo, iii, itum, ere j to return a thing one hath bought for feme fault, and turn it on his hands that fold it. CAREO, iii, irtim, ere: to want, to be free from, to be deprived of. ANNOTATION. Some give c-ifitm to car:o : and it is true that we meet with cfjfus in authors ; aS uunc caffian lumir.e l:.'gcnt, Virg. they mourn for hirn r t s dead, as deprived erf lift-: but caff us is a noun, the fame as. laflus and fijjus, which ought not to be taken for fupiues, * The figr.itic-ti r. ?nd* on the f ,!1 w:-g noun, a&a^- tib.i-t (utx'Jivw, liihif!, fttutn, <-.-" '..';. r. ,?;, rruny others. finca OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 189 ilnce we can form no participle from them, as cajfuru-^ feifurus, &c. And this is the op.nionof Frifcian lib. xi. Servius neverthe- lels infills that cefitta is faid for quaff urn t as if it came from quatio, by changing the QJnto C. But Nonius rejects this opinion, and derives it ab aranearum cafftbus, quod fat leves, he fays, 7 ttMut ponderis. Which is alfo confirmed by Servius. RULE XIII. Exception for the fupine. 1 . Doceo makes docStum : 2. Teneo, tentum : 3. Cenfeo, cenfum. 4. Mifceo, mifturn, and heretofore mixtum. 5. Torreo, toft urn. EXAMPLES. Thefe verbs follow the general 'rule in the preterite* which they form in iii, and ait; excepted only as to the fupine. i. DO'CEO, docui, doftum, docere : to teach, t prove. Condoceo, iii, ctum, ere : to feacb together. Dedoceo, iii, 6tum, ere : to untcacb., cr teach ctherwife. 1. TE'NEO, temii, tentum, tenere: to keep, to bold, to know, to catch one in a fact. Its compounds change E into I in the prefent and preterite, but not in the fupine. Abflineo, abitiniii, abftentum, abftinere : to abftain, to curb one' sf elf, to avoid y to cut qffl to hinder, to with- draw, to leave, to quit. Contmeo, tmiii, tentum, ere : to hold together, to hold in, to kesp clofe, to keep within bounds, to keep back, to bridle, to refrain. Detineo, tiniii, tentum, ere : to detain, to hinder, to retard, Diftineo, tiniii, tentum^ ere : to hinder, to keep, or hold employed. Obtineo, tinui, tentum, ere : to obtain what one aft s, to accompliflj cr effe&i to foffsfs, to have in cue's power, to be mafler of a thing. Pertineo, tiniii, tentum, ere : to belong, to reach, lie, cr extend from one place or perfon to another, to tend to cr drive at, Re- 1 90 NEW METHOD. Book IV. Retineo, tiniii tentum, ere : to hold or keep back, or in ; to retrain or govern ; to retain or preserve. Suftineo, tiniii, tentum, ere : to held er flay up, to/up- port t to bear with, tojuffer or undergo, to curb or keep in, to put off, to defer. 3. CE'NSEO, cenfui, fum, cenfere: to think, to judge, to give one's opinion -, to vote or give one's Juffrage-, to tax, levy, rate, cef$ r ajfefs, as the cen- Jors did the people , to pay the rate or cejs, or to inroll or Jet down in order to pay. Reccnfeo, ui, fum, ere : to mujier ) tojurvey, to count t to recite. Succenfeo, iii, fum, ere : to be angry with one. 4. MI'SCEO, mifcui, miftum : andheretofore mix- turn, miftere : to mingle, to difturb. Admifceo, ui, iftum, ere : to mingle withy to meddle with. Commifceo, ui, iftum, ere : to mingle together, to jumble. Jmmifceo, iii, immiftum, immifcere : to mingle with. Intermifceo, iii, iftum, ere : to intermingle. Permifceo, ui, iftum, ere : to mingle together thorough- ly, to confound, to diforder. 5. TO'RREO, torrui, toftum, torrere : to roajt, to broil, to Jcorch. ANNOTATION. Attineo, 'iii, and pertineo, ui, have no fupine : but attintus comes from attendo. From the fupine abjlcntum, comes abjlentm, in the civil law, kept out of pofleffion. Sce the pcnultima long in Claudian from recen/ire. Mixtum comes from miftum, as they heretofore faid Ulyxes for tiiyj/e*. Some rejedl it as a corrupt word, and Prifcian writes only miftum. Yet it occurs fometimes among the ancients, and borders very near upon the Greek word /XI|K tnixtio. Careo, which is hereto added by Defpauter, follows fimply the general rule. See the annotation to the preceding rule. RULE Or PRETERITES AND SUPINES. ijf RULE XIV. Of the verbs neuter that have no fupine. 1 . Verbs neuter that make the preterite in ui, have no fupine, 2. ( Nor has timeo any fupine * though it be a verb atfi've. ) 3 . We are to except valeo, placeo, careo, me'- reo, jaceo, pareb, liceo, noceo, doleo, la- teo, caleo, prae'beo, oleo. EXAMPLES. i, A verb neuter is that which is conjugated like the a&ive, and hath no paflive. Thofe which make iii, follow the general rule in regard to the preterite, but have no lupine, as CLA REO, clariii, ere : to be clear, to be Uln/trious, to be manifejl. FLO'REO, floriii, ere : to flourijh, to be in efteem. LTQUEOj iii, ere : not much ujed; to melt. Deliqueo, delicui, ere : to be diffblved, to melt. MI'NEO, ui, ere, Lucr. to exift, to be above, to bang ready to fall. It is unufual except it be compounded. Emineo, eminui, eminere : to Jhe-iv itfelf above others, to overtop, to excel* to be notorious. Immineo, iii, ere, Lucr. to hang over head, to be at hand, to be like to come to -pajs ere it be long, tojeek after ^ /J have a defign upon. Prasmtneo, iii. ere : to Jurpafs, to excel. Promineo, iii, ere : to jut or ft and out, to Jhew itfelf from afar, to hang over. PA'LLLO, pallui, pallere: to be pale, to gro'W pale. PATEO, pacui, ere : to be open, to lie plain or f tread out, to be extended in length. PO'LLEO, iii, (feldom ujed) pollere v to be able, to be powerful, to excel. ^quipollere : to be of the Jam e force or value', pras- pollere : to be of great power, to excel others. RAU'CEO raucui, raucere : to le bcarfe. We fay alfo rondo of the fourth. SFLEO, i 9 i NEW METHOD. Book IV. SI'JLEO, siluj, ere : to hold his feace> to keepfilence, to ~be quiet or Jiill. It is faid of every thing that is ca- pable of making any noife, and therefore denotes the ctfTation of fuch aclions as properly belong to each thing; as luna filet, the moon does not fhine. SPLE'NDEO, iii, ere : to Jhine cut, to be bright. STU'DEO, iii, ere : to Jludy, to defire, to endeavour, to ferve, to ajjift, to favour, to Labour, to fancy, to give one's felf to it, to be pajjionately fond of, to take care of , to provide for. 1. Tl'MEO. timui, timere : to fear, to be afraid of. It is a verb active, but it follows the rule of the neuters. 3. The following are excepted, and form their fu- pine according to the general rule, though they be verbs neuter. VA'LEO, valiii, itum, ere : to be ftrong, to be of au- thority, force or power -, to be in health, to be in force, to prcfit, to avail, to be of importance, to be worth. Convaleo, iii, itum, ere : to wax ftrong, to recover health, to grow, to get force. Invaleo, ii', itum, ere : to wax ftrcng, to recover, to be in health, to grew in ufe. Prsevaleo, iii, itum, ere : to prevail, to be better or of more value, to excel, to beftroriger. PLA'CEO, placui, placitum, placere : to pleafe. Compla^eo, u'i, itum, ere : to pleafe, cr be well liked. Difpliceo, difplicui, difpllcitum, difplicere : to dif- pleaje. CA'REO, carui, car itum : to be without, to want. ME'REO, merui, itum, ere : to earn or gain, to de- ferve either good or evil, to take pay for Jer vice in war, to pur chafe cr to get whether by dejert or otherwife, to take by way cf reward. We fay alfo mereor, meritus fum, merer!, which figrifieth the fame thing. But mdreo has a difFeient meaning: fee rule 77. Emereo, or emereor : to deferve, to have Jerved one's time at war, to be dif charged from further fervice or duty, to be no lender obliged to ferve. Promert'o, ,- _,rou e.-cor : to deferve, to render fervice, to do picafme, to oblige. JA'- OF PRETERITES AND SUPIMES. 193 JA'CEO, iii. itum, (whence comes jaciturus) jacere: to lie along or at lengthy to be fallen, to be junk. PAREO, pariii, paritum, parere : to appear, to be plain or manifeft, to cbey. Appareo, iii, itum, ere : to appear, to be feen, to Jhew himfelf. Compareo, iii, itum, ere : to appear, to be extant. LI'CEO, Jicui, licitum, licere : to be lawful,, to be priz- ed or valued, to be Jet at a price for what it is to be Jold. It has a paflive fignification, and on the con- trary LFCEORjliceris, licitus fum, ere, hath an aftive fig- nification : to cheapen a thing, to bid money for it. NO'CEO, nocui, nocitum, nocere : to hurt, to en- damage. DO' LEO, iii, itum, ere : to be in pain, to ake, to be forry, to be difpleafed, to grieve, to pity, to repine, to fret. Condoleo, iii, ere: to ake, to be in much pain-, to condole* Indoleo, iii, itum, ere : to beforry, to feel pain. LA'TEO, iii, itum, ere : to lie hid, to be unknown. Deliteo, delitui, without a fupine, tere : the fame, or to conceal one's felf. CA'LEO, caliii, calitum, calere : to he hot, to grow warm. Incaleo, incaliii, incalitum, incalcre : to be warm. PRjE'BEO, prasbiii, itum, ere : to mini/I er to, to al- low, to afford, to give, to offe-r, to give occafion to, to caufe. OLEO, oliii, olitum, or even etum, olere t to Jmell, favour, or fcent of, to yield a fmell or favour ; to ftink or fmellftrong : and heretofore to grow ; alfo to ruin, to deftroy. ANNOTATION. We might give here fome more verbs neater in ?o: but their fupines are rare or unufual, as well as a good many of thele here, which have jiet their participles and their verbal nouns, as valitnrnt in Ovid, preeliturus in Colum. PrttSittti in Livy, and prrf/, as moneo, monui : but they have made \tferbui, by changing the ui coagulum lalis forbuerint. The fupine forptum oc- curs likewife in this author, though it feems that heretofore they faid forbitum, whence alfo comes forbitio. Abforptus occurs fre- quently in the facred writings. RULE XIX. Of fome other verbs that make VI and TUM. 1. Fleo, deleo, vieo, have EVI, ETUM. 2 . To which you may join, the compounds o/'pleo. 3. As alfo neo. 4. Cieo makes'YVI, ITUM. EXAMPLES. i. FLEO, flevi, fletum, flere: to weep, to cry. Defleo, evi, etum, ere : to bewail, to weep for. E ffleo, evi, etum, ere : to cry one's eyes out. DE'LKO, delevi, delctum, delere: to blot out, to deface. VI'EOy vievi, vietum, vicre : to bind with twigs ; to bend, to tie up. a. PLEO is no longer ufed, but only its com- pounds ; as .Adimpleo, adimplevi, adimplctum, adimplere : to Jill. Compleo, evi, etum, ere : to fill y to perfeft, to accom- plijh. E 7 xpleo, evi, etum, ere : to fill t to fill to the brim y to cloy, to fat late. I'mpleo, evi, etum r ere: to fill, to accomplijh> tofatisfy. O'ppleo, opplevi, oppletum, opplere : to fill full. Repleo, replevi, repletum, replere : to fill up, to re- plenifo. Suppko, evi, etum, ere : to fill up, tofupply that which is wanting, to fill the place of one that is wanting, to help cne*tojpeak where he cannot anfwer. 3. NEO, nevii netum, nere : tofpin. 4. CI EO, cies, civi, citum, ciere : to excite, tofiir up, to call. 04 AN- 200 NEW METHOD. Book IV. ANNOTATION. We fay alfo do, cis, civi, citum, are, of the fourth conjugation, whence cieo feems to have taken its preterite : their compounds follow rather the fourth than the fecond. Accio, accis, accivi, accitum, accire : to fend for or call one. DELEO comes from the antient verb leo, which is ftill read iij Horace, as we fhall obferve hereafter in the rule of lino. RULE XX. Of verbs that make DI and SUM. 1. Prandeo and video make DI, and SUM. 2. Sc j deo has fedi, feffum. 3. Strideo has ftridi, but never afupine. EXAMPLES. I. PRA'NDEO, prandi, pranfum, prandere: to dine. . We fay \\kew\fepranfus, but in a paffive fenfe. VI DEO, vidi, vifum, videre : to fee, to take heed, to have an eye to, to perceive or underftand, to vifit and go to fee, to confider, to judge, to order, to prepare, to be quick fight ed. Invidio, invidi, inyifum, ere: to envy, to be loth or difpleafed tojee. Praevideo, prsevidi, prasvifum, pnevidere : to forejee. Pro video, pro vidi, ifum, ere : to forejee, to provide, to prevent. 2. SE'DEO, fedi, feffum, federe : to fit, to be Jet cr placed. Its compounds change the E of the prefent tenfe into I : as Afsidco, affedi, affeffum, affidere : to fit by cr at, to fit clcje at, to attend. Consideo, confedi, confeffunn, ere : to fit together. Desideo, ere : tofitjlill, to be idle.lThty have fddom Difbideo, ere : to be at variance. \ any preterite. Insidco, edi, eflum, ere : to fit or reft upon, to lie in wait, to bejet. Qbsideo, obfedi, obfeffum, ere : to fit about, to befiege. Prassideo, edi, efTum, ere : to prejide, to have the ma- nagement, care, or charge of. Resideo, edi, eflum, ere : to fit down, to reft or fit ftill, to remain or abide, to continue, to refide } to ftick or OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 201 or cleave to, to decline, to Jubfide, to Jhrink or fink down, to abate. Subsideo, cdi, effum, ere : to reft or Jet tie at the bottom, to reft, ft ay, or remain, to lie in ambujh, to wait. Superfedeo, edi, effum, ere : to fit upon, to omit to do a thing, to let pafs, tofuperfede, to Jurceafe, to give over, to leave off, to defer. j. STRIPEO, ftridi, ftridere : to crack, to make a noife. It has no fupine : we fay dfoftrido. See rule 36. ANNOTATION. Verbs that have E in the preterite of the fimple, retain it aNp in the preterite of the compound, though it be changed into I in the prefent ; as we have here an inltance in Jedeo. We muft except only the compounds of teneo, which reta n the I of the prefent tenfe in their preterite. See rule 13. num. 2. in the ex- amples. RULE XXI. Of other verbs which form DI, SUM, with a reduplication in the preterite. 1. Mordeo makes momordi, morfum, 2. And tondeo, totondi, tonfum. 3. So Pendeo bath pependi, penfum ; 4. And fpondeo, fpopondi, fponfum. EXAMPLES. Thefe verbs redouble the firft fyllable in the prete- rite j but this reduplication is loft in their compounds, according to rule 2. 1. MO'RDEO, mo-mordi, morfum, mordere : to bite, to detract. Admordeo, admordi, fum, ere : to bite hard, to gnaix ; to bite or cheat fome one. Obmordeo, ordi, fum, dere : to bite all round, to gnaw. Remordeo, remordi, orfum, ordere : to bite again, to chaftife again, to gnaw, to grieve one, tp caufe remorfe. 2. TON: EO, to-tondi, tonfum, tondere: to clip, to poll, to fao-ivze. Detondeo, detondi, detonfum, dere: to Jhear, clip, or poll. 3. PF/NDEO, pe-pendi, penfum, pendere : to bang up t at 3 on } from, or about j to depend.) reft, ftv, 20* N E W M E T H O D. Book IV. ft ay, or rely on ; to linger, to be infufpenfe, to be in pain for, to be unjettled through hope or fear. Appendeo, appendi, appenfum, ere : to hang by. But we fay aljo appendo ; appendere aurum : to weigh cut gold. See rule 37. DependeOj dependi, enfum, ere : to hang dwm, to hang upon, to depend, to be infufpenfe. Impendeo, di, fum, ere: to hang over one's head, to threaten, to be near at hand. 4. SPO'NDEO, fpo-pondi, fum, ere : to promife freely^ to engage, to betroth* Defponc.eo, defpondi, fum, ere: to promife freely, to be- troth, to promife in marriage, to defpair of, to defpond. Refpondeo, rcfpondi, refponfum, ere : to anfwer, to reply ; to give counfelto thofe that ajk advice; to agree, to aft Juit ably, to correspond, to be proportioned -, tofuc- eeed, to anjiuer expectation ; to ftand, or be Jet right ever again/I -, to pay orjatisfy. RULE XXII. Of verbs that make SI, SUM. Rideo, mulceo, fuadeo, mulgeo, has'reo, ar- deo, tergeo, and maneo, make SI, SUM: But jubeo, bath juffi, juflum. EXAMPLES. All the{p verbs make SI in the preterite, and SUM in the lupine. RI'DEO, rifi, rifum, ridere: to laugh at, to fmile, to look pteafant. Arrideo, arrifi, arrifum, ere: to laugh at, to Jmile or look pleafant, to pleafe or give content. Derideo, fi, fum, ere : to laugh to fcorn, to deride, to ^ Irrideo, irrifi, irrifum, irridere : to laugh to fcorn, to ' feffi MU'LCEO, mulfi, mulfum, (and mulflum, Prifc.) ere : to fir eke or lick, to footh gently, to charm, to delight, to make gentle, to appeafe, to c>\vage. Pcrmukeo, fi, fum a (and alfo xi, dum) pcrmulcere: to Jlroke, to pleafe, to rjfaage, to cajole, cr treat gently. SUA'- Or PRiTEP' 1 '* 5 AND SUPINES. 203 5UADEO, fuafi, fuafum, adere : to counjel, toper- fuade. Perfuadeo, fi, fum, ere : to perfurde, to advife or put one upon. Difiuadeo, fi, fum, ere : to diffuade. MU'LGEO, muifij and xi; fum and <5him, ere: to milk. Emulgeo, emulfi, emulfum, emulgere : to milk cut or flroke H^'REO, hsefi, fum, ere : to flick, to be fixed, to fa cloje to, to doubt y to flop, to be at a ft and, to demur, Adhse'reo, fi, fum, ere : toftick to, to adhere. Cohse'reo, cohae'G, cphae'fum, coha^rere: to ftick or hang together, to be joined to, to be all of a piece, to agree. Inhse'reo, inhas'fi, inh^Tum, inhasre're : to cleave orfiick in y to keep in, to be wholly given to, to dwell near to. A'RDEO, arfi, fum, ere : to burn, to Jcorch, to be earneft and hot to do a Wing, to love, to defire paffion- ately. It is taken both in an aftive and paflive fenfe. Exardeo, exarfi, exarfum, exardere : to be all in aflame^ to be very vehement. Inardeo, inarfi, inarfum, inardere : the fame. TE'RGE.O, terfi, terfum, tergere : to wipe, to cleanfe* We Jay aljo tergo, terfi, terfum, tergere : the fame. Detergeo, deterfi, deterlum, detergere : to wipe, brujh y or cleanfc ; to wipe off, rub off, or cut off; to break down a parapet or battlement, to break and carry off" the oars. MA'NEO, manfi, fum, ere : to remain, to wait. Permaneo, fi, fum, ere : to continue to the end, to re~ main, to perfifl. JU'BEO, jufli, julTum, jubere : to bid, order, or ap- point ; to decree or ordain publicly ; to charge, to com- mand , to exhort, to encourage, to wijh. Fide-jubeo, -julfi, -juffum, -jubere : to be furety, or undertake for. &.ULE XXIII. Of thofe which make SI, TUM. Indulgeo and torqueo make SI, TUM. 2 EXAM! ao4 NEW M E 1 IT o D. Book IV. EXAMPLES. Thefe two verbs have SI m the preterite, and TUM in the fupine. INDU'LGEO, indulfi, indultum, indulgere : to in- dulge, to be kind and civil, to excufe, to difpenfe with, to give one's f elf up to, to concede,, to grant. TO'RQUEO, todi, tortum, torquere : to wreath, to twift, to whirl about, to bend, to curl, to wrack, to torture, to vex, to hurl or fling, to wr$ft, to pervert. Contorqueo, fi, turn, ere : to wind about, to twift', to turn round ; tojling or hurl. Detorqueo, fi, turn, ere : to turn afide, to warp or draw afide, to mifconftrue. Diftorqueo, fi, turn, ere : to Jet awry, to wrefl afide. Retorqueo, fi, turn, ere : to writhe back s to caft back, to bandy, to untwift, to retort. ANNOTATION. We meet likewife with torfum in ancient writers. Detor/um, Cato j but this is not to be imitated. RULE XXIV. Of thofe which make XI, and CTUM. Lugeo, mulgeo, and augeo, have XI, and CTUM, EXAMPLES. The three following verbs have XI in the preterite, and CTUM in the fupine. LU'GEO, luxi, clum, ere : to mourn. Elugeo, xi, ere : to leave off mourning, to mourn for one the full time, to be in affliction. Prolugeo, xi, ere : to mourn and lament beyond the ufual time. MU'LGEO, mulxi, muldtum, mulgere : to milk. It forms alfo mulji, mulfum. See the 2 ad rule. But the fupine mulftum is moft ufed. A'UGEO, auxi, auflum, augere : to increafe. Adaugeo, adauxi, adau<5lum, adaugere : the fame. ANNOTATION. ^ may come from luceo, in the following rule. But the fu- pine lu lm is no where to be found, according to Prifcian, though luff us is derived from thence. OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. Mulxi feems to be derived from mulfi, the fame as mixtus from tnljius. But the fupine mulftum is proved not only by its deriva- tives mulcira and mulfirale, but moreover by the compound per- multius; hence Salluft, as quoted by Prifcian, hath verbit ptrmulai. This verb alib forms mulfu?n, rule 22. But multtum is more natural as well as more ufual ; for which reafon Voflius affirms he would not fay rujlica it mulfum, but rather ;'/ mulfium. RULE XXV. Of thofe which make SI or XI, without a fupine. 1 . A'lgeo, fulgeo, turgeo, urgeo, have SI. 2. Frigeo, luceo, have XI ; and all without a. fupine. EXAMPLES. 1. Thefe four verbs have the preterite in SI, but without a fupine. A'LGEO, alfi, algere : to be grievoujly cold. FU'LGEO, fulfi, fulgere : tojhine. Affulgeo, affuifij affulgere : to Jhine upon. Effulgeo, effulfi, effulgere: tojhine forth j to {hew it- felf; to refleft a fmning brightnejs, to Jhine bright. Refulgeo, refulfi, refulgere : to Jhine. TLTRGEO, turfi, turgere : to/well. U'RGEO, urfi, urgere: to prefs on, to prefs down, ff urge, to be earnefl upon, to pujh on, topurfue, to con- ftrain, to vex y to moleft. 2. The following have XI, but without a fupine. FRFGEO, frixi, frige re : to be, or grow cold. Perfrigeo, perfrixi, perfrigere : to be 'very cold. Refrigeo, refrixi, refrigere : to cool again, to wax cold. LU'CEOj luxi, lucere : to give light 3 to Jhine j to bs apparent. Colluceo, colluxi, collucere : to Jhine, to give light. Diluceo, xi, ere : to Jhine j to be clear or manifeft. Eluceo, xi 3 ere : to Jhine forth , to be apparent and ma- mfeft. Illuceo, xi, ere : tojhine upon-, to be day ; to be confpi- CUOU.S. Polluceo, xi, 6tum, ere : to make bright, to Jhine forth, to offer up viands by way offacrifice, to give ajumptu- cus banquet, to expofe to public view, to profane, to proftitute. Subluceo, fubluxi, fublucere : to give a little light, to Jhine feme what, to glimmer. AN- NEW METHOD. Book IV. ANNOTATION. ALGEO feems heretofore to have made alfum, whence comes al/tus in Cicero; Nihil aljtus, nihil amcenius j nothing cooler, nor more pleafant. Alfiofus is in Pliny. From perfrlgeo, comes the verbal noun perfrifth, a vehement fliivering by reafon of cold. " From refrigeo, comes re/riflus, cooled, appeafed ; which feems to ftii.w that/rr^fo had heretofore a fupine. But thefe nouns are rarely ufed, nor are the,y to be found in authors of pure latinity. Polluceo feems alfo to have had formerly its fupine, whence comes folluftum, i, Plin. a fumptuous banquet. Here we may obferve that all verbs of this fecond conjugation are in EO, and that there are very few of this termination in any of the reft. There are only beo, calceo, creo, cuneo, enucko, laqueo, li- veo, meo, naufeo, zndfcreo, of the firft ; with eo and q ueo of the fourth. THE THIRD CONJUGATION. This conjugation has no general rule either for the preterite, or for the fupine ; hence it will be more convenient for us to range the verbs according to the termination of the prefent, than of the preterites. RULE XXVI. Of the verbs in CIO. 1 . Facio makes feci, fadtum, 2. And jacio, jeci, ja&um; 3. Elicio, has UI, ITUM. 4. But the other compounds 5. As alfo the compounds c/'fpecio, make EX I, ECTUM. EXAMPLES, i. FA'CIO, fci 3 faftum, facere: to do, to make. Of its compounds, fome are formed of other verbs QT of adverbs, and retain A, as Arefacio, arefeci, arefaftum, arefacere : to dry, to make dry. AfTuefacio, feci, factum, ere : to accuftom, to inure. Benefacio, eci, factum, ere : to do good, to do one $leajure. Calefacio, feci, factum, calefacere : to warm. Commonefacio, eci, aclum, ere : to warn, to advife. Labefacio, labefeci, labefa<5tum, ere, to loofen, to jhake and make tQ totter* Lique- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 207 Licjuefacio, eci, actum, acere : to melt, tofoften. Satisfacio, eci, actum, acere: to fatisfy, to content a perfon, to dif charge ones duty towards him, to pay or difcharge a debt any way, to confefs a charge and beg pardon. Stupefacio, feci, factum, acere: to aflonijh, to ftun one. Tepefacio, eci, actum, acere : to warm, or make warm, Terrefacio, eci, actum, acere : to frighten. The other compounds effacio, that are formed of a prepofition, change A into I, and aflame an E in the fupine. AfFicio, affeci, affeftum, afficere : to affecJ, influence* or have power over ; to move, with refpeft either to body or mind. Conficio, eci, ectum, ere : to do, to difpatch, to finijb, to bring to pafs, to perform, to manage a bujinefs, to make evident or to prove, to infer, to ccnfume, to wafte, to deftroy, to kill, to get or procure, to gather, to ob- tain, to acquire, tofpend. Deficio, eci, cftum, ere: to leave or fail one t to to confume, to burn. Officio, eci, (without a fupine) ere: to hurt, to hinder, to oppofe, to refifl. Perficio, eci, eclum, icere : to perfect, tofinijlo, to com- plete. Proficio, eci, eftum, ere : to profit, to advantage ; to bs good or ftrviceable ; to proceed or go forward. Reficio, eci, edum, ere : to repair, amend or make Gnew> to refrejh, to infpirit -, to cure or recover j to renew, to fill up, to make. Sufficio, eci, eclum, ere : tofuffice, tofupply or furnijh, tofufyffitute, tojtain, to infeft. i. J AGIO', jeci, jaclum, jacere : to throw. Its compounds change A into I, and aflume E in the fupine. Abjicio, abjeci, abje&um, ere : to throw or caft away ; t9 fioS NEW METHOD. Book IV. to throw or fling ; to lejfen ; to undervalue ; to flight or negletJ ; to be dijcouraged, to leave off, to renounce, to depart from one's pur p of e, toproflrate one's f elf. Adjicio, eci, e&um, ere : to caft ur.to, to cafl upon, to add) to apply. Conjicio, eci, e<5him, ere : to cafl together, to conjecture, to guejs, toforejee, .to draw' conferences, to think, to jind, to invent, to interpret as dreams. Dejicio, eci, ectum, ere : to throw or cafl down or out of the way ; to put out of office, to diffeize j to remove, or put away. Ejicio, tjeci, ejectum, ejicere : to throw or cafl out. Injicio, injeci, inje&um, ihjicere: to cafl or throw in, to put on. Interjicio, eci, ectum, ere, to throw or place between or among. Objkio, eci, eetum, icere : to throw to, to lay in the way, to objeft, to lay to one's charge. Porricio, eci, eftum, ere : to reach or flretch out; it is properly a term ufed in facrifices, and fignifies to lay the entrails upon the altar for the burning of them. Projicio, eci, ectum, ere : to throw away, to rejett. Subjicio, eci, eftum, icere : to lay or put under, t9 makejubjeft, to Juggefl or bring into mind -, to anfwer or reply. Trajicio, trajeci, trajedum, trajicere : to pajs over, to frojs,to bore or run through, to decant, to tranjpofe. 3. Ehcio, elicui, ehcitum, ere : to draw out, to intice out. v It iscompofed of LA'CIO, which is no longer in ufe. Its otjjer compounds form EXI, ECTUM, as 4. Allicio, allexi, ectum, ere : to allure or intice, te attract, to draw on. Ilhcio, illexi, illedum, illicere : to allure, to intice, to inveigle. Pellicio, exi, edlum, ere : to inveigle, to wheedle, to ca- jole, tojlatter. 5. SPE'CIO, is now grown obfolete, but its com- pounds form alfo, EXI, ECTUM ; as Afpicio, afjpexi, afpeftum, ere : to fee, to behold, Circunfpicio, exi, eclum, ere : to look about, to confi- dsr, to cafl one's eyes all round. Dei- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES* Defpicio, exi, e<5tum, icere : to look down, to defpife. Difpicio, exi, eftum, ere: to look on every fide, to con* fider, to think ferioufly. Infpicio, exi, eftum, ere : to look upon, to pry into. Sufpicio, exi, eftum, ere : to look up, to admire. ANNOTATION. Among antient writers we meet alfo with allicui, illicui,ptllicni* but they are no longer ufed. Con/picor andfu/picor come alfo from ffec io t but they are depon cents of the firit conjugation. RULE XXVIL Of fonio MuT/tofti 1 . Fodio makes fodi, fofTum j 2. -^zrffugio, fugi, fiagitum, EXAMPLES. i. FO'DIO, fodi, fofTum, ere: to dig* to mine y /d prick. Confodio, 6di, ofllim, ere : to dig, to flab. Defodio, defodi, ofTum, ere : to dig down, to fcuiy* Effodio, odi, oflum, odere : to dig out } to dig up. Perfodio, odi, offum, odere : to dig through. i. FU'GIO, fugi, itum, ere; to run away, (o efcape t to Jhun, to avoid, Defugio, ugi, itum, ere: to avoid, to foun, to refufe ta accept of, to difapprove, to invalidate. Diffugio, gi, itum, ere : to fly or run away, to run into different places, to efchew, tv refufe to do a thing* Effiigio, gi, itum, ere : to run away, to efcape, to jhur^ Perfugio, gi, itum,- ere : to fly for Juccour, orjhelter, RULE XXVIIL Of the verbs in PIO. 1 . Cupio makes cepi, captum ; 2. The objolete ccepio has coepi,ccEptuln > whence may come incipio. 3. Rapio bath rapui, raptiim. 4. But cupio, makes IVI, ITUM* 5 . And fapio chujes fapui without afut?it\ VOL, I. P EXAM- 110 NEW METHOD. Book IV. EXAMPLES. I. CA'PIO, cepi, captum, capere: to take, tofeize or lay hold of, to eleft, to call to a miniftry, to con- fecrate, to oblige one to enter into holy orders , to pleafe, to accept, to receive. Its compounds change the A into I, and aflume an E in the fupine. Accipio, epi, eptum, ere : to take, to receive, to hear, t& learn, to conjent, to approve, to interpret, to enter into pojfeffion, to be capable offomething, to treat well or ill, to cry out, to reprimand. Concipio, epi, eptum, ere : to comprehend, to conceive, to undertake, to meditate, to form, to have imprinted on one's mind, to dilate, to prefcribe a form of words to which another man muft fwear, to draw up an^ oath in form j to look for flolen goods in another mans houfe, with a bafon in one's hand, and a hemp girth about the reins, which was a pagan fuperftition. See above. Decipio, decepi, deceptum, decipere : to deceive. Excipio, excepi, exceptum, excipere : to take, to gather, to learn, to hear fay, to receive, to withdraw, to ex- tratJ, to write what another Jays, to fur-prize, to ex- cept, to mark, to make an exception of fome principal point in a law, or contra^, tofucceed or follow. Incipio, incepi, inceptum, incipere : to begin. Occipio, occepi, occeptum, occipere : to begin. Prsecipio, epi, eptum, ere : to prevent, to take firft, to forefee, to command, to teach. Recipio, recepi, eptum, ere : to take again, to receive, to recover, to conceal or receive flolen things, to betake, to fromife, to undertake, to come to one's felf, to recover onis courage, to entertain or harbour, to accept, to ad- mit of or allow, to win or make himfelf mafier of a place, to retain a caufe upon ajuft acJion being brought, to re- ferve tohimfelfor to his own ufe in bargaining, to return. Satisaccipio 3 epi, eptum, ere : to takefufficient fecurity or bail. Sufcipio, epi, eptum, ere : to undertake, to taks upon one, to anfwer. i. Heretofore they faid alfo, CQETIO, ccepi, cceptum : to begin, Alium quseftum cos'- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. an cce'piat, Plaut. Let her take to another trade. But this verb is no longer ufed except in the preterite and the tenfes depending thereon ; capi, cafperam, ccepi/em, ccep'ero, captffe. Its compounds retain the diphthong ce of the preterite; fo that inctpio and occipio coming from capio> make incffpi, incce'ptum ; occee'pi ; occaz'ptum : and coming from cdpio -, incept, inceptum ; occepi, occeptum, ac- cording as we have above diftinguifhed them* j. RATIO, ra'pui, raptum, rapere : fo pull or take by violencey to plunder, to ravijh. Its compounds change A into I, and take an E in the fupine. Abripio, iii, eptum, abnpere : to drag away by force, to carry away. Corripio, iii, eptum, ere : to catch up hajlily, tojeize on, to take up, to rebuke. Diripio, diripui, direptum, diripere : to tear afunder, to pluck away .by force, to rob, to ranfack. Proripio, iii, eptum, ere : to take away by force, tojlink away. 4. CU'PIO, cupivi, cupitum, ere : to dejire, to covet, to wijh one well, to love him, to be glad to Jerve an$ oblige him. 5. SA'PIO, makes alfo fapivi, or lapii, but more gene- rally fapui, without a Jupine, fapere : to- favour, fmell or tafle of; to reli/h, to be wife. Its compounds change A into 1. DesYpio, delipivi, desipui, ere : to be a fool, to dote. Ripio, ivi, iii, ere : to be wife, to come to o?iis wits. ANNOTATION. Very likely fapio was heretofore of the fourth conjugation, and therefore has retained fapi , and afterwards refipijfe, which we read in Terence ; as faptjti in Mar- tial for fapivijii. But the fupine of this verb is obfolete. RULE XXIX. Of the verbs in RIO and TIO. I . Pario forms peperi,- partum, in/lead of pa- ritum. P 2 2. Qatio ail NEW METHOD. Book IV. 2. Quatio heretofore made quaffi, qualTum ; 3. Whence its compounds have taken CUSSI, CUSSUiM. EXAMPLES. 1. PA'RIO, peperi, partum, for pantum, parere : to bring forth young, to breed, to bear, to produce, to acquire. Its compounds change A into E 3 and are of the fourth conjugation. Aperio, aperui, apertum, ire : to open. See the 6 8 th rule. 2. QUATIO heretofore made quaffi, quaffum, qua- tere : to /hake, to brandi/h, to /hatter, to batter, tr faake one/hiver. Its compounds have thence borrowed CUSSI, CUSSUM. Concutio, concuffi, concuffum, concutere: to /hake, t erattdt/b, to make tremble, to pelt. Decutio, decuffi, decuffum, decutere : to /hake down, to beat dotvn. Pifciitio, difcviffi, difcurTum, difcutere : to /hake or beat down, to put or drive away, to /hake off, to difcufs, to examine". Excutio, excufll, excuiTum, exciitere : to /hake off, tt make to fall out, to foake out., to examine, to can^ajs. Incutio, incufli, incufium, incutere : tojmite, to jlrike^ to caft into, to daft) upon. PercutiOjpercun r i > percun r 'umjpercutere: foftrfke, to beat, to kill, to make an impreffion an the mind, to delight. Repercutio, repercufli, repercuffum, repercutere : 19 beat orjlrike back, to refiett, to dazzle. ANNOTATION. PARTUM is a fyncope for paritum, which is no longer in ufe, though from thence be formed the participle pariturus. Si quin- turn pareret mater ejus, ajlnum fuiffe parituram, Gic. Ennius, ac* cording, to Prifcian, faid parire of the fourth ; fo that it is no wonder if the compounds have ftill continued in this conjuga- tion, as we fliall obferve in the 68tn rule. QuiTio heretofore made quajji, quaffum. But the preterite is unufual according to Charifius- and Prife. The fapine quaffum is in Servius. Gaffum, he fays, tji quafe quaffum & nihil continent, in 2. jn. Hence alfo it comes that we ufe, qudjfrs rates ; and the ft e to inftruft, to teach, to prepare, to procure^ to regulate. Proftituo, \\\> iatum, uere : to proftitute, to Jet open to every one that cometh. Reftituo, iii, utum, uere : to Jet again in hisjirftftate, to refiore, to re- eftabiijh, to repair, to Jet to rights. SUO, fui, futum, fucre : to Jew or flitch. A'fTuo, iii, utum, uere : to Jew unto, to piece. Confuo, iii, utum, uere ; to Jew or ft it $h up, to join to- gether. Diffuo, iii, utum, uere : to unftitch, to unrip, to break off by little and little. Refyo, refui, refutum, refuere: to Jew again ; to unftitch. TRI'BUO, tribui,tributum,tribuere: to give, to grant; to attribute, to divide. Attribuo, iii, utum, uere : to attribute, to affign, to give, to pay., to appoint. Contribuo, iii, utum, uere : to contribute* to deliver, to divide, to Jeparate, to attribute, to ajjign, to account . cr reckon among, to cleft into a kingdom, to put one's Jelf under -protection, to join ones Jelf4o, to enter into Jociety. Piftribuo, ui, utum, uere : to diftribute, to divide. 2. STRUO, ftruxi, ftruaum, ftruere : to pile up, to place 3 to order - a to build; to contrive ', , &'&- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 215 A'dftruo, or aftruo, uxi, uftum, uere : to build near to, vr join one building to another; tofuperadd or accu- mulate - s to attribute; to affirm; to prove; to confirm. Conftruo, uxi, upturn, uere : to heap up, to put together ; to conftrutt, to build, to frame; to fit, to Jet in order > tojuit. Deflruo, uxi, uclum, uere : to demolijh, to pull down^ to deftroy, to provide or prepare ; to Jet in order ; to furnijh or Jlore with things, to equip, to fit out ; to give orders ; to inftruff. O'bftruo, obftruxi, uctum, uere : to flop up by building againft, to flop the way to, to eclipfe, to render lefs noted or admired. 3. FLUO, fluxi, fluxum, fluere : to flow, to melt-, to flow from, to flip or pafs away; to fall to ruin, to decline; toflacken, to grow remijs; tofpreadabroad> to abandon one's felf to pleafure. A'ffluo, xi, xum, ere : to flow upon, to abound. Confluo, xi, xum, ere : to flow together, to gather from different parts, to rejort, to abound, Defluo, xi, xum, ere: tofloworfwim down, to fall down, to fall off, to be at an end, to decay, to flow all out, to ceaje to flow. Diffluo, diffluxi, xum, ere : to flow or run all abottt, to melt, to abound, tofpread. E'ffluo, xi, xum, ere : to flow or run out, to run, to flip and flide away, to decreafe, to vanijh away, to decay , to be quite loft, to be intirely forgot. Perfluo, xi, xum, ere : to run as a leaky vejfel doth, to let the liquor out ; to run through. 4. PJLUO, plui : // follows the rule in regard to its preterite, but hath nofupine, pluere : to rain. 5. RUO, rui, ruitum, ruere: to fall, to fall down; to rufh, to run headlong ; to level or pull down ; to throw or tumble ; to overthrow, to jhock ; to dig or drag out of the ground, 1 6. Its compounds form the lupine in UTUM, according to the general rule. Corruo, ui, utum, uere : to fall together, to fall or tumble down, to decay, or come to Htter ruin j to fail, (o mifcarry, to fall into error, P 4 Diruo, *i6 NEW METHOD. Book IV, Dlruo, dirul, dirutum, uere : to break or full down, to overthrow, to deftroy. E'ruo, iii, utum, uere : to pluck out, to tear up, to dig up, to overthrow, to deftroy. I'rruo, iii, utum, uere : to run hajiily or furioujly in or up.on a thing ; to rujh upon. O'bruo, obrui, obrutum, obruere : to cover over, to hide in the ground, to bury, to overwhelm, to epprejs. Proruo, prorui, utum, uere: to caft or beat dcivn vio- lently, to overthrow. ANNOTATION. FLUO feems heretofore to have had, not only fluxum, but alfo fluttum, fince the verbal nouns f.uxus and fluttut are both in ufe. PLUG. Prifcian, after obferving that the verbs in UO form their preterite, by changing o into /, excepts this among the reft> allowing it only to have plu--vi. Hence in his time they read in Livy^ lapidibus pluviJJ'e and/anguine flu--jit, as it is Hill read in fame old editions, where the rnoft correct have pluiffs and pluit. Which ihevvs it to have been the fame preterite, which changed accord- ing to the times. Yet Voffius believes that pluvi came from the old verb plu-ueo, and quotes from Plautus, ut multum plu-jerat, ProK Men. But even in this paflage the MSS. \\wzpluerat, as is ob- ferved in the Dutch edition. Hence this preterite is looked upon is quite obfolete as well as the fupine plutwn, though we read lompliitus in Solinus, to fignify -ivet with rain. Ru.o had alfo rutum in the fupine, whence comes ruta c bavenojiipme. EXAMPLES. t. Thefe verbs follow the general rule of thofe in UO, in regard tp the preterite, which they fo'rm in iii, bu^they have no fupine. ME'TUO, metui, (heretofore metutum, Lucr.) me- tiiere : to fear. Pra?mptuo, iii, ere : to fear beforehand. "LUQ, lui, lucre: to pay, to expiate or atone, to fufer punifimeni. JCO'NGRUO, congrui, ere : to agree with, tofuit. I ngnio, Of PRfiTERiTES AND SUPINES, 217 I'ngruo, ingrui, ingruere : to affail, or Jet upon -with violence, to be near at band, to come, to fall Juddenlj upon, RE'SPUO, refpui, refpuere : tofpit out again, to refuje> to rejett, to dijlike, to flight. It is compounded of SPUO, fpui, fputum, ere : to Jpit. Neither have other compounds hardly any fupine. E'xpuo, expui, expuere : to Jpit out, to rejefl. I'nfpuo, inipui, infpuere : to Jpit upon or into. i. NUO is ufed only in its compounds j as, A'bnuo, abnui, abnuere : to deny or refufe, properly by countenance or gefture. A'nnuo, annui, annuere : to nod, to bint or intimate A thing by a nod, to ajfent, to grant. I'nnuo, innui, innuere : to nod or beckon with the head, to makefigm to one. Renuo, renui, uere : to refuje or deny by ajhake of the head* ANNOTATION. Batuo makes alfo batui* without a fupine, batuere, to beat. Cluo likewife made clui, cluere, to fhine, to be famed or eiteem- ed, to fight, whence comes clupeus or clyfeus, a buckler. Cicero has made ufe of the participle ; multum cluentes conjtlio & lingua, .plus tamen auttoritate & gratia fublevabant. But the preterite of thefe two verbs is no longer current. Luo heretofore made lu *f*v^^ **L <*4&~ $*W Connubo, pfi, ptum/bere : Apul. to marry together. Whence comes, connubium, marriage-, more com- monly ufed than the verb, Enubo and Innubo, upfi, ptum, ere : Liv. to be wedded to a hujband. Properly to be married out of one's or- der, eftate or degree. Obnubo, pfi, ptum, ere : Virg. to vail, or cover. 3, Thefe two have no lupine, and follow the rule in regard to the preterite. SCXBO, fcabi, fcabere : tofcratch, to claw. L.AMBO, Iambi, lambere ; to lick, to lap. 4. The compounds of CUBO, which are of the third conjugation, add an M to the prefent, which they drop in the preterite and fupine. Accumbo,acci3Dui, accubitum, accumbere: toliedown^ to fit near to. Difcumbo, difcubui, difcubitum, difcumbere: to be feated, to fit at table. Incumbo, bui, bitum, bere : to lean or lie upon, to apply one'sjelf earneftly and vigoroujly to a thing, to incline cr tend unto. Occumbo, occubui, occubitum, occumbere ; to die. Recumbo, iii, itum, ere : to lie down, to fit at table, to lean, to reft. JProcumbo, iii, itum, ere : to lie down flat, to tumble or fall down, to hang or bend down towards the ground, to lean or reft himf elf upon. AN- 20 NEW METHOD. Book IV. ANNOTATION. Voffius makes glubo have glupfe, gluptum, and produces the au- thority of Plautus ikglupta manas. The writers of the lower empire have alfo ufed Lambio, iiii, ac- cording to Adamantius in Caflibdorus, lib. de Qrthograph. or even lambio, lam'o^i, like rapio, rapui, according to Voffius ; hence in the book of Judges, c. 7. we read sKolambuerint, lambuerant, Iambus- runt, which we find in Plantin's royaJ, and all the other beft edi- tions of the vulgate. The reafon why accumlo and the reft have here an m, is becaufe heretofore they ufed to fay cumlo for cubo, juft as we dill fayjunr* forjugo. RULE XXXIII. Of the verbs in CO. 1 . 0Ico, duco, make XI, CTUM : 2. Ico, vinco, have ICI, ICTUM- 3. Parco bath perperci, parcitum, asnlfo parfi, parfum. EXAMPLES. T. Thefe two have XI, CTUM. PICO, dixi, diftum, dicere : tofpeak, to fay, to pro- mmtfc a difcourfe or fen fence, to harangue^ to plead, to tidminiftcr juftice y to be of opinion, to give ones opi- nion^ to appoint a day, to give in evidence, to promife in exprefs terms the portion find marriage of a per fan, to alter the proceedings at law, to Jay a good thing or n ben mot, to let fall a jefl or a poignant raillery, to taunt* to compliment, to ajk pardon after having Jaid fometbing that was not cgreeabl^. ' Abdico, xi, cUirn^ ere : to reprove, to difallow, to aban- don, to refufe, to rejcR, to give the cauje againft ons in law^ td make him lofe his caufe-* to forbid, to diffuade^ to difagree, to be contrary. Addico, xi, 6lum, ere : to deliver to the highejl bidder, to Jell and deliver, to Jet tojale, to confijcate, to give over to bondage, tojentence to bondage fuch as could not pay their debts, to deftgp for fame ufe, to favour, to autho- rije, to approve or ratify as ufed by the augurs, to devote and to apply one sjelf to Jome function or exercife y to con- d?mn. Condico, xi, dlum, ere : to appoint, order, or agree upon a thing j to undertake, to promife ; to claim in a legal <&ay> to. bring an aft ion againft a perfcn, to fix a day. OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 221 Edko, xi, clum, ere : to order, to appoint, give warning or notice ; to publijh by edict or -proclamation , to ad- vertife and tell before hand ; to tell plainly, to declare. Indico, xi, 6lum, ere : to denounce, bid, aryf more fcarce than peperci. But this diftincHon has no manner of foundation, no more than that of Donatus, who pretends that parfe is to hufband or fpare ; and pe- perci, to pardon, which Servius abfolutely denies. Parcitum comes from the preterite parcui, which was to be found in Nevius, ac- cording to the formation mentioned, p. 173. This fupine we read in Pliny, book 30. chap. 4. according to fome editions, Italic parcitum eft 'vetere interdiEto patrum, tit diximus. And yet it is from thence that partitas comes, which we ftill read in Sen. i. de Clem, from parfum, cometh zlfofar/urus, in Varfo and in Livy, according to Priician. 8 RULE OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 223 RULE XXXIV. Of the verbs in SCO. 1. Verbs In SCO change it into VI *WTUM, 2. But Pafco bath pavi, paftum. 3. Agnofco, tftf^/cognofco make ITUM : 4. Pofco makes, popofci, pofcitum. 5. Difco has only didici, but nofupine. 6. Cotnpefco and difpefco, make iii, and here- tofore had ITUM. 7. And conquinefco had heretofore conquexi without afupine. EXAMPLES. i. The verbs in SCO form the preterite by chang- ing SCO into VI, and the fupine by changing it into TUM; as CRESCO, crevi, cretum, crefcere: to grow, to in- creaje. Accrefco, acerevi, accrefcere : to grow, to increafe. Excrefco, evi, etum, ere : to grow out much, or up ; to increafe, to rife. Concrelco, evi, etum, ere : to grow or be joined together-, to congeal, to be frozen ; to clot, to curdle. Decrefco, decrevi, decretum, decrefcere : to decreafe t to diminijh. NOSCO, novi, notum, nofcere : to know. Ignofco, ignovi, ignotum, ignofcere : to pardon. Internofco, ovi, otum, ofcere : to know a thing among others, to difcern from others. Prasnofco, prxnovi, otum, ere : to foreknow. QUIE'SCO, quievi, quietum, quiefcere : to reft. Acquiefco, acquievi, acquietum, acquiefcere : to de- light in, to put ones comfort or JatisfaElion In, to bt eafy ; to acquiefce, to ajfent, or befatisfad with. SCISCO, fcivi, fcitum, fcifcere : to inquire, to ordain or decree, to give his voice orfuffrage, to make a law. Adfcifco or afcifco, ivi, ttum, ere : to attribute to him- . Jelf, to take to himjelf, to call for, to admit, to receive, to approve ; to call in, to fetch in , to bring in ttfe , to affociate, to ally* Con- 424 N E W M E T H O D. Book IV. Confcifco, confcivi, itum, ere : to vote by common con- fent, to make an order or atJ. Defcifco, ivi, itum, ere: to revolt ', to go ever to the op- pofite 'party , to alter from himfelf, to quit the party he had embraced, to abandon his enter-prize. SUE'SCO, fuevi, fuetum, fuefcere: to be accujlomed. Afluefco, afluevi, afTuetum, afluefcere : tt accuflom himfelf. Defuefco, defuevi, defuetum, efcere : to difufe himfelf. 2. PASCO, pavi, paftum, it refumes its S in tbejtt- pine, pafcere: to feed, to nourijh, fopleafe, to delight. Depafco, vi, ftum, ere: to feed as beafts do, to graze y to browze ', to cauje his cattle to feed upon, to wafte, to embezzle. 3. AGNO'SCO, agnovi, agnitum, agnofcere : Jo know, to find out, to acknowledge, to allow. Cognofco, cognovi, c6gnitum 3 ofcere : to know, td learn, to take cognizance of, to examine, to hear a mat- ter debated, and as judge to determine it. Recognofco, 6vi, itum, ere : to recognize or acknow~ ledge, to -review, to call or bring into remembrance, to mufter over, to correft or amend, to take an inventory. 4. POSCO, popofci, pofcitum, pofcere : 'to a/k, to demand. Depofco, depopofcij ofcere : to demand, to ajk, to make a requeft. Expofco, expopofci, Ytum, ere : to ajk earnejlly. RepofcOj repopofci, repofcere : to ajk again that is onis own, 5. DISCO, didici, heretofore difcitum, difcere : t& learn. Addifco, addidici, addifcere : to learn, to learn more. Edifco, edidici, edifcere : to learn, to learn by heart. Dedifco, dedidici, dedifcere : to unlearn. Its compounds preferve the reduplication. See rule a. 6. COMPE'SCO, compefcui, heretofore itum, ef- cere : to keep within thejamefafture; to hold, lri~ die, or curb j to appeafe, to allay, to a/wage. DISPK'SCO, iii, heretofore itum, efcere : to drive cat- tle intofeparate paftures, to drive them home from pa~ (lure ; to Separate, to divide. 7. CON- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 225 7. CONQUINI'SCO, heretofore conquexi, without a fupine, conquinifcere : to duck the head, to bow or bend the body, tojloo-p, ANNOTATION. From the fupine of CRESCO, crclum r comes cretus for proc rtdtus, as in Virg. Sanguine 'frojano cretus. In like manner ccncretus for coalitus. Concretus aer, Cic. thick heavy air. Concretum corpus ex dementis, Id. compounded of elements. But we hardly ever meet with this fupine in another fenfe. For when Virgil describing the fpots of the foul, faith Penitufque necejfe eft, Mulfa diu concreta modis inolejcere miris : He does not mean that they grew up with the foul, but they ga- thered and ftuck to her, conjuntia & inglutinata, fays Servius. It is true neverthelefs that this lame poet fays in another place, excretes a matribus agnos, well grown ; and that Priician produces another example of decretus, in this fame fignificatiun> as we mall obferve in tht remarks after the fyntax ; but this is very rare. Agnofco and cognofco, come from nofco, novi, notum, which fol- lows the general rule, but they affume an I in the iiiplne, agnitum, cognitunt. And yet heretofore they followed their limple, hence we find agnotus in Pacuvius, and Prifcian quotes agnoturus from Salluft. The preterite no chap, or open. Dehifco, the fame. Fatifco, fatifcere : to chink, chop, or cleave, tofplit, to gape ; to be weary, to tire. Labafco, labafcere : to fail or decay, to be ready fo fall., to give ground. Hebefco, hebefcere : to grow blunt, dull, languid, feeble. Herbefco, herbefcere: to wax green, to bring forth herbs or grafs. Ingravefco, ingravefcere : to grow more heavy or lump^ ifh j to become worfe, to increafe : Lapidefco, lapidefcere : to wax hard as aflone, to turn to Jlone. Mitefco, mitefcere : to grow tame, gentle ; to he appeafed. And fuch like. 2. Thefe verbs frequently borrow the preterite and fnpine of their primitive -, as Ardefco borrows arfi, arfum c/"ardeo, ardes : to burn. Calefco borrows calui, of caleo, cales : to be hot. j^,rubefco, erubui,/row rubeo : to be red, to blujh. Horrefco, horrui,/r<92 horreo : to tremble for fear. Refrigefco, i\\,frcm frigeo: to grew cold, to begin to be cool, to be lefs vehement and earneft. ANNOTATION. FAT i sco cometh fromfatim for affatim, and from bifco ; j'uft as from fatim cometh alfofatigo. Priician will have it that fejfus comes from fatlfcor, and defejjfus from defetifcor. But Diomedes apprehends them to be fimple nouns, the fame as laffus f and his opinion is ihe moll followcdi See p. 188, SE- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 227 SENESCO makes fenui wAfeneflum, whence ccmeth (enetfus, the fubftantive as well as the ablative, as eetas/enetta> Plaut. ./*#[> r- fore, Sail. Alfo/eueffa, a, old age. RULE XXXVI. Of the verbs in Do. 1. T/je verbs in DO make DI and SUM, 2. But rudo, and ftrido, have nojupinej. 3. Comzdofomefimes hath ESTUM. 4. Pando hath panfum and pafTum, EXAMPLES. The verbs in DO change DO into DI in the prete- rite, and into SUM in the fupine. I. CUDO, cudi, cufum, ere: to hammer, to forge 5 to ftamp or coin. Excudo, exciidi, excufum, excudcre : to beat or flrlke Gut> to ft amp or co'n, to forge. Incudo, incudi, incufum, incudere : to frge. Recudo, di, fum, ere: to hammer or forge anew, t9 ftamp new. CANUO is not ufed, but only its compounds ; as Accendo, accendi, fum, ere : to light, to burn. Incendo, incendi, incenfum, incendere : toj to burn, to provoke, to animate, fo encourage. Succendo 3 di, fum, ere : to burn, to inflame, tofet on'firf, FENDO is likewife difufed, but its compounds are current, as Defendo, di, fum, ere : to defend, to keep, to pr.fcrve - t to refift, to hinder, to keep off, to Jhelter, to maintain. Offendo, di, fum, ere : to hit or run againft^ to light upon or fnd, to offend, to difpleafe* to miftake or take & falfeflep, to meet with a rub, to have illfuccefs. MANJDO, mandi, manfum, mandere : to chew, to fat. PREHENDO or PRENDO,di, fum, ere : to take, to lay hold, to grafp, to catch. Apprehendo, di, lum, ere : to take held of, to learn, to widerftand. . Comprehendo, di, fum, ere : to take or lay hold of, to comprehend or contain ; to comprehend or underjland. Deprehendo, di, fum, ere : to take unawares or in tfo faff, ta difcover, to perceive. 2 SCAN- 223 NEW METHOD. Book IV. SCANDO, fcandi, fcanfum, fcandere: to mount, to climb. Afcendo, afcendi, afcenfum, afcendere : to afcend, (9 climb, to advance himfelf to. Confcendo, endi, fum, dere : to mount, to climb, to take flipping, to go on board, to imbark. Defcendo, endi, fum, ere : to defcend, to fink 'with too much weight, to come down to the -pal ace or to court (be- caufe the Roman nobility heretofore refided on the hills) to jet about a thing, tofpeak, to accufe, to fight, to take the field, to come to blows : to acquiefce, to agree, to condefcend, to fuit himfelf, to refolve upon extreme reme- dies, to alight, to come or tofetfoot on Jhore. Exfcendo, di, fum, ere : to debark, to land, to alight, &c. EDO, edi, efum, edere, vel efle : to eat, to confume. It follows the general rule : as alfo its compounds ambedo, to eat or gnaw round about : exedo, to eat up, to confume. 3. But comedo, comedi, comefum, fometimes takes comeftum, comedere : to eat, to confume. 1. Thefe two follow the general rule in regard to the preterite, but they have no fupine, as RUDO, rudi, rudere : to bray like an afs. STRIDO, ftridi, ere : to crack, to make a whizzing, to hlfs. 4. PANDO, pandi, panfum, a regular fupine, and alfo pafllim, pandere : to open, to fpread, to unfold. Difpando, difpandi, difpanfum and difpaflum, difpan- dere : to unfold, to fir etch out, to fpread about. T)\{pendo(P!aut,)tnd\, enfum 3 (2^effum,ere: thefame. Expando, di, fum, and affum, ere : to fpread out, to difplay. Oppando, di, furrij and aflum, ere : to fpread out, or hang over againfl. Propando, propandi, propanfum and prop aflum, pro* pandere : to fpread abroad. ANNOTATION. I. We muft carefully diftinguifh incufum and exct'fum, which come from incudo and excudo, from incujfum and excujfum with twj J/~, which come from incutio and cxcutio, in the 29;!! rule. But CUDO, fays Prifcian, heretofore made cujt, according to Diomedes, Charifius OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 429 Charifius and Phocas ; though he himfelf allows it only to have cudi, as it is in Virg. Scintillamexcudit Acbate-s. z. Apuleius hath alfo rudivi, which may come from the ancient verb rudio, whence alfo is derived ruditus, \ikegrunnitus. We ufe alfo/rit/eo, of the fecond conjugation. See the ipth rule. 3. The fupine comeftum may be proved by this paflage of Sal- luft ; comefto patrimonioy as it is quoted by Didymus, if we believe Diomedes. But according to the fame Diomedes it is better to fay come/urn, as we fay ambefa. Ipfi iraxjlra no reprejs, or filence. ANNOTATION. I. The Supine in TUM is more ufual in feveral of the com- pounds of tendo, as contentus, ftretched : and in like manner dijtentus, obtentus,pr&tentus, protentus. Yet ojienfum is oftener ufed than ojlentum, which occurs only in very old writers, from whence however cometh ojlcntare, and the dative ojlentui, as ojlentui babere t as well as the ablative oftentu, and the neuter tjtentum, in Cic. any thing that happeneth contrary to the ordinary courie of nature, and is fuppofed to forefhew fomething to come, either^^Wor bad Now cftendo is compounded of ob and tendo, juft as afporto, from ab and porto, whether it is by a change of the b intoy, or whether it has been rather owing to their having formerly made ufe of cbs for ob t as we fay abs inflead of ab : whence alfo cometh obfccenus, from canum ; obfcurus, from cura, Sec. z. We likewife meet with a great many of thefe verbs without the reduplication, VeEiigal quod regi pendijjent, Liv. Noftro tendtfti retia letto, Propcrt. Which feveral not having rightly underflood, have made it nexifti. But not to mention that Aldus and Regius's editions have tendlftl t we meet with it alfo in Sen. Et qua plena rates carbafo, tenderant. In Hercul. fur. 3. Moil grammarians refufe a lupine to PEDO, which Voffius does not, becaufe, he fays, we find peditus in Catullus, which mult undoubtedly have come from pedztum, as crepitus from crepitum The antients ufed tudo inftead of tundo, whence is derived the frequentative verb tudito in Ennius, and the noun tudes, an ham- mer, a beetle. Of this old verb they formed by reduplication the preterite tutudi, which Chariiius and Prifcian give to tundo. And Diomedes befides tutudi lets it alfo have tunjt. But neither of them are any longer to be found in authors of pure latinity. The lu- pine tiinfum may be authorifed by the participle tun/us.- --' funfis gemit area f rug; bus, Georg. 3. RULE XXXVIII. Of the compounds of da and fedo. 1. We compounds of fo makeDIDI, DITUM. 2. But abfcondo makes abfcondi. 3* Sido hath fidi without ajupine. . Its 232 NEW METHOD. Book IV. 4. Its compounds borrow SEDI and SESSUM 0/"fe'deo. EXAMPLES. 1. The verb do, das, is of the firft conjugation ; darf, to give. But moft of its compounds are of the third, forming DIDI in the preterite, and DITUM in the fupine. Abdo, dbdidi, abditum, abdere : to hide y to remove. Addo, addidi, itum, ere : to add. Condo, condidi, conditum, condere: to build, to com~ pofe, to hide, to inclofe. Credo, credidi, ditum, dere : to credit cr believe, to think 3 to imagine, to truft, to put confidence in, to lend > to put into one's hands, to commit cr intruft, whence cometh creditum, a debt, any thing committed to one's truft, credit, a truft. Credo, like opinor, frequently implies aljo a tacit irony. Dedo, dedidi, deditum, dedere : to yield, tojurrender, to give up, to give over, to put himfelf under the pro- tection : whence cometh dedititius. Dido, dididi, diditum, didere : to give out, tojpread abroad, to diftribute, to divide. Edo, edidi, editum, edere : to utter, to put forth j to Jet out in writing, to publijh ; to declare, to tell, to name; to bring forth ; to produce or Jhew ; to prejcribe a form, to utter oracles. Indo, idi, itum, ere : to put or Jet in : to put or lay upon. Perdo, didi, ditum, ere : to Icfe, tojpoil, to corrupt, to kill, to deftroy. Prodo, prodidi, proditum, prodere : to betray, to defer, to dijcloje, to accufe, to divulge, to manifeft, to tranfmit ty writing. Trado, didj, turn, ere: to give from hand to hand, to deliver, to teach. Vendo, vendidi, venditum, vendere: tojell t orjet tofale. 2. Abfcondo, abfcondi, ditum, condere: to hide. 3. SIDO, fidi, ere : to perch, to light, as birds do; to fink, or go to the bottom. 4. Its compounds borrow their preterite and fupine of SE'DEO, as Afsido, a/redijaffclTumjafsidere : to fit down, toft bycne. Con- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 233 Consido, confedi, confefium, considere : to fit down, to fitch or light, as a bird dotb a to fettle, to fink or go to the bottom. Desido, edi, efium, ere : to fettle, to fink or fall down, to fit down or go to fool. Insido, infedi, infefium, msidere : to light upon, to fit upon. Obsido, edi, effum, ere : to feat himfelfin, tofurround, to bejiege, to keep blocked up. Reside, refedi, releffum, residere : to fit down, to abide in a place. Subsido, edi, efTum, ere : to fettle, to defcend to the bot- tom-, to abide ; to flop , or ft ay. ANNOTATION. I. We read in Plautus concredui for concredidi, in Cafina. But it may be taken from creduo, which he himfelf made ufe of, in Aulul. For as of Sou they formed duo ; and of $u, do ; in like manner they fab -per do and perduo ; credo and creduo. z. Formerly they ufed alfo to fay, abfcondidi, according to Prifcian. The fupine abfconditum is in Cic. as well as abjconditus and abfcondite. But they faid alfo abfconfum, whence cometh ab- Jconfio in Pliny ; abfconfor in Julius Firm, and abfconse for hd^a, in the old gloflaries. 3. Si no makes/i//, even according to Prifcian, though he ac- knowledges it was ufu ally avoided, becaufe it ought rather to makey^f. Hence he is of opinion that in this Itate of uncertainty it is far better to take the preterite offedto for the ilmple, and to fay Jido,fedi. Yetyk// is in Columella, Patiemurque picem confedere, & cum federit, &c. This verb hath no fupine ; but in regard to its compounds they mult certainly follow thofe of fedeo, as hath been already mentioned. RULE XXXIX. Of the verbs in NDO which lofe N. 1 . Frendo makes frendi, frefTum : 2. Fundo hath fudi, fufum ; fo findo, fidi, fiflum ; and fcindo, fcidi, iciirum. EXAMPLES. 1. Frendo, frendi, follows the general rule in regard to the preterite ; freflum lofeth the N and doulleth the Sj frendere: to grind or gnajh the teeth together; to grunt, to break or bruife. 2. FUNDO, fudi, fufum, fundere : to pour out ; to caft metal, to yield or give in abundance -, to throw 34 NEW METHOD. Book IV. into, to four into; to throw into a loojenejs ; to diffufe, to Jcatter ; , to fquander , to difcomfit; to utter-, to fpeak. Confundo, confudi, confufum, confundere: to confound, to mix together, to throw into confufwn. EfFundo, efFudi, erFufum, efFundere : to pour out, to yield or give in abundance ; to empty , to difembogue ; to lavijh, to wafie riotoujly ; to come or run forth in companies; to fpread abroad ; to relate; to difcomfit. Infundo, infudi, infufum, infundere : to pour into; to diffufe; to fpread. OfFundo, udi, ufum, undere : to pour orfprinkle upon ; to fpread, or throw over ; to impofe upcn, to deceive * y .to darken; to cover with clouds. Perfundo, di, fum, dere : to pour all over, to wajh, to bathe ; to bedew, to befpr inkle; to imbrue, feafon, or give a tincJure to ; to fill, to replenijh the foul with joy ; to Jeize him all over. Profundo, di, fum, dere : to pour cut ; to pour out in great abundance, tofpend extravagantly, to lavi/h, to Jquander away ; to /hoot out ; to fpread ; to moiften j to Jhew itfelf to the very bottom. FIN DO, fidi, fifTum, findere: to cleave, to Jlit, to divide. DifFindo, diffidi, difFiiTum, difFindere : to cleave in two. SCINDO, fcidi, fciflum, fcindere : to cut, to pull in pieces, to tear, to break off, to divide, to break open, to refrejh or renew. Abfcindo, abfcidi, abfcifFum, abfcindere: to cut, fa cut off, to rent off. Confcindo, con fcidi, confcifium, confcindere : to cut or tear in pieces, tojlajh. Refcindo, idi, ifFum, ere : to cut off; to cut or break down ; to retrench, to rip up ; to abolijh, to cancel, or repeal. FIDO. See the yyth rule of the verbs neuter pafiive. RULE XL. Of the verbs that make SI, SUM. Ludo, divide, claudo, lasdo, trudo, rado, plaudo, and rodo, &ave the preterite in SI, 6 and OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 23$ and thefupme in SUM : the Jams mujt be f aid of the compounds of vado. EXAMPLES. Thefe nine verbs change DO into SI in the prete- rite, and into SUM in the fupine. 1. L-UDO, lufi, lufum, ludere : to play, to make paftime, to cheat, to banter, to write verfes, to play at a game, to put a trick upon one. Abludo, fi, fum, dere : to difagree, to be unlike. Alludo, fi, fum, ere : to play andjport with one, to play upon one or banter, to allude unto. Deludo, fi, fum, ere : to delude, to cheat, to deceive ; to fruflrate or difappoint. Eludo, fi, fum, ere : to avoid, to elude, to Jhift off, to parry. Illudo, illufi, illufum, illudere: to play upon one, to mock, to jeer. 2. DI'ViDO, divifi, ifurru idere : to divide, to dif- tribute ; to diftinguijb a law or opinion, that con- tains Jeveral points. 3. CLAUDO, claufi, claufum, claudere : to Jhut, to conclude, tofinijh. Its compounds come rather ficm CLUDO, which is even ufcd by fome authors. Excludo, exclufi, exclufum, excludere: to Jhut out, to put out, to hinder, to exclude, to rejecf, to drive out, to banifh, to caft off, to hatch eggs. Include, inclufi, inciufum, includere : to include or in- clcfe. Pr^cludo, prasclufi, prseclufum, prascludtre: to Jhut or flop up a p aflame, to hinder one from entering. Recludo, fi, fum, recludcre : to open, to mamfeft, to reveal. 4. LJEDO, Isefi, lasfum, Is dere : to hurt, to offend t to injure. Its compounds change /E into I long j as Allido,-allifi, fum, ere: to dajb or throw any thing a- gainft the ground, to break. Collido, collifi, collih' n, collidere : to beat, knock, or bruife together - t to dajh one again/I another. NEW METHOD. Book IV. Illido, illifi, illifum, illidere : to dajh or beat againft. But Illae'fum, found and unhurt, is a noun, becaufe there is no fuch verb as illnedo. 5. TRUDO, trufi, feldom ujed, trufum, trudere: to thruft, to pujh. Abftrudo, abftrufi, abftmfum, udere : to bide, to con- ceal ; to caft away. Detrudo, fi, fum, ere : to drive away, to put out, to Jhovefrom, to defer. Extrudo, extrufi, extrufum, extrudere : to thruft out. Intrude, intrufi, fum, intrudere : to thruft in, to intrude. 6. RADO, rafi, rafum, radere: to Jhave> to/crape, crjcratch up. Abrado, fi, fum, ere : to f crape or /have off, to cut or chop off, to get from another. Corrado, fi, fum, ere : tojcrape or rake together. Erado, erafi, erafum, eradere : tojcrape out, to put out y to blot out. 7. PLAUDO, fi, fum, ere: to clap hands, to applaud. Applaudo : complaudo0r-6do, fi, fum,dere : to applaud. Explaudo or -odo, fi, fum, ere : to drive out, to hifs, to rejett, to explode, to fire off a great gun. 8. RODO, rofi, rofum, rodere: to gnaw, to backbite* Arrodo, arrofi, arrofum, arrodere : to gnaw, to nibble. Corrodo, corrodi, corrofum, corrodere : to gnaw, to corrode or fret. 9. VADO, vafi, vafum, very little ufed without its compounds, vadere : to go. Evado, fi, fum, ere : to ejcape, to run away, to avoid, to pajs over, to get or come to, to go or rea(h to, to climb, to become or grow. Invado, invafi, invafum, invadere '.'to invade, to attack^ to take -by ftorm, to fall upon. Pervado, pervafij pervafum, pervadere : to go over or through, to pafs through, tojpread over all. ANNOTATION. The preterite of rado is hardly to be met with uncompounded. Neither are the preterite and fupine of i/Wo more current. Th preterite however is in Tertull. Ad eum ex Libya Hammon va/tt, lib. de Pall. And in Mart, according to Aldus's edition, et breve va/tt oput. Where others read ra/it. RULE OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 237 RULE XLI. Of cado t cado and cedo, with their compounds. 1 . Cado bath cecidi, cafum : 2. Its compounds, all but three, have no fuplne. 3. Csedo wakes cecidi, caefutnj its compounds cidi, cifum. 4. CedotiatJb ceffi, cefTum; its compounds have the fame. EXAMPLES. I have joined thefe three verbs together becaufe of the refemblance they bear to each other, that they may be more eafily remembered. i. CADO, cecidi, cafum, cadere : to fall, to flip or Jlide down, to tumble down, to fink or droop, to be dijheartened, to be laid as the wind, to be cafl in law y to Juit or agree with, to be capable, to arrive, to pajs, tojucceed, to chance or fall out, to come, to be. From thence alfo cometh CADUCUS, ready to fall, unable to bear up itfelf. Bona caduca, goods tf- cheated to the prince or lord: fundi caduci, lands fubjeff to the right of amortization. i. The compounds of this verb change the A into I fhort j but there are only three bf them that have its fu- pine; viz. mcido, occ'ido, recido. The others go without. A x ccido, accidi, accidere : to fall down at, or before, to fall, to happen, to come to, to be. Concido^concidijConcidere: to fallallof ajudden,to die. E'xcido, excidi, excidere : to fall out or away, to fail or forget, to fail or perijh, to be forgotten. I'ncido, idi, incafum, incidere : to fall into, to fall in or upon, to meet with, to befall or happen. O x ccido, occidi, occafum, occidere : to fall, to die. Recido, recidi, recafum, recidere : to fallback, whence comes recafurum in Cic. Id ego puto ad nihilum re- cafurum. 3. CJEDO, cecidi, csefum, cse'dere : to cut, to whip, to beat, to fir ike, to kill, to dijjett, to Jell by auftion, and by retail. It makes the reduplication by E fimple, changing the diphthong JE into I long in the fecond fyllable, 43$ NEW METHOD. Book IV. as well of its preterite as of the prefent of its compounds, which lofe this reduplication, according to the fecond rule. Abfcido, abfcidi, abfcifum, ere : to cut off. Accido, accidi, accifum, dere : to cut all round, to bring to the ground, to demolijh, to weaken. Circumcido, di, fum, ere : to cut or -pare about, to lop, to circumcife. Concido, di, fum, ere : to cut in pieces, to chop, to beat, to kill. Decido, di, fum, ere : to cut off, to decide or determine as arbitrator, by cutting off all Jubjctt of difpute, to ap- point, to tranfafl, to determine an affair, to compound, to capitulate. Jixcido, di fum, ere : to cut out. Incido, di, fum, ere : to cut, to ingrave j to etch, td grave ; to pare about ; to cut or make Jhorter. Occido, di, fum, ere : to kill, to torment. Prascido, di, fum, ere : to cut, pare, or chop off; to take away clean , to prevent. Recido, di, fum, ere : to cut off, to pare. Succido, di, fum, ere : to cut down, to fell trees -, aljo to mow corn. 4. CEDO, cefii, cefium, cedere: to give place, to give up or refign, to give ground, to retreat, to pajs away, to come, to happen, to fall out, to be- long and devolve to a per/on. Hence cometh the word c.zft\Q,Jpeaking of the term or time appointed for doing any particular thing, or when the day of payment is come, and we have a right to demand our money. Abfcedo, abfceffi, abfceflfum, abfcedere : to withdraw^ to depart, to leave off, to Juppurate. Accede, effi, effum, edere : to draw near, to be added to, or increafed, to govern, to engage infome employ- ment, to fubmit, to agree, to Juit himjelf, to conjent y to be like, to be conformable, to be comparable, to be accef,ory or joined to another thing Jo as to increaje it. Accemr quod, &c. 'There is this moreover, which is often tranflated by, be fides, farther, &c. Conccdo, cffi, eflutn, dere : to give place fo t to grant, t6 OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. to allow , to ccnfent or give -way, to abate, to fubmit, to yield to, to permit, to give, to pardon, to quit, to agree, to condefcend^ to depart, to retire or withdraw, to go. Decedo, deceffi, effum, ere : to yield 'or give place to ; to pay honours to ; to depart, to retire, retreat or with- draw ; to quit his place, office, or government ; to re- linquijh a thing; to be dimimfljed or abated; to weaken or decay ; to Jhun one's company ; to die. Difccdo, effi, effum, ere : to depart, to go away ; to put to the vote ; to give his vote even without rifing from bis place ; to be of a contrary opinion ; to change fenti- ment ; to retire when the war is at an end, and. to lay down his arms ; to open or gape ; to come well off; to gain or lofe his caufe ; to remain unpunijhed ; to be changed ; to except. Excedo, effi, effum, dere : to be gone, to remove, to go cut, to withdraw, to exceed, to furpafs, to go beyond bounds and meafure. Incedo, effi, effum, dere : to go in ftate> or fimply, to walk, to go. Intercede, effi, effum, dere : to come between, to cppofe, to hinder, to intercede, to go between, to interpofe. To be betwixt two things, as time^. union, connexion, di- vifion, enmity, friendfnip, &c. to happen or chance, to come in the mean time, to withftand, to engage or be Jurety for one's debt. Praecedo, effi, effum, dere : to precede, to go before, to excel, to Jurpafs. Procedo, effi, effum, dere : to proceed, to go or come forth, to march on ; to walk in ftate, to go or come along ; to advance, rife, or increafe ; to go forward ; to go before ; to proffer or fucceed. Recede, effi, effum, dere : to retire or withdraw, to re- treat, to give ground, to go from, to be at a diftance, to return, to go back. Secedo, effi, efium, dere, : to go apart, to withdraw. Succedo, effi, effum, dere: to come under; to ccme ixtc ; to approach, to come to ; to fucceed, or come in thepL.ce-, to go well forward, to have gocdfurcefs. O B- NEW METHOD. Book IV. OBSERVATION. On the preterites of Jome verbs in DO. Here therefore we fhould take particular notice that cedo with a fimple E makes cejfi y cejfum, cedere : and catdo with JE, makes cecidi with a fimple E in the preterite, becnufe the ^ of the prefent tenle is changed here into 1 long, and the fyllable CE is only an augment in imitation of the Greeks, juft as \\\ fallo , fefelli ; in tollo, tetuli, and the like, but the fupine cajum refumes the &, ceedere, to cut. Cado makes alfo cec.di, but with the i ihort in the penulti- ma. All thefe little differences occafioned this Latin verfe. Cedo iacit ceffi ; cecidi cado ; ceedo cecidi. But we meet alfo in the pande&s with accedijfi for acceflffi, and with accederat for accefferat, which feems to be too good authority to find fault with. We muft alfo take particular care not to be miftaken in regard to the compounds of cado and c to arm himfelf. Prae- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 241 Praecingo, xi, ctum, ere : to begirt, to encompafs, to in- clofe, to get himjelf ready. JUNGOjjurixi, clum, gere: to join, to put together, to officiate, to y oak. Adjungo, xi; ctum, gere: to join to, to officiate, to couple, to take in alliance, to take part with, to bring over or reconcile. Conjungo, xi, ctum, conjungere : to join together, to ally, to unite. Disjungo, xi, ctum, ere: tofeparate, to disjoin, to divide. Injungo, xi, ctum, ere : to join with or upon, to injoin, to command, to inflift a punijhment, to give orders, to join together, to build near, to ajfemble, to bring mar, to bring or lay upon. Sejungo, xi, ctum, ere : tofeparate. Abjungo, abjunxi, abjunctum, abjungere : to part or feparate. MUNGO, xi, ctum, very little ufed, gere : to wipe one's nofe. Emungo, emunxi, emtinctum, ere : to wipe orfnuffthe nofe, tofnuffa candle, to cheat one of his money. PLANGO, planxi, plandlum, plangere : to beat or jlrike againft -, to lament, bewail, or bemoan. TINGO, tinxi, tinctum, tingere : to dye, to colour, to paint. Intingo, xi, clum, ere : to dip in, to fteep in, to dye or colour. The compounds of FLIGO, which is grown ob- folete, from whence however cometh fiicJus, Virg. a ftriking or dajhing againft. Affligo, xi, 6tum, ere : to affiitt, to vex, to torment, to perfecute, to ruin, to throw on the ground, to opprefs, to trample underfoot, to demolijby to weaken and bring low, to make unhappy. Confligo, ^conflixi, conflict urn, confligere : to contend, to encounter. Infligo, inflixi, ctum, ere: to lay upon, to Jirike, to bring upon, to fling. REGO, rexi, rectum, regere : to govern, to conducJ. A'rrigo, arrexi, arrectum, arrigere : to lift up or raife, to encourage. VOL. I. R Dirigo, 242 N$W /METHOD. Book IV. Dirigo, exi, 6him, ere : to direcJ, to conduct, to regu^ late-, to level dr aim; to order, to Jet in array ; to re- fer one thing to another i to rule or guide, to meajure or mark out. E'rigo, erexi, erectum, erigere : to ereft or make up- right, to roufe or excite, to Jet up, to lift or hold up, to comfort or relieve. Porrigo, porrexi, porrectum, ere : toftretch, to extend, to reach. The verbs ending in GUO are alfo comprehended here, becaufe we fay GO, not GUO, as for example the compounds of STINGUO, unufual. Diftinguo, diftinxi, diftinctum, diftinguere : to divide, tojeparate, to diflinguijh, to mark, to diverfify, to Jet or inamel. Extinguo, extinxi, extlnftum, extinguere: to extin- gui/h, to quench, to appeaje or flint, to abolijh, to deflroy. Prseftinguo, xi, ftum, ere : to render obfcure, to put out-, toftife, to deface, to dazzle the fight. UNGUO or UNGO, unxi, (and heretofore ungui) unclum, ungere : to anoint, to Jmear, to bedawb, to perfume. Exungo, exunxi, exunclum, exungere : to anoint. Inungo, inunxi, inundlum, inungere : the fame. Perungo, perunxi, bum, perungere : to anoint all over. The two next have CTUM and XUM. ?.. FIGO, fixi, fixum, andjometimes fidum, figere : to fix, to faflen, to run through. Its compounds have rarely more than the former fupine. AfRgo, affixi, arHxum, ere : to faflen, to clap cloje, t& fix upon, to attribute. Configo, xi, xum, ere : to fix, to run through, to faflen, to nail. Defigo, xi, xum, ere : to fix, to faflen againjf a waller any other place, to ingrave, to imprint, to place, to Jet, to put before one's eyes, to reprejent, to afloni/h, to Jurprize, to Jhock. Infigo, infixi, infixum, infigere: to fix or f often In. Refigo, refixi, refixum, refigere : to faflen anew, /a pluck down what is faflened, to cancel, to abrogate and Jijannul. FRI- 'Of PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 243 RIGO, frixi, frixum and friftum, frigere : to fry, to parch. 3. PERGO, perrexi, perrefbum, pergere : to go, to continue, topurfue, foperfevere, tofraften, to go forward. It is alfo taken for to begin tofpeak or aff. SURGO, furrexi, furrectum, furgere : to rife. Aflurgo, afiurrexi, afiurrc&um, affurgere : to rife up, to ft and up, to rife up to one, fo do him reverence. Confurgo, rexi, reftum, confurgere : to rife up together. Ex'fufgo, exurrexi, redtum, exurgere : to rife up, to ing, or ijfue. go, infurrexi, ectum, ere: to rife up againft, to make head againft. Refurgo, exi, eftum, ere : to rife or fiourijh again, to rife. from the dead, to recover. ANNOTATION* FIGO hath aIfo/^ according td Diomedes. Sagittii confifiui. Scaur. Giftanius in his Index proves the fame by the authority of Cic. and Varr. Scipio Gentilis has obferved that Calliltratus fpoke in the fame manner : Si quando navis vel infila y 'uelfraila, Sic. FRIGO hath alfofriflum ',frifium cicer, ttor.fri&te nuces, Plaut. faro fritfa. Pliny. SURGO comes from rego, as much as to fay furrego, or furfum rtgo me ; for which reafon fur go and furrigo, have the fame prete- rite and fupine, whence cometh furrefta cornua, Colum. furrei mucrone, Livy. With regard to fergo, fome derive it from ago ; but fince it does n6t follow the preterite of the latter, there is a greater probability x>f its coming from rego. RULE XLIII. Of thofe verbs which drop their N in the fupine. Pingo, ilringo, fingo, arop their N in thefuptnc> and make ICTUM. EXAMPLES. Thefe three verbs follow the general rule, but they lofe their N in the fupine. PINGO, pinxi, piftum, (and not pin&um) pingere: to paint, toftain, to deck or Jet out. Appingo, appinxr, appidum, appingere : to join unto, to faften, to add ; to paint. Depingo, depinxi, depidtum, ere: to paint, to reprefent. Expingo, xi, 5lum, ere : to paint, to draw. R 2 STRINGO, 244 N E W M E T H O D. Book IV. STRINGOjftrinxijftriaum, (andnotfa'm&um,} ftrin- v gere : to grajp or hold fr.ft, to fie hard or clofe, to curry a horfe, to gather, to lop or cut, to touch lightly upon, to make naked or bare, lo dri'i^ his h'zrd. Adftiingo, xi, 6lum, ere: to tie hard or cloje, to bind* to oblige, to conjlram. Conllringo, xi, 6tum, ere : to bind f aft, to tie, to con- jlrdln or compel, to reflrain or bridle -. Deftringo, xi, <5tum, ere : to cut or lop off, to gather or pull fruit, tofcrape or raje off, to diminijh. Diftringo, xi, 6tum, ere : to bind cloje, to bufy or take one up, to rub or cleanfe the body, to curry a horfe, to ftrike, prick, or touch foftly, to chip or pare, to draw ajword, to diftraft or put into confufion. Obftringo, xi, ctum, ere : to bind cloje, to tie up, to.oblige. Perftringo, xi, ctum, ere : to wring hard, to tie up cloje ; to dazzle ; to touch any thing in dijcourfe, to glance at it j to offend highly, to raze or grate ; to Jay a thing in few words; to cenjure, to find fault with, to re- proach , lightly to run over, to graze upon. FINGO, firm, fi<5tum, (andnot finfhim) fingere: to make] to fa/hion, or mould; to frame or build; to imagine, to invent, to contrive -, to feign or counter- feit -, tofuit or accommodate. Affingo, afFinxi, afTiftum, affingere : to form orfa/hien; to de-vife or .frame ; to invent or add to ajtory > to counterfeit and refemble. Confingo, xi, ftum, ere : to form or make ; to feign, to invent, to Jhape or fajhion. EflFingo, xi, ftum, ere: to fajhion, to work, to irgrave; to reprefent or exprefs ; to imitate. ANNOTATION. Prifcian, and after him Defpauter with feme others, join Ri NGO to the abovementioned. But this verb is no longer ufed, as Vere- peus hath juftly obferved : in lie* of which we make ufe of the de- ponent ringor. Ilk ringitur, tu rideas, Ter. This verb has never a preterite, but very likely it had one formerly, fmce we ftill fay riRus, a grinning or ftornful opening of f jie mouth. Cicero makes ufe of its compound : Ilk libcnter accipiet, hi fubringentur , ad Attic. RULE XLIV. Of the verbs which make IGI or EGI, and ACTUM. i , Tango makes tetigi, tadum : 2. Pango, Or PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 245 2. Pango, pegi, panxi, pafturru 3 . From the old 'verb pago comes pepig^. EGI, ACTUM, viz. frango, ago, compingo, cogo, iwlpingo, fuppingo. 5. Dego, prodigo, fatago, oave EGI without a fupine* EXAMPLES. 1. TANGO, tetigi, tactum, tangere : to touch, to flrike, to meddle with. Its compounds change A into I, but take A in the fupine. Attingo, igi, a6tum, ere : to touch lightly, to reach or to arrive at, to treat of, to be related to, to belong to or to concern. Contingo, igi, a6tum, ere : to touch or lay. hold of, to arrive at, to hit, to reach to, to befall one, to attain to. Obtingit, obtigit, (it has only the third p erf on) obtinr- gere : it falleth to by lot, it happeneth. Pertingo, pertigi, pertactum, pertingere : to extend, or reach along. 2. PANGO, heretofore pegi, now panxi, paftum, pangere : to jlrike or drive in, to plant, to compofe verjes. In regard to its compounds, fome of them retain A, and form the preterite more elegantly in ANXI -, as Circumpango, panxi, paftum, pangere : to Jet or plant round. Depango, depanxi, depactum, pange're : to plant, to faflen in the ground. Repango, panxi, actum, repangere : to Jet or plant, to l ra ff> 4. Others change A into I, and forming the prete- rite in EGI, they refume A in the fupine ; as Compingo, egi, aftum, ere : to compaff or put together, to make or frame a thing of Jeveral pieces, to faflen, to bind clcfe, to Jet in. Impingo, impegi, impadlum, impingere: to hit, dajh, or throw againft, to run aground; }o jlumble, to clap or fajlen upon. Plaut. Suppingo, egi^ adum, ere : to faflen underneath, rarely ufed, R 3 3. PAGO, 246 NEW METHOD. Book IV, 3. PAGO, is obfolete; but from thence comes pepig^ I have covenanted or agreed upon. ANNOTATION. 4. There are fome who derive the latter compounds from the verb ago ; but be that as it may, we muft take care not to confound them with thofe of pingo, xi ; to paint, which are in the 43d rule. 3 . Pepigi comes from the old verb pag o, as cecidi from cado, ac- cording to Quintilian. And this verb was borrowed from the Do- ric iruyu inilead of -jr^yu. But pegi came from pango, zs/regi from, frango. Tonjillam pegi l to gather again, to go back. Others change E into I, as Colligo, egi, edlum, ere : to gather, or bring together j to tie, or trujt up ; to recover himjelj or take heart; to call to mind, ro rec&llefl ; to harnejs, or join toge- ther; to pack up his awles ; to acquire; to conclude; to infer. Deligo, delegi, deleftum, deligere : to chooje ; to ga- ther, to pick. E'ligo, elcgi, el^dtum, eligere : to chooje, to pick out. Seligo, felegi, feleftum, feligere : to chooje out, to pick and lay ajide, to cull. 3. There OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 249 3. There are three of its compounds which have EXI, in the preterite, and retain the lupine of the fim- ple in ECTUM. Diligo, dilexi, dileclum, diligere : to favour orrefpeHi to love dearly. Intelligo, intellexi, intellefhim, intelligere : to under- ftand, to know, to comprehend, to fee, to learn. Negligo, neglexi, neglectum, ere : to negleft, to defpife. ANNOTATION. The two laft had heretofore EGI, intellegi, Ulp. neglegi, Prifcian and Diomedes. RULE XLVI. Of mergo fpargo and tergo. Mergo, fpargo, and tergo make SI, and SUM. EXAMPLES. MERGO, merfi, merfum, mergere : to put under wa- ter, to immerfe, to Jink. Demerge, demerfi, fum, ere : to dive, to fink to the bottom, to plunge over head and ears. Immergo, fi, fum, ere : to plunge or dip over head and ears. Submerge, fubmerfi, fum, ere; to drown, to fink under water. SP ARGO, fparfi, fparfum, fpargere : toftrew or throw about , tofow, tofprinkle or bedew, tojpread abroad, to publijh. Its compounds change A into E ; as Afpergo, afperfi, afperfum, afpergere : to befprinkle, to wet or moiften -, to corn, to powder, tofeajon ; to afperfe cr befpatter ; to intermix or interlace j to give a little t or afprinkling. Confpergo, fi, fum, ere : to bejprinkle, toftrew. Difpergo, fi, fum, gere : tojcatter, to difperfe y tojpread abroad. Infpergo, fi, fum, ere : tofprinkle, to caff upon cr among j tofcatter. TERGO, terfi, terfum, tergere : to wipe, to clean, to fcour. The fame as TERGEO. See the 2 id rule. Abftergo^ erfi, erfum, ere : to wipe clean; to wipe off or away. Dctergo, NEW METHOD. Book IV. Detergo, detprfi, erfum, ere : to wipe, brujh, orfaur-, to clear up, to uncover j to break the cars by running foul againft them. RULE XL VII. Of thofe verbs which either have no fupine, or no preterite. 1 . Ningo, clango, and anga, have XI, without a fupine. 2. But verge and ambigo have neither preterite nor fupine. EXAMPLES. Thefe three verbs form the preterite In XI, purfuant to the general rule j but they have never a fupine. NINGO, ninxi, ningere : to.Jnow. ANGO, anxi, angere : to ft? -angle, throttle, cboak, or ftrain ; to teaze, to vex, or trouble one. CLANGO, clanxi, clangere : tqjounda trumpet. 2. The two next have- neither preterite nor fupine. VERGO, vergere: to decline, to bend, lie, or look toward. Devergo, devergere : to bend, or decline downward. A'MBIGO, ambigere : to doubt, to be infufyenfe -, to difyute, or quarrel. ANNOTATION. To thefe fome join fugo ; but the verbal nounfuflus, which we read in Piiny, (hews plainly that the fupine was heretofore ufual. ANGO hath anfium, according to Prilcian ; but we find no au- thority for it in Latin authors ; though it is encouraged by the an- tient Greek gloffaries ; anQl, cey^o/xwoi. It has anxum according to Diomedes, who iikewife inlifts that angor hath anxiusfum. But ax- xius is a noun and not a participle, though it is derived from hence, as well as anxietas. Clango hath clangui in the vulgate, clangue- runf, Num. 10. where Pagninus and the modem interpreters have reitored elanxerunt. Vergo hath ver/i, wrfum, according to Robert Stephen ; and verxi, according to Diomedes. But for this we find no authority in any Latin author. Ambigo is derived from am, and from ago, adding I', juft as atnburo comes from am and from ure. Am. itfetf cometh from tfce Greek ^\ ; and this particle am even Cato has made ufe of, an lerminum, for circunt terminum. RULE XLVIII. Of the verbs in HO, and. of Mela. Traho, andveho, take XI, CTUM :' And Meio hath minxi, midlum. EXAM- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES, 251 EXAMPLES. TRAHO, traxi, tra'dlurp, trahere ; to draw, to drag> to delay. A'bftraho, abftraxi, abftra&um, abftrahere : to drag away, to draw away, to abftraff, to free, tofeparate. A'ttraho, attraxi, attra&um, attrahere: to attratt, to draw to one, to entice. Contraho, contraxi, contraftum, contrahere : to draw together, to procure or get, to Jhrink in, to draw in, to contract or Jhorten, to cor.tr a ft or bargain, to furl the Jails. Petraho, detraxi, detraftum, detrahere : to draw of; to pluck or pull away -, to detract, difparage, or/peak ill of - 3 to dimmijh or abate. Diflraho, diftraxi, diftractum, diftrahere : to pull or draw ajunder, to part, tojeparate, to divide, to break off-, to Jell i to delay or put of a thing, to make a di- ver/ion. Protraho, protraxi, a<5lum, ere : to drag along, to draw ferth, toprotratt or delay. Retraho, xi, <5lum, ere : to draw or pull back, to with- draw. Subtraho, fubrraxi, fubtradlum, fubtrahere : to take away, toJubtraR-, to diminijh j to draw out ; to with- draw. VEHO, vexi, veftum, vehere : to carry any manner of ways, to convey by land or water. It is alfo tranflated bythepaffive verb; vehens (fubaud./?) being carried. A'dveho, advexi, adveftum, advehere: to import, or export, to carry by Jea, or land. Conveho, xi, d:um, ere : to carry off or convey by cart y be aft, orjbip. EVeho, evexi, <5lum, ere : to carry out, to convey, to extol and lift up. I'nveho, xi, ftum, ere : to bring in or upon j to import -, to carry or bear ; to inveigh orfpeak bitterly againft. Perveho, xi, ctum, ere : to carry along, to convey to the place appointed. Proveho, provexi, proveftum, provehere : to carry on, to convey, to advance, to promote, to prefer. Tranfveho, xi, <5him, ere: to carry, convey, crpafsover. MEIO, 252 NEW METHOD. Book IV. MEIO, minxi, ctum, ere : to fifs^ to make water. ANNOTATION. Heretofore they faid mingo, which we flill find in the ancient grammarians ; and thence alfo comes mingensvm the fcripture. But now it is become obfolcte, though miaxi and mi&um are derived from thence. Diomedcs makes it alfo to have meii. RULE XLIX. Of the verbs in LO. i. Verbs in LO have UI, ITUM. z. But alo bath alfo altum; occulo, colo, and confab, have U'LTUM. 3. Volo and its compounds have no fupine. 4. Excello and Pnecello make UI, ELSUM ; Antecello makes UI without a fupine. 5. Percello takes CULI, CULSUM ; but re^ cello has neither preterite nor fupine. EXAMPLES. i. The verbs in LO ought, generally fpeaking, to, form their preterite in in, and their fupine in ITLJM, according to the analogy above oblerved, p. 171. Thus we fayMOLO,m6iui,m61itum,m61ere: to grind. E'molo, ern61ii3,em61ituin, molere; to grind thoroughly - t tojpend, to conjume. i. But very often there is a fyncopein the fupine; as ALO aliii, alitum, and by Jyncope, ahum, lefs ujual y alere : to nourijh, to maintain, to cheri/h y and in like manner O'CCULO, occului, occukum, (for occulitum) occu- lere : to hide, to cover. COLO, coliii, cultum, colere : to till the earth, to in- habit, to honour, to refpett, to ivorfiip, to praflife or exercife. A'ccolo, accoliii, accultum, accolere : to live near, to be near. E'xcolo, iii, ultum, ere: to till or cultivate-, to garmjh, deck, or pcli/h ; to inftruR ; to perform cr frattife. rncolo,.5nc61ui, incukurn, incolere : to inhabit. Recolo, recoiiii, reculrum,recolere: to till or drefs again-, to bring into remembrance, to recolkff -, tofurbijh, re- frefa or adorn. CO'N- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 253 CO'NSULO, confului, confultum, confulere : to con- full, to confult with, to give counfel, to provide for or take care of, to confider or regard. 3. VOLO, vis, vultj the preterite, voliii : // follows the general rule in regard to the preterite, but has nojupine. Vdle; to be willing ; to defre, to wijh-, to wijh one well, to favour, to be willing toferve him ; to pray, to encourage ; to mean, to defign. Nolo, noliii, nolle: to be unwilling* not to will; not to favour cr be of one's fide, to -be againft one. Malo, maliii, malle: to have rather, to choofe preferably. 4. GELLO, an obfolete verb, made iii and ELSUM, whence come the following verbs. Antecello, antecelliii, without afupine, antecellere : to excel, tofurpafs, tofurmount. Exceilo, excelliii, excelfum, excellere : to excel, tofur- pajs. Whence cometh excelfus, a, um: high, elevated. Praecello, prascellui, prsecelfum, prsecellere : to excel, to furpafs, Jurmount, or be much better j to prefide over. Whence cometh prsecelfus, a, um : moft high. 5. Percello perculi, perculfum, percellere : to over- throw, overturn, or beat down - 3 to aftoni/h, amaze ; to affett deeply, to flrike to the heart. Recello, bath neither preterite norfupine : recellere,Liv. Appul. to thruft orpujh down j to bend or thruft back. ANNOTATION. CELLO, came from the Greek xix^u, mo- cella, a farm* RULE L. The fecond part of the verbs in LCX. 1 . Pello makes pepuli, pulfum ; 2. Velio, hath velli or vulfi, vulfum. 3. Sallo hath falli, falfum: 4. Fallo, fefelli, fujfum : but refello has only refelli. 5. Pfallo hath pfalli 'without afupme. 6. Tollo makes fuftuli, fublatum : attollo bath neither preterite nor fupine. EXAMPLES. The verbs in this fecond part of the rule form their preterite and fupine in a different manner. 1 . PELLO, pepuli, pulfum, pellere : to drive away. Appello, appuli, appulfum, appellere : to drive to, to bring to land, to the coaft or Jhore, to caft anchor, to go towards, to arrive, to apply, to devote onesjelf to, to appear before one, tofplit againft the rocks. Compello, compuli, compulfum, compellere : to drive or bring together j to compel, or conftrain. Expello, expuli, expulfum, expellere : to drive out, to thruft out, to banijh. Impello, impuli, impulfum, impellere : to thruft, drive, or pujh forward ; to pujh in j to conftrain one to do a thing ; to ftrike -, to hit againft. Perpello, puli, pulfum, lere : to force or conftrain one t* do a thing ; to perfuade, or prevail with. Propello, li fum, ere : to drive or put away j to pujh or thruft forward or back ; to repulfe or keep off. Repello, repuli, ulfum, ellere: to repel, to oppoje \ tt beat or thruft back j to turn away. 2. VELLO, velli, more ujual ; vulfi, vulfum, vel- lere : to pluck. Avello, OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. l$$ Avello, avelli, avulfum, avellere : to pull or drag away ; to party or keep ajunder. Divello, elli, ulfum, eilere: to take away by force i to loofe, binder, or undo ; to pull ajunder. Evello, evelli, Turn, ere: to pluck up or mt\ to pull off \ to root Gut. llevello, revellij andulfi, ulfum, eilere : to pluck or tear off; to extirpate. 3. SALLO, falli, falfum, fallere: to fait, to pickle. SA'LJO, falivi, falitum, falire: of the fourth conjugation. 4. FALLO, fefelli, 1 falfum, ere : to deceive, to be- guile, to cheat, to difappoint, to mijs, to be miftaken, to ejcape notice, to be ignorant of. Refello, refelli, without a fupine, refellere : to confute, to difprove. 5. PSALLO, pfalli, pfallere : tofing, or play vn an inftrument. 6. TOLLO takes fuftuli, fublatum, tollere : to take away, to lift up, to bring up, to educate, to have children, to kill or make away with, to abolifh, to dejlroy, to take along with. Attollo, hath neither preterite norfupine, attollere : to lift or raije up, to take up, to extol or Jet off, to cariy away, Extollo, extuli, elutum, extollere : to lift or hold up, to raije up, to praije. Suftollo, fuftuli, fublatum, ere : to lift up, to take away or make away with, to pick up, to educate or bring up. ANNOTATION. We find apfulferit apud. Ju. C. Ulpian in Pandedl. Florentin. which Scipio Gentilis hath attempted to maintain. And thence a doubt arifes whether pello had not heretofore pulfi. f^ul/tund vulferunt frequently occur in Lucan : re to free from, to keep from. Dirimo, diremi, diremtum dirimere : to break off, to Jeparate ; to interrupt bufinejs -> to delay - } to determine or make an end of. E'ximo, exemi, turn, ere : to take out, to take away, to fet afide ; to free, to deliver, to prejtrve ; to gain time ; to wafte, tojpend \ to acquit ; to exempt. Interimo, interemi, interemtum, interimere: to kill. Perimo, emi, emtum, imere : to kill, to dejlroy or de- face, to abolijb, tvjupprefs. Redimo, emi, emtum, imere : to redeem or ranfom ; to buy off; to recompenje or make amends for ; to take a farm upon a rent; to take a thing in bargain or by the great ; to take a leafe ; to become the party to whom the thing is delivered by judgment \ to undertake tofur- wjh vi&ims, ammunition, provifions, 6ff . ANNOTATION. I have removed the P from the termination of the preterite and fupine of all thefe verbs, by the authority of Terentius Scaurus in his orthography, of Victorious who was cotemporary with Donatus, as alfo of S. Jerome, of Lambinus, of Sandius and of Voflius, who tell us plainly that it is repugnant to the analogy of the language. And indeed the termination pji ought to be kept for the verbs in PO, juil as TT is changed into 4- among the Greeks. I am not ig- norant that Prifcian writes /umpji, csmpji, &c. and that the fame writing is remarked in moil of the antient manufcripts. But as Sandlius obferves it is a corruption which crept in when the purity of the language was ioft ; -a corruntioii fo raanifeft, that on a, VOL. I. S thoufand 158 N E W M E T H O D. Book IT. thoufand other ocrafions they inferred the /, faying dampnaiio for damnatio and the like. Hence alfo it comes that in French there are fevera! who write dompter, which is evidently an error, for not only the pronunciation of the language oppofes it,/this p not being founded ; but even, thofe who write demo, dempfi, do not fo much as pretend that it was evercuftomary to fay domoy dompfi, but only domo, domui, as it is in the 9th rule p. i 83. 4. PREMO, prefli, preflum, premere : to prefs -, to fqueeze, to ftrain ; to ftraighten ; to opprefs ; to trample upon \ to crujh ; to purfue -, to perjecute. Its compounds change E into I ihort in the prefent, and refume E in the preterite and fupine. Comprimo, comr3reffi, romprefTum, comprimere : to frefs together, to hold in or keep clofe; to force y tojbut, to trample upon, to hide ; to lay up y to keep j to heard up all forts of pro-viftons -, to appeqfe, to flop, ft ay, or rtprefs -, to ravijh or deftoiver. Deprimo, effi,,elTam, imere : to thruft, prefs, or weigh- down y to fink ; to make one jl oof ; 10 humlle, F/xprimo, effi, cffum, mere : to prefs, wring, or ft ram out, to extort -, to conftrain ; to copy out or imitate > to exprefs, to pour tray, to draw out, to declare and make apparent. Fmprimo, effi, effum, ere : to imprint, to ingrave, to Jet a mark. CVpprimo, effi, efTum, imere: to oppref?, toftif.e, to fall heavy upon, tc in/lave, to overpower, tofurprize or take ~ unprovided. Rcprimo, efli, efflim, imere: to keep within bounds ; to cor(tain^ to hinder or hold in ; to reftrain or reprefs - t to check ; to appeafe. RULE LII. Of the verbs in NO. 1. Cano makes cecini, cantum. 2. Its compounds have iii, ENTUM. 3. Pono hath pofiii, pofitum. 4. Gigno, geniii, genitum : 5. Teinno hath temfi, temtum ; tie preterite is Jl'ldom ujcd except in the j&mfound contfantop*] x E x A M- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 259 EXAMPLES. The verbs in NO form their preterite and fupine differently. j. CANO, cecini, cantum, canere : tofing, to pub- lift, to celebrate, to fmg in concert , to found, to writs lerfes, to praife one highly, tojound an alarm-, to report or proclaim aloud; to for et el, to prophejy; to play upon an injlrument ; to Jpeak to his own ad- vantage ', tojeek his private inter eft. 2. Its compounds change A into I {hort, and form in, ENTUM ; as Concino, conciniii, concentum, concinere : to agree or accord in one Jong -, tofing ; to found or play as injlru- ments do ; to agree or confent. I'ncino, inciniiij incentum, incinere : tofing', to play up- on injlrurnents. O'ccino, occiniii, and Jometimes occaniii, ocqentum, ere : to chirp, tofing inaujpicioujly as birds do. Prse'cino, prasciniii, praecentum, prascinere: tofing be- fore, to lead the chorus, to mumble a charm, toprophefy. Recino, reciniii, recentum, recinere : to found or ring again, to repeat. j. PONO, pofiii, pofitum, ponere: to put, to place, to fet ; to plant ; to reckon ; to put the cafe, tofup- pofe\ to propofe, or propound; to confider; to efteem\ to blame; to do good; to at tribute.;, to ghe-, to tnifl. Appono, apposiii, appofitum, apponere : to put erfet to; tQ join, to add; to lay upon or nigh to; to mix or put in ; tcfuborn or procure. Compono, iii, Ttum, onere : to put or. lay together; to Jet or place; to Jet in order ; to join cloje together ; to appeafe, compofe or fettle ; to compofe or write ; to ad- juft or take an order abcut ; to dijpoje or methodize ; to Jinijh or make an end of; to reconcile ; to regulate ; to put to bed ; to bury. Depono, iii, itum, ere: to lay or put down ; to put cf, to lay afidc ; to rejign, or give up ; to leave off; to depofit ; to flake down, to wager. Diipono, iii, iturn., ere: to dijpofe y to range > to put in order. Expono, xii, Ttum, e '.to put out y or fet on Jhore ; to fet S 2 forth-. a6o N E W M E T H O D. Book IV, forth ; to lay abroad in view ; to leave to the wide world; to expofe orjubjeft ; to teach or expound \ to Jhew, declare, or give an account of, to explain, to re- prejent. Impono, iii, Ttum, ere: .to put in t or upon \ to impoje upon, to deceive ; to impojs, to enjoin ; tojubjeft, to overpower ; to Jet over ; to Mark. Interpono, iii, itum, ere : to put in, or mix ; to put be- t-ween, interpcfe or meddls. Oppono, iii, itum, ere : to put before or againft, to op- poje, to offer againft as an argument, to pretend for an excuje or defence. Poftpono, : to Jet behind, to efteem lejs, to leave or lay ajids. Prsepono, iii, itum, ere : to put before ; to prefer, to Jet more by ; to give one the charge or command -, to make .cne ruler or chief. Propono, iii, itum, ere : to prcpoje, to Jet before one, to offer, to rejolve. Rtrpono, repcsiii, repofitum, reponere : to put or Jet again ; to rejerve, to keep cloje -, to reply, to retort ; to be even with ; to render like for like; to repair or Jet up. Sepono, feposiiij fepofituiTJ, feponere : to lay apart, tu rejerve. Tranipono, tracfpobiii, tranfpcfitum, tranfponere : to tranjpofe, cr remove from one place to another. 4. GIGNO, geniii, genitum, gignerc: to beget, to bring forth. Progigno, progeniii, progenitum, progignere : to en- gendtr, to beget. 5. TRMN'O, temfi, temtum, temnere : to defpife. Its preterite is ufed only in the compound verb. Contemno, contemfi, contemtum, contemnere : to un- dervalue, to dejpije, to make no account of. ANNOTATION. Heretofore the compounds did not change the vowel of th* fi tu- ple. For which reafcn they laid, occa.no, occanere cs-rnna, Tacit, 'i he preterite alfo followed the nature of the prefcnt ; hence they fnid, catut, concaiiu:, :cr--:icl:;cs occa?;uen:nt, Sal. apud Prifc. &c. They iaid alfo coafyli for conjliti ; pram fcxr/r^7 ; ap.- ia like man- ner the reft. P'.'--o, formerly made/o.-i':-.', Plaut. dqc^'hi, Catul. OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 261 Gigno, takes its preterite from the old verb, geno, ui, which we read in Cato, Varro, and others. Though tentiim is not ufed, yet we find the verbal noun ttmttr, in Seneca in Agam. RULE LIII. The fecond part of the verbs in NO. I . Sterno hath ftravi, ftratum ; 2. So fperno, hath fprevi, fpretum, 3. Cerno, crevi, cretum ; 4. Sino, takes fivi, fitum. 5. ftnotfevpui; as ao Ex AMP L E s. All the verbs comprized in this fecond rule in NO, form their fupine by changing VI into TUM, purfuant to the analogy abovementioned, p. 171. as 1. STERNO, ftravi, flratum, fternere : tojpread or cover, to firow ; to lay down ; to pro/Irate ; to throw or jlrike down, to lay fiat along; to pave ; to Jpread or cover the couches, or the table, to harnefs or accoutre a horfe. Confterno, conftravi, conftratum, conflernere: tofeeii't or cover all over > to pave or floor. Defte'rno, deftravi, dertriitum, defternere : to uncover. ProfternOj proftravi, proilratum, profternere : to over- throw or beat down j to lay flat, to -profirate. Subfterno, fubftravi, fubftratum, fubfternere : tojlrevj, or put under \ to Jubjett, to bring under. 2. SPERNO, fprevi, fpretum, fpernere : to defyije, to neglect, to rejetJ. Defperno, defprevi, defpretum, de fpernere : to fight, to dej-pije much. 3. CER.NO, crevi, cretum, cernere: to judge, to fee; to difeern j to determine ; to fift ; tojeparate, to di- Jtinguijh j to difpute about an affair > to engage with, to fight ; to enter upon an eftate. From thence comes crerio, the atl whereby apsrfon declares himfelf btir to the deceajed within a limited time ; the clauje of the tejlator. See the following annotation. Dercerno, decrevi, decr.etum, decernere : to appoint, to order, to decree, to judge; to givejentence, to conclude ', to decide, to fight or combat, to determine a difpute by the fword, to dejign or purpefe, to charge each other with crimes. 83 D..- 561 N E W M E T H O D. Book IV, Difcerno, difcrevi, difcrctum, difcernere : to difcem, to diftinguijhy tofeparate-, to judge or determine. Secerno, fccrcvi, fecretum, fecernere: to put afunder, tojeparate one from another , to diftinguijh. 4. SINO, fivi, fitum, sinere : tofuffer, tc permit. ; desivi, or defii, defitum, desincre : to leave or y to omit for a time \ to give quite over -, to ter- minate or end. 5. LINO, lini, livi, or kvi, litum, linere : to anoint \ to daub or paint -, to bejmear. ^ A'llino, allini, allivi, allevi, allitum, allinere : to anoint^ to rubjcftly. Delino, deiini, delivi, delevi, delitum, delmere: to blot, to deface. rilino, illini, ivi, evi, iturrij ere : to anoint $ to daub; to lay over or colour. O'blino : thejame. Relino, rclini, relivi, relevi, relitum, relinere : to open that which is flopped, to Jet abroach, to tap. ANNOTATION. CON-STERNO is both of the firft and third conjugation ; of the firft when it implies any great trouble and difquietude of mind: Confternata multitudo, Liv. feized with dread and fear : of the third when it relates to corporeal things : Humi conjirata corpora. CERNO has feWom a preterite but when it fignifies to dettrmine or to declare bimfelf heir. For when it fignifies fimply to fee, it hardly ever has any preterite, as Voffius after Verepeus obferveth. We muft own that there is the authority of Titinnius for it in Prif- cian ; but in regard to the other which he biings from Plautus, in Giftel. Et mibi amicam cffe mw, we had better abide by Varro's explication of it, conftitui : for in the very fame comedy, there is alfo the following paffage, Satin* iibi tftud in corde cretum eft ? as Joftph Scaliger reads it. True it is that the others read certum, but Voffius attributes this to a comment. The verbal noun cretiais generally ufed by the civilians. Libera eretio, when the heir has no charge upon his eftate; (implex cretio, the right of accepting of the fucceffion, which right not being common to all heirs was an advantage. This fhews.that we ought notabfolutely to reject the fupine of the fimplein this fignincation, though it be certainly lefs ufual than that of the compounds. Now cerno, according to SanAius and Jofeph Scaliger, comes from " xgW, judico, for which reafon it is applied to every thing where judgment, and difcernment or diftinclion and choice are requifue. Hence it is not only taken for tofift, and to range four, but likewife for to inherit, andtojhare the ejiaie, and alfo to fight - t becaufe here- tofore OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 26} tflfore difputes about inheritances were decided by the fword, a* Stobeus, md even as Ennius in Cicero obferveth, /Y'Ttf, nan aura, -vitam cernamus ulrique* From thence alfo comes.rr/wf*, that is, id de quo ccraitur but judi- futur; as likewife trine;, the hairs of one's head, guiadifiernuntur, fays Sandius. Si NO, makes fometimesy/V, retaining the confonant of the pre- fent, according to what we have laid concerning it in the annota- tion of the preceding rule. Li NO makes litum in the fupine. Et partlus liia corpora guttis, Virg. But its preterite varies: we find levi in Colum. Irni in Quint. Mariti tut cruore pnrietem linifti, in Dcclam. linti, in Varr. Cum cbli merit *va/a. Yet the moft ufual now is levi, from whence they derive relevi, in Terence* Relevi dolia cmnia, Heaut. act. 3. fc. i. I have broached all my wine. But there is a greater pro- bability of its coming from rileo, evi, of the lame original as deleo, evi, whole fimple we read Itill in Horace. Grtccci quod ego ipje teftd Ccndititm levi that ?s, Jt^'iavi : whence *alfo comes letum, ci^ath, according to Prifcian, quia Jelet omnia. And this feems Ib much the more pro- bable, as the fignification of this verb hath a greater relation to the paffage cf Terence, than that of lino : and as according to Dio- medes himfelf, de.leor hath delitus and Met us So that according to him, Varro faid, delit to beat cut, to grind -, to tbrejb ; to rub cut. I'ntero, intrivi, intritum, interere: to crumb, or grate bread or the like into a thing. O'btero, obtrivi, obtritum, obterere : to crujh, to bruife t to trample upon, to overrun, to deftroy. Protero, protrivi, protritum, protercre ; to tr ample > to crujh to -pieces. ANNOTATION. T'ero heretofore made terui (juft as J'ero fer'ui in the next rule) hence according to Prifcian we fljould read priufquam teruerunt in Plautus, Pfeud. aft. 3. fc. 2. as we find it in the eld, editions ; as well as in thofe of Tibullus and Tacitus, fupported by excellent manufcripts, where this preterite is to be found. Lipiius alfo ob- ferves that the Tacitus of the Vatican library hath Max atteritis opibus t lib. i. hift. But this is now become obfolete. 2. QUJERO, qussivl, quaesitum, quas'rere: tojeek, to acquire cr get, to purcbaje , to ajk, to inquire ; to make wquifiiion, to rack ; to difpute ; to go about t to affay cr endeavour. Its compounds change M into I long ; as Acquire, sivi, situm, ere : to acquire, to get, to +>ur- cbaje, to obtain ; to add. Anquiro, sivi, itum, ere : to enquire or make diligent Jtarch ; to acquire or join to ; to make inquifition ; to Jit upon examination and trial of offenders. Conqujro, conquisivi, itum ere : to Jearch for diligent- ly ; to get together. Difquiro, sivi, situm, difquirere : to Jearch diligently, or en every jlde. Exquiro, sivi, itum, ere : to inquire diligently , to exa- mine or Jearch out j to prey for, or ajk. Inquire, inquisivi, inquisitum, inquirere : to inquire, to ajk, to examine or Jearch j to take an information in order to a proj'ecuticn at law. Perquiro, sivi, itum, ere : to make diligent or narrow Jearch into ; to eft or demand. Re- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 267 Require, requisivi, requisitum, requirere : tojeek again, to look for -, to inquire j .to aft ; to Jeek in vain j to jtand in rxed of. 3. FERO, tuli, latum, fcrre: to carry; to bear$ tojuffer, to bring ; to get ; io have ; to propoje ; to bring in a bill in ordtr to be made a law ; to Jet it down as laid out or received ; to give his vote ; to have another perjons vote ; to judge; to make a law, to -proffer or give, to carry off the booty, to plunder. A'fFerOj or adfero, attuli, allatum, afferre : to bring ; to report, or bring word ; to alledge, to plead, or bring for excufe. Aufero, abftuli, ablatum, auferre : to take away, to carry away ; to take ; to get, to obtain ; to hinder or deprive ; to carry off, to plunder or rob. Diftero. diftuli,dilatum, dif^'rre; to flatter abroad > to carry up and down j to tear in pieces ; to tranfport ; to put off or delay ; to differ, to be unlike ; to vary or not agree; to diftraft, or teaje. E'ffero, extuli, elatuin, efferre : to carry forth or out ; to tranjport ; to carry off; to divulge ; to bring forth ; to carry forth to burial ; to convey ; to praife, magnify , or Jet off; to honour ; to carry himjelf beyond bounds } to be vain glorious ; to utter or pronounce. O'ffero, obtuli, obiatum, ofFerre : to bring to or before^ to offer, to prcjent, to expoje to. Suffero, lutluli, fublatum, lufFerre : to carry away, to take away, to demolijh. But when it fignifieth, to bearvrjuffer, it has neither preterite nor fupinej becaufe as it borrows thefe only from tollo or rather from jujtollo, they conftarttly pre- ferve their firft fignification. The other compounds of this verb make no change in the prepofidon of which they are compounded, ex- cept it be in the fupine, as Confero, contuli, coll'atum, conferre : to bring or put together ; to give, to contribute ; to confer, difcourje, or talk together ; to join ; to put ; to apply ; to can- pare ; to defer or put off; to advantage or avail ; to impute, attribute, or caft upon ; to lay out, to employ, or give his time and care to a thing ; tofght, to engage in battle ; to go, to betake himjclj to. De- 268 NEW M E T H O D. Book IV. Defero, tvili, Htum, ferre : to carry or bring, tc bring or carry word ; to offer, to frejent ; to implead one, or complain of him ; to refer tc another's decijicn. I'nfero, intuli, illatum, ferre : to bring in or into ; to bu- ry ; to lay to, to apply ; to bring upon, to be the cauje> to Jet a foot in, to come in ; to -mage ivar againft ; to attack, to uje violence ; to introduce a difcourje -, to conclude from premifes, to infer, to compute an expert ce ; to Jet it to his account. Perfero, tiili, latum, ferre : to carry, bear, or convey through, or unto the defigned perfon or place ; to bear patiently, to endure ; to obtain what one a/ks. Poftfero, tiili, latum, ferre: to put after or behind; to fet lejs by, to efteem lejs ; to place cr Jet behind, to antedate. Pras'fero, tuli, latum, ferre : to bear cr cany before ; to prefer, to efteem more ; to chcofe rather ; to make a Jhew of, to pretend ; to anticipate, to be before hand in c.n undertaking, to antedate. Profero, tiili, iatum, ferre : to fet forward, to thruft, or hold i'iit ; to produce cr bring in ; to foeiv or tnanifeft ; to till, publijb, cr mtike knows j to defer, or prclcr.g ; to allsdge ; to advance ; to utter sr pronounce ; to put a later date ; to enlarge or extend. Refero, titlij latum, ferre : to bring cr carry back ; to ajk one's opinion, to refer to one's confederation, to move as in council, fenate, &c. to report, cr relate; to prcpofe or move ; to give an account of; to reckon ; to fet to bis account ; to transfer to another, to impute ; to requite cr be even with ; to be like, to rejemble ; to recall ; to araiv back ; to attribute. 4. GERO, geffi, gcitum, gerere : to bear, or carry ; to wear ; to have or fliew ; to manage ; conduct, car- ry on, to do, execute or atchieve ; to aft for another , to reprejent him. A'ggero, aggcffi, aggeftum, aggerere : to hecp, to lay en heaps ; to exaggerate. Congero., congeffi, congeftum, congerere : to heap or pile up ; to amafi ; to build nejis. Digerc, digefTi, digeftum, digerere : to divide or di- Jtribute ; to dijpoje or Jet in order ; to digcjl or concocJ ; to OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 269 to diJTolve, difcujs, or di/ipate ; to loofen, enfeeble, or wafte ; to accomplish) or execute ; to obey punctually. E'gero, egeffi, egettum, egerere : to empty, to carry out. 1'ngero, effi, eilurn, erere : to threw, pour, caft in t or upon ; to heap upon ; to meddle with an affair, Reg^ro, rcgeffi, rtgeft'.i n, regerere : to caft up again-, to fling back; to retcrt ; to Jet down, or put in writing that which one hath read, or heard. Suggero, fuggefTi, fuggeftutn, fuggerere : to allow or afford i tojuggeft, to put in mind. 5. CURRO, cucurri, curfurrvciirrere: to run. Its compounds lofe the reduplication, five excepted. Acciirro, accurri, and accueurri, accurfum, accurrere : to run to. Circumcurro, curri, fum, ere : to run about. Concurro, concucurrifeldom ufed; and concurri, urfum, urrere : to run with others^ to run together-, to gather, or flow together ; to run againft cne another, to fall foul on one another as Jhips do ; to grapple or ftrivc with, to ccme to blows \ to gi^e the Jbock or charge ; to concur, to meet or join together. Decurro, decucurri and dccurri, decurfum, decurrcrc : to run down or along; to run hajlily ; to run a -tilt; to run over or go through with ; tc pajs ever. Difcurro, difcurri, difcurfum, difcui rere : to run hither and thither. Excurro, excucurri ^Wexcurri, excurfum, excurrere : to make a little journey or excursion ; to rujh hajlily ; to Jhoot out in length or breadth ; to run out into other matters ; to exceed ; to f ally out ; to make an inroad. Iricurro, ri, fum, ere : to run in y upon, or againft ; to in- cur ; to make an incurjion ; to light on ; to fall into. Occiirro, occurri, occurium, occurrere : to run to ; to come together; to haft en to; to meet ; to appear before; to prevent, to anticipate ; to occur, or come readily into one's mind ; to anfwer by way of prevention ; to meet with an objection forefeen. PercurrOjperciirri, andjometimcs- percucurri, percui fum, percurrere: to run in great kafte ; to run withjpecd over, or through ; to make its ivcy over, or through. Praicurro, pr^cucurri, prsecurfum, prxcurrere : to run N E W M E T H O D. Book IV. before ; to out run ; to fore run or happen before j to anfwer a forefeen objection ; to excel. Procurro, procucurri ^fl^procurri, procurfum, procur- rere : to run forth or abroad; to run or lie out in length. Recurro, recurri, recurfum, recurrere : to run back, or make Jpeed again. Succu rro, ri, fum,-ere : to help, to relieve '. to come into one's mind or remembrance. ANNOTATION. Here we fee what compounds of curro preferve or drop the re- duplication, purfuant to what hath been obferved in the 2d rule, p. 175. We meet alfo with accucurri in Cic. Bed t amen oplnor f rafter prtedesfuos accucurnjje, ad Attic. But it is likewiieobierva- ble that even curro itfelf fometimes lofeth its reduplication. Pedibus Jletijii, currijii nummis, Tertull. lib. de fuga. Which happened! alfo to fome of the reft that are reduplicated. 6. VERRO, verri, verfum, verrere : to brufo, to Jcour ; to draw along^ to rake. 7. URO, uffi, uftum, ere : to burn, to light tip ; ts gaily to vex. Aduro, aduffi, aduftum, adurcre : to burn, to Jcorch ; to chafe or gall. Comburo, uffi, uftum, ere : to burn or confume with fre ; tofccrch, or dry up. . Exuro, uffi, uftunl, urere : to burn out. Inuro, inuffi, inuftum, inurere : to mark with an hot iron ; to write-, to enamel, to put, or print in; to brand cr fix upon, to fit off or adorn. 8. EURO. This verb wants the firft perfon : we ; fay only FURIS, furitj furere : to be mad, without preterite of lupine. ANNOTATION. VERRO according to Servius makes uod ' fanum de.iique, quod non everfum atque exterfum reliqiteris, in Ver. And in Cato, toK'verfa 'villa : as allb Seneca in his Dial, according to Diomedes, *verfa templa. Hence in this paflage of Virgil, Et 'versa puliiis infcribitur hajld. We ought, according to this author, to take versa rather for drr^-jn cr dragged along, than for turned or inverted. But verro feems heretofore to have had alib verritum, whence Apul. took con-jer- ritortm, in Apol. Varro, OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 771 Varro, in Prifc. infifts upon our faying, furo,furis,furit. Ser- vius makes it have alfofurui ; and in Seduliqs we read, furutrunt jk~a tyranni. In feme other writers of more modern date we meet likewife mthfurui/e ; bat none of this is to be imitated. RULE LVI. . Of ftro and its compounds. 1. Sero, Jigntfying to plant, makes fevJ, fatum. 2. Its -compounds take fevi, iiturn. 3. But in any other Jignijtcation they make UI, ERTUM. EXAMPLES. 1. SERO, fevi, fatum, ferere : tofow, to plant. 2. Thofe compounds which retain the fame fignifi- cation as the fimple, retain alfo its preterite, and change A into 1 fhort in the lupine, making SEVI, SITUM. A'fTero, aflevi, affitum, ere : to plant, fow, or Jet by } or near to. Confero, confevi, siuim, erere: tofoWjfet, or plant j to join, or put together. Diflfero, difievi, difiltum, crere : to few or plant bere and there. I'nfero, infevi, infitum, inierere : tojvjs in, or among; to implant, to ingrajf- y to imprint, to in grave. Interfere, interfevi, interfittfm, interferere : tofoiu,fet t or plant between. O'bfero, obfevi, obfitum, ere : to plant, orjbw round about. 3. Thofe which have a different fignification from the fimple, make iir and ERTUM ; as A'flero, afieriii, afiertum, aflerere : to avouch or ajjert \ tc claim^ challenge, orufurp to pronounce free by taw-, to free or rejcue : whence comet h aflertor, a deliverer-, and affertio, acclaim of one's liberty^ or a trial at law for it. Confero, eriii, ertum, erere : to join, put ', or lay together \ to interlace, to interweave ; to fight hand to hand, to come to handy ftrokes, to pretend to fight in order tq keep pojjcjjion of his eftate or property, of which the plaintiff having been dif appointed, ht petitioned the pra- ter to put him again in pojfcficn of it. And this was called .alfo interdiftum de vi (fubaud. illata.) The prater's fcntcnce, De- 272 N E W M E T H O D. Edok IV. Defero, deferiii, defertum, defei^rc : to forjake. Diflero, oifferiii, diflertum, differcre : to difcourfe or reafon, to declare. E'xero, exeriii, exertum, exerere : to tbruft out or put forth ; to dif cover > to Jhe-w. I'nfero, iii, ertum, ere : to put or thru.fi in\ to infer t t to intermix. ' Interfere), interferui, interfertum, interferere : to put between, to intermingle. ANNOTATION. It is very probable, fays Voffius, that heretofore there were twd or threey^ro'j ; one derived from iifu, nefio, ordino ; and the other from Ifi, dico ; the third taken from the future yn-^u, by drop- ping the <7f, and making h/ero, to fow. Hence in the firft figni- lication, which almofl includes the fecond, it made ferui , jertum ; whence alfo cometh ferta, garlands of flowers, chaplets ; /eries, an order or concatenation : and in the third ic had fe t was taken heretofore alfo for neflo, as Voffius in his Etym. obferveth. Thus one might fay, thatym? had always the fame original ; fince dijfirere, to diicourfe, for inftance, fignifies nothing more than to form a feries and as it were a conca- tenation of words. RULE LVII. Of the verbs in SO. 1. Verbs in SO make IVI, ITUM. 2 . But incefTo hath only inceffi . 3. Pinfo hath SI, SUI, ITUM, as alfo pinfum and piitum : 4. Vifo hath vifi, but never afupine. 5. And depfo hath only depfiii. EXAMPLES. i. Verbs in SO make IVI, and ITUM; but their preterite frequently admits of a fyncope. ARCE'SSO, arcefsivi or arceffii, efsitum, arceffere: to go to call, to call-, to fend for j tofetcb y or trace; to procure ; to accuj'e, to impeach. LaceiTo, lacefsi vi, laceffii or laccffi, lacefsuum, latfcflere : to OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 273 to put, or drive forward; to importune, to difturb, to provoke, to teafe. Faceffo, facefsivi, facefli!0r facefli, facefsitum > facefTere : to do, to go about to do -, to get one gone, to go away, to Jend -packing ; to leave ; to give trouble. Capefib, capefsivi, capei"fii or capeffi, situm, capeflere : to take y to go about to take, to take in hand, to take the charge or government of, to undertake the management of ft ate affairs. This fyncopated preterite is the only one left in the following. 2. INCE'SSO, inceffi, without afupine, incelTere : to go or come, to approach or be at hand', to a/fault, to attack or Jet upon ; to provoke, to affront, to an- ger or vex\ to Jeize the mind, and pojfefs it with Jome particular movement. 3. P1NSO, pinfi, and pinfui, pinfitum, pinfum and piftum : to bruife or pound , to knead. The an- tients faid alfo pijo. 4. VISO, vifi, viiere : to go to fee, to come tdfee j to vijit. Invifo, invifi, invifum, invifere : to go to fee, to vifit. Revifo, revifi, revifum, revifere: to return or come again to fee. 5. IJEP^O, depfui, (heretofore depfi, Varr.} sere : to knead or mould, to work dc ugh till it be f oft-, to tan, or curry leather ; tofeeth or boil : Non. Condepfo, condepfui, condepfere : to knead together, to mingle. Perdepfo, perdepfui, perdepfere, Catul. to knead, to wet or foften thoroughly. ANNOTATION. dccerfo is frequently uled inftead of arcc/o ; Vofllus fays it 'is a corrupt word, though eftablifhcd now by u(e, initead of which we ought to fay aretjjo. And thus Prifcia;, writes it, let P. Monet fay what he will in his Del. Lot. The reafon is becaufe arcc/o cometh from arcio, taken from aJznd cio; juft as lactjjo from lacio ; face/fa fiomfado ; and capeffo from caplo. See the orthographical lift at the end .of the treatife of letters. Thefe four verbs info were heretofore of the fourth conjugation, for which reafon we mer t with arcefsin in Livy, lacejfiri in Coluni. and the like. And perhaps it is owing to this that their lupine in iium has the penultimate lone. VOL. I. T fifi 274 NEW METHOD. Book IV. Vifo makes only i>i/t without a fupine; but to invert, to change. Obverto, obvcrti, obverfum, obvertere : to turn towards or again/I. Perverto, pervert!, perverfum, pervertere : to turn up- fide down ; to pervert, to bring over to a party or opi- nion ; to ruin, tojpoil or corrupt ; to batter or throw down. Praeverto, praeverti, fum, ere : to get before or overrun ; to be before hand with ; to prepoffefs or preoccupy j to prevent j to prefer or Jet before. Reverto, unujual in the prejent, revert!, reverfum, Gic. to turn back as it were againjl his will, whether he is called back upon the road, or forced and driven back. On the contrary redire fignifies to come back or return merely of one's Jelf. Subverto, fubverti, fubverfum, fubvertere : to turn up- fide down ; to undo, tofubvert. 2. STERTOjftertui, ftertere, tofnore, tojleep. Defterto, deftertu!, deftertere : to awake. 3. SISTO, a verb neuter : to be, to Jtand jtill, bor- rows its preterite tffto,fteti. Its compounds alfo follow thofe of^. Afsifto, OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 279 Afsifto, aftiti, afsiftere: to be near; to flandup; toftand ft ill-, toaffift. Absifto, abftiti, absiftere : to depart from any place or thing i to ceafe. Consifto, iti, itum, ere: to ft and upright ; to be fettled; to abide in one place ; to make an halt ; to be at a flay ; to conjift or depend upon. Desifto, deftiti, deftitum, ere: to defift, to ceafe, to flop. Exlfto, extiti, extitum, exiftere : to rife,fpring, or com* off; to appear, to befeen \ to be ; to exift. Insifto, inftiti, itum, ere: toftand upon ; to urge, to injift upon or be inftant in; toftx upon -, to reft or lean upon-, to proceed and hold on. Obsifto, iti, itum, ere: toftand or poft one' sf elf in the way ; to flop ; to rejift, to contradict. Persifto, perftiti, perftitum, persiftcre: to perjift, to con- tinue to the end, to perfevere. Resifto, reftiti, reftitum, resiftere : to ft and up; to ft and ft ill, to halt j to ft op ; to withftand, to reftft, to held againft one. "Subsifto, fubftiti, fubftirum, fubsiftere : to ftand ftill -, to ft ay ; toftop; to reftft. 4. SISTO, a verb atJive makes ftiti, datum, siftere: to place, to Jet up 3 to have one forth coming ; to appear to his recognizance. ANNOTATION. From VERTO come divttno and dl'vertcr which have only one and the fame preterite, namely diverti ; as perverto and -per-vertcr have only perverti . But revcrto is not uiual, though revertor bor- rows from thence the preterite re-verti, which Cicero makes ufe of, and of the other tenfes depending thereon. Si llle ncn rs-vertijjet, &c. Offic. 3. If he had not returned. Reverti Formias, ad At'.ic. Legati Ameriam reverteruni, pro Role. Amer. And all the antients expreis themfelves in the lame icanner. Though later authors chuie rather to make ufe of reverjus fi fays Voffias, is taken there for frilaj/i*, ordered, fixed. From the fupine ftatum proceeds alfo Jtator, he who ftoppeth ; Jupiter ftator, who at the prayer of Romulus, flopped the Romans, that were ignominioufly fleeing from before the Sabines. But the fu- pines of the compounds of Jt/?o are perhaps unufual, though we meet with fome participles formed from thence, as exjliturui in Ulpian. RULE LX. Of the verbs in VO. t . From vivo, comes vixi, vi&um ; 2. From folvo, folvi, folutum ; 3. Volvo makes volvi, volutum j 4. Calvo hath calvi, without ajupine. EXAMPLES. The verbs in VO form their preterite and fupine varioufly. 1. VIVO, vixi, viftum, vivere : to live-, to live merrily, and pleajantly. Convivo, convixi, convidum, convivere : to live toge- ther ; to eat and drink together. Revivo; revixi, revixum, revivere : to recover life 3 to revive again. 2. SOLVQ, folvi, folucum, folvere : to looje, cr un- lcofe y to unty\ to releafe, to dif charge, to Jet at liber- ty i to 'pay either in per/en or by deputy., either for one's Jdf or for another ; to cpen ; to weigh anchor ', to put tojea-, to refolve, explain, or anfwer i to difpenje 'with the laws. Abfolvo, abfolvi, abfolutum, abfolvere : to abjofae ; to juftify -, tofinijhy to complete, to put the loft hand to ; to pay y to Jatisfy a perfon's demand. Difsolvo, dilsolvi, diiTolutum, diisolvere : to locfe and diffolve y to unbind^ to dijengage - t to difannul , to pay debts j to break or melt. Perfolvo, perfolvi, pcrfolutum, perfolvere i to pay tho* roughly ', tofatisfy y to make good bis.promife, tojinijh) to accomplish. Refoivo, refolvi, refolurum, refolvere: to unloofe, to untie , to open, or undo - } to reduce, to rejolve ; toje- parate-, OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 281 par ate ; to pay back-, to dljjbhe or melt; to make void ; to difcever ; to abolijh. 3. VOLVO, volvi, volutum, volvere: to roll j to hurl j to tojs j to confider, or weigh, to ruminate. Advolvo, advolvi, advolutum, advolvere : to roll to y or before. Convolve, convolvi, convolutum, convolvere: to wrap or wind about ; to tumble or roll together , to envelop , to encompajs. Devolvo, vi, turn, ere: to tumble or roll down-, to wind off; to pour out haftily j to reduce. Evolve, evolvi, evolutum, evolvere : to roll away, or over-, to pull out -, to unfold, to expound; to turn over a book. Involve, involvi, involutum, involvere : to wrap or fold in ; to cover or hide ; to tumble or roll upon j to entangle, to invelop. Obvolvo, obvolvi, obvoJutum, obvolvere : to muffle \ to difguife, to conceal. Provolvo, provolvi, utum, ere : to roll or tumble before one's/elf. Revolvo, revolvi, revolutum, revolvere: to roll or tum- ble over, to turn over > to go over again -, {o peruje again j to revolve, to refletJ upon, to tell, to reveal. 4. CALVO, calvi, caJvere: to cheat, to deceive. ANNOTATION. Calve makes caliii, without a fupine according to Prifcian, But calvor is preferable. Sopor manus cal and texo. 1. NEXO, nexis, nexui, nexum, nexere : or. Nexo, as, the frequentative of necbo : to tie, to link) to faften together to connett. 2. TEXO, texiii, textum, texere : to weave -, to knit j to wake, to build - t to write cr compcfe. Attexo, 2 82 N E W M E T H O D. Book IV. Attexo, attexiii, attextum, attexcre : to knit or weave unto, or with; to add, or join unto. Contexo, contexiii, contextual, ere : to weave or join to ; to tie together; to join or twift together ; to forge or devife. Detexo, detexiii, detextum, detexere : Cic. Virg. to weave or plait ; to work it off. Imexo, intexiii, intextum, imexere : to 'weave, knit, or imbr aider, to wind or wrap in ; to interlace, or mingle. Praetexo, prsetexiii, praetextnm, praetexere : to border, edge, or fringe ; to colour, to cloke, or excuje ; to cover, to encompafs, to hide ; to Jet in order, or compofe. RetexOj xiii, xtum, xere : to unweave or untwift ; to do or begin a thing over again-, to bring to mind again ; to break off an affair, to do and undo. THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. RULE LXII. General for the verbs of the fourth conjugation. *The fourth conjugation makes the preterite in IVI, and the fupine in ITUM, as Audivi, auditum. EXAMPLES. The verbs of the fourth conjugation form the pre- terite in IVI, and the fupine in ITUM. As AUDIO, audivi, audnum, andire: to hear, to hearken ; to mind, to attend; to hear fay ; to agree to, to give credit to, to be one's auditor ,or fcholar. It is often rendered by the paffive verb j to be fpoksn of, to be praifed or cenfured. Exaudio, exaudivi, exaudirnm, ire : to hear fsrfeffly ; to hear ; to regard -, to grant what is ajked. Inaudio, inaudivi, inaudicum, inaudire : to hear by re- port, to overhear. LJ'NIO, linivi, linitum, limre : to anoint or befmear -, to rubfoftly ; to chafe gently. Illinio, iliimvi, iliinitum, lilinere : the fame. Subllnio, ivi, icum, ire : to anoint or lefmear a little, to greafe \ to lay a ground colour. And metaphorically, OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 283 to deceive and meek anty taken from a kind of play in which they daubed the faces of thofe who were afleep with foot. MU'NIO, ivi, itum, ire : to fortify, to ftrengthen or fecure ; to provide with necejfaries j to make good and ftrongy to repair and pave an high way or pajfage , to make or prepare a pafage. Prcemunio, ivi, itum, ire : to fortify a place beforehand - make Jure cf y to Jecure. FI'NIO, ivi, itum, ire : tofnijh or end; to define ; to determine, appoint, prefcribe, affign or limit. Prasfinio, ivi, itum, ire : to determine, fet, or pitch upon beforehand , to prefcribe or limit. SCIO, fcivi, fcitum, fcire : to know, to under/land, to comprehend; to bejkilful in ; to fee, to be certain of ; to give his vote and opinion ; to ordain, decree, or appoint. Confcio, confcivi, confcitum, confcire : to know> to be privy to. Nefcio, nefcivi, nefciturn, nefcire : not to know, to bs ignorant. Refcio, refcivi, refcirum, refcire: to hear andunderftand of a matter, to come to the knowledge of. CO'NDIO, condivi, conditum, condire : to feafon; to pickle, to preferve ; to embalm ; tofweeten, to relijh. SE'RVIO, ivi, itum, ire : to be ajlave, toferve, to do fervice, to obey, to be fubfervient to, to attend upon; to .apply himfelfto ; to be held in bafe tenure not as freehold. Defervio, defervivi, defervitum, defcrvire : toferve, to do fervice to -, to wait upon. EO, ivi, itum, ire : to go, to walk, to come towards one, to come back ; to put to the vote, to give one's vote, to fubfcribe to one's opinion, to be of a contrary opinion ; to pafs by one without fpeaking ; to pay double, to go dou- ble i to takefuch a turn or change. Itformsthe future in IBO, as well as its compounds. A'beo, abivi, abitum, abire: to depart, to go away ; to go or come , to retire j to ceafe to be, to be loft, to dif ap- pear, to vanijh , to Jinifo his office ; to remove to feme diftance ; to be changed into , to go off, or efcape. A'deo, adivi, aditum, adire : to go to, to come to, to go to fad j to addrefs ; to vifit - t to appear in court; to N E W M E T H O D. Book IV. go upon or undertake, to apply ; to Jucceed to and take pojjeffion of an eft ate. A'mbio, ambivi, ambitum, ambire : to go about, to en- compafs ; tojeek for preferment, to Jland for, or make an inter eft for any thing, or place. Coeo, ivi, itum, ire : to come together, to ajjemble, to meet, to convene-, tojwarm together j to clofe or Jhut it- f elf up clofe again ; te Jhrink, to wax thick, to curdle; to couple together in generation ; to join battle ; to join- one's Jelf as in alliances, confederacies, confpiracies, plots, &c. E'xeo, ivi, itum, ire: to go out, or come out; to begone; to quit hispoft; to be difcovered, to be divulged; to put forth or publt/h ; to exceed; to be out ofhimfelf, or transport- ed beyond meajure ; to fall or run as rivers do, to end. I'neo, ivi, itum, ire : to go or enter into ; to enter upon an employment , or office, to commence; to confult, to deliberate, to confider, to think of 'ways and means ; to concert, to form a defign or plan ; to gain or obtain favour ; to enter into Jociety. Hence cometh iniens, entering in, beginning; as iniens menfis, iniens annus. O'beo, ivi, itum, ire : to go up and down, or to and fro -, to go round, to encompafs ; to go through, or all over ; to go to, to come by ; to look over or view ; to under- take the difcharge or performance ; to go through with, to discharge ; to be prefent in order to perform a thing ; to die ; to finift) ; to inherit, to take pojjejfivn cf an inheritance. Pereo, ivi, i turn, ire : to peri ft), to be loft andjpoilt, to die. Pras'eo, ivi, Itum, ire : to go before, to lead the way ; ta precede ; to excel ; to fpeak t or read before ; to pre- Jcribe the form of words at public ceremonies. Prastereo, ivi, Ttum, ire : to go or pafs by, or over ; to go beyond ; to negleft j to let pajs, to pafs over, to make no mention of, to leave out. Prodeo, ivi, itum, ire : to go or come forth, to go out cf doors, to come abroad; to go before, to appear in public, to march forth, to appear extravagant in his cxpence. Redeo, ivi, Ttum, ire: to return, to begin again, to grew crfpring up again. Subecx ivi, num, ire : to- go Under, or into ; to fpring or OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 285 or grow up ; to come in place of, tojucceed ; to under- go j to endure^ to undertake ; to mount or climb ; to aft a part. Tranfeo, ivi, itum, ire : to pafs over or beyond > to pafs over to the other fide \ to put to the -vote j to give bis vote ; to go over to the party whofe opinion we em- brace j to pierce, or run through one. RULE LXIII. Of thofe verbs that have no fupine. Geftio, ineptio, /zWcaecutio, make 1VI without a fupine. EXAMPLES. The following verbs conform to the general rule in regard to the preterite; but they have no fupine. GE'STIO, geftivi, geftire : to Jhew joy or defire by gefture of body, to leap or Jkip for joy ; to long $ to delight in a thing. INE'PTIv),ineptivi,ire: to trifle, to talk, oraft foolijhly. C.'ECU'TIO, cjEcutivi, ire : to be blind. ANNOTATION. Qbedio, which fome grammarians have doubted of, makes cbe- efi-vi, obedttum. Utrinque obcditum diflatori eft, Liv. Ramo ole*e quam maxitnc obedituro, Plin. Piinio makes punivi and puriltus fum. Cujus tu inimicijjimum multo crudelius punitus es, Cic. See the remarks after the fyntax. RULE LXIV. Of Jtngitltio, fepjio, 3. VE'NIO, veni, vcntum, ire : to come, to arrive-, to go. Advenio, adveni, adventum, advenire : to arrive *> to come to. Circumvenio, circumveni, circumventum, cireumve- nire : to come about or befiege ; tojurround or encom- pafs ; to deceive, to over-reach, to circumvent. Convenio, veni, ventum, ire : to come together, to con- vene or meet ; to come or go to a place ; to agree or ac- cord together, to be of the Jame opinion ; to Juit, to jit\ to befit, to befeem\ not to be contrary or re- pugnant ; to meet with, to come and talk with one ; to fue om in law, and to convene him before a judge ; to come into the bujband's power by mutual agreement. Devenio, deveni, deventum, devenire : to come or go dSvon tc, to go, to come ; to happen. Evenio, eveni, eventum, evenire : to chance, to happen. Invenio, inveni, inventum, invenire: to find; to invent, to devife j to get, to obtain -, to dijcover. Pervenio, perveni, perventum, pervenire : to come to, to arrive at. Prasvenio, prasveni, pr^ventum, prasvenire : to come before-, to prevent. Provenio, proveni, proventum, provenire : to come forth, to increafe j to proceed, to come into the world ; to grow, to happen or chance. Revenio, re veni, reventum, revenire : to come again, to return. ANNOTATION. It is a queftion among the grammarians, whether homjlnguhivi the fupine ought to be Jingultum QT Jingzdtitum. Whence it appears how little either of them is ufed. We have preferred Jingultum t becaufe from thence comes Jingultus. V 'et Jingultum is only a fincope far Jinguhitum : as fepultum is for fepelitum, which was heretofore current according to Prifcian. VE N EO comes from venum and EO. It has neither participle, ge- rund, nor fupine ; and it is an error to think that amiaum. EXAMPLES. 1. SA'NCIO, fanxi, fanftum, and fancitum; berg" f of ore fancivi, or fancii, fancire : to order > to efta- llijh , to enafl j to confirm by penalty , to punijh , to regulate - y to forbid by ordinance or law> to refolve, to condemn. From whence comes fanftio, onis, a confirmation } a decree, a penal ftatute. 2. VI'NCIO, vinxi, vinftum, vincire: to bind or tie up ; to hoop, to conneft. Devincio, devinxi, devinftum, devincire : to bindfaft-, to tie up y to oblige, to engage, to endear. Revincio, revinxi, revinftum, revincire : to tie or bind, to g{d,o tie behind. 3. AMI'CIO, amicui and zmix'^Jeldcm ujed (here- tofore alfo amicivi) ami(5lum, amicire : to put on a garment; to cover-, to wrap up ; to veil. RULE LXVI. Of the verbs which make SI, SUM ; and of thofe which make SI, TUM. I,. Sentio and raucio take SI, 8UM : 2 . But Fiilcio, farcio, ^/z^/farcio make SI, TUM. EXAMPLES. i. There are two verbs that make the preterite in SI, and the fupine in Sum. SE'NTIO, fenfi, fenfum, fentire : to difcern by the fenfes, to bejenjible of, to perceive, to doubt, to un- derflund, . 288 NEW METHOD. Book IV. derfland, to find out \ to think, to be of an opinion. Afientio, aflenfi, affenfum, affentire; and afientior, afienfus fum, affentiri : to ajfent or agree to ; to be of cnes mind or cp'tiion. Conlentio, confcnfi, confenfum, confentire : to confent, to agree, to be of the fame opinion ; to be agreeable to. Diffentio, diffenfi, Turn, ire : to dijjent, to be of a diffe- rent opinion. Praefentio, prasfenfi, praefenfum, praefentire: to perceive or underjhmd beforehand, to forefee, to preconceive. RA'CIQ, raufi, raufum, raucire : to be boarfe. Irraucio, irraufi, irraufum, irraucire : the fame. 2. There are three which have SI, TUM. FU'LCIO, fulfi, fulcum, fulcire : to prop, tofupport. SufTulcio, fi, turn, ire : to held or bear up, to underprop ; to Jirengthen. SA'RCIO, farfi, fartum, farcire : to botch, to mend, to patch; to repair, to make good; to make amends, to recompenje. Refarcio, refarfi, refartum, refarcire: to patch, to mend; to reccmpexje cr make amends for. FA'RCIO, farfij far turn, farcire : to fluff, to farce, to frank, or feed, to fat, to cram. Its compounds iometimes change A into E, as Confercio, conferfi, confertum, ire: to fluff or fill, to ram or cram in ; to drive thick and clofe. Differcio, difterfi, differtum, ire : to fluff. Refercio, referfi, turn, ire: to fill, to fluff, to tram, Infarcio retains the A, infarfi, turn, ire : tc fluff or cram. ANNOTATION. i . We fayalfo ratictn, is, /', from whence comes raitcefco, to grow itoarfe. Even Cicero, according to the moft approved editions /ays ; Si pzullum irraucucrit, de Orat. taking it perhaps from rauceo, though Priician reads irrau/tn't. But irraujit is from Lucilius, as well as raufurus, taken from the fupine raufum. Z. Thefe fupines in turn are only fyncopated from thofe in itum ; s^fartuM forfartiiuix ; and from the latter are flill remainingyar- duten and the participle farcitm, which we read in Cicero, Pulvi- nvs Melittnfe rosafarcitus, in Verr. where we fee that they retained the confouant of the prefent, namely the C. RULE LXVII. Of ktivrio, fcfio and Jalio. \. Haurio makes haufi, hauflum ; 2. Se- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 289 2. Sepio, fepivi, or fepfi, feptum : 3. Salio bath falii or faliii, faltum. 4. But its compounds -form t EXAMPLES. i. HAU'RIO, haufi, hauftum, haurire : to draw, tc fetch up y to drrik orjivalloyy up. Exhaurio, exhaufi, exhauftum, exhaurire: to draw out, to empty , to exbauft, to confume or wafte. i. SE'PIO, fepivi, lefs ufual, fepfi, feptum, feplre : to incbje, to hedge in, to fence. Confep.o, confepfi, confeptum, confepire: to hedge in, to incloje. Circumfepio, circumfepfi, circumfeptum, circumfepire : to inclcfe or hedge in. Difiepio, difiepfi, difleptum, ire : to break down an hedge or ir.cl:Jure, to difpark. SA LIO cr SA'LLIO, to Jeajon with fait, follows the generqj rule ; fajivi, falitum : but 3. SA'LIO, (alii, or lalui, faltum, falire : to leap ; to dance j tojkip -, to rebcund; to firing or Jboot out. 4. The compounds of this verb follow its preterite, but make ULTUM in the fupine ; as Afsilio, afsiliii, afiultum, affilire : to leap at, upon, or agzuift ; to ajfaiL Desliio, desilui or desilii, defultum, defilire : to leap down, to alight, to vault. Exilio, exiiiii or exilii, exultum. exilire: to leap cut, to go cut baftily- y tojkip ; to leap for jcy. Insilio, insiliii or insilii, infultum, infilirc : to leap in or upon. Resilio, resiliii or resilii, rcfultum, refilire : to leap or jtart back; to rebound, to recoil; to Jhrink in-, to unjay j to go from bis bargain. ANNOTATION. HA u RIO heretofore made beurii, Varr. apud Prifc. Hence it is that Apul. frequently ufes bauritxm inftead of bauftum ; hence aWb cometh kavritvrus, in Juvenal. Virgil has baufurus, JEn. 4. as coming from the fupine ba*f*m. And indeed the reafon of its having taken the /, according to Prifcian, was no other than to di- ftinguifh it from aujum, or ail/its f*m, formed of avdeo. Which (hews that they did not prefix the afpiration b to it in his rime, be- caufe that would hare been a fufficient diftinftion. Bat the antient VOL. I. U 290 NEW METHOD. Book IV. ufage in regard to this afpiration feems to have varied in many other words ; concerning which we refer the reader to our treadle of letters at the end of this work. S E'P i o , heretofore ma.de/epi'vi, whence cometiifepivijfint in Livy, and j'epivit in S. Jerome ; which agrees with the general analogy above obferved, p. 171. SA'LIO, makes/alui or fain, which were formed from the regu- lar, though now unufual, preterite faliu, tW/*v|/a. This verb fignified alfo to fight, to begin, to turn ; from whence cometh campjo, as, in Ennius, to bend bis courje towards a place. It was alfo taken for to change, to fell, to recompenfe ; to put money out at interejl, according to Cujas. But it is now become obfolete, RULE LXVIII. Of the compounds of PA'RIO. 1. tte compounds of pario make iii, ERTUM. 2. But comperio and reperio make ERI, ER- TUM. EXAMPLES. PA'RIO is of the third conjugation : parere : to bring forth young, to be brought to bed. Its compounds change the a into e, and are of the fourth conjugation, making in, and ERTUM j as Aperio, aperui, apertum, aperire : to open ; to declare ; to explain ; to difcover y to difclofe, to manifejl^ to Jhew. Adaperio, adaperui, adapertum, adaperire: to lay open-, u to difcloje j to uncover. Operio, operui, opertum, operire: to cover j to/hut up or cloje ; to hide. In like manner opperior, oppertus fum : to wait ; feems to take its preterite from hence. See the 75th rule. 2. Thefe two make ERI and ERTUM. Comperio, comrjeri, compertum, comperire : to fnd out a thing, to know for certain and by trial. Reperio, rep"eri, repertum, reperire : to fnd; to fnd out or difcover. ANNO- Or PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 291 ANNOTATION. We fay alfo comperior, a deponent ; but it has no other preterite than comperi. For ccmpertus is paffive ; as in Livy, Compertus Jtu- pr't; in Tacit. Comptrtus Jlagitii, convidled. But inftead of comperi t they faid alfo, Compertntn eft mihi, Catul. Compertum habeo, Cic. / know for certain. RULE LXIX. Of the verbs of defire, called DESIDERATIVES. When a 'verb fignifies a longing or defire t it has no preterite, (the fame may be faid of ferio and aio.) Except parturicH, efurio, and nupturio. EXAMPLES. Verbs fignifying a defire of aftion, are called DESI- DERATIVES, and are formed from the fupine of their primitive. Thefe verbs have neither preterite nor fu- pine j as COENATU'RIO/ra# ccenatum, ccenaturire: to de- fire tofup. Dormiturio, dormiturire : to defire tojleep. Emturio, emturire : to defire to buy. Mi<5turio, mifturire : to defire to make water. Some of them have a preterite but never a fupine, as Parturio, parturivi, ire : to be in labour^ to be brought to bedy to bring forth as any female. Efurio, efurivi, efurire : to be hungry ', to have a defire to eat : yet we fad efuriturus in I'er. Nupturio, nupturivi, nupturire : to have a defire to marry. Thefe two are alfo without a preterite, though they are not defideratives. FE'RIO, feris, ferlre: to ftrike, to hit-, to pujb -, to conclude an agreement or alliance, to ratify j to affront with words. Aio, ais : I fay. A defective verb. ANNOTATION. FERIO, according to Diomedes and Prifcian, hath no preterite ; nor will Varro let it have any other than percuffi ; and this is alfo the opinion of Charifms, where he fpeaks of verbs that change in their preterite. Yet in the title de defe&'wis, where he conju- gates this verb at length, he gives itferii,ferieram,feriijffem, &c. U 2 For 292 NEW METHOD. Book IV. For which reafon many learned moderns, as Mantuanus, Turne- bus, Aurelius, have not fcrupled to make ufe of thefe tenfes ; but this does not often happen. The (\ip\neferitum, is Hill lefs ufual, though Charifius puts in the infinitive, feritum ire ; but in the pafiive he gives it only iftus fum, taken from zco. Hence Petrarch is cenfured for having faid 8. Africa. Pax populis ducibufque placet foedufque feritum. We meet nevertheiels withferiturum in Servius in 7. and upon the decline of the Latin tongue they went fo far as to fay^r/V, *#, for plaga, Paul Diac. from whence the Italians have ftill retained una ferita, a blo^vj. AID hath no preterite in the firft perfon, according to Prifcian ; but in the fecond we fay aifti, in the plural aiftis, and even aierunt t ia Tertull. See the remarks after the fyntax. O F OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 293 l-w^*** **************+ ***** OF THE VERBS DEPONENTS. RULE LXX. What a verb deponent is. A verb deponent is that which hath always an afthe Jignification and a pa/five conjugation. EXAMPLES. Verbs deponents are fuch as have the pafTive termi- nation in OR, but with an adtive fignification $ as POLLI'CEOR: I promife. VE'REOR: I fear. LARGIOR: I beftow. BLANDIOR: I flatter. RULE LXXI. General for the preterite of the deponents. The preterite of the deponent is formed front a feigned active : For as amatus comes from amo, fo lastatus comes from laeto. EXAMPLES. As the preterite of the paffive is formed from -the fupine of the a&ive j fo to find the preterite of the de- ponent we muft feign or fuppofe an active by dropping the R, and fee what preterite and fupine this active would have according to the general rules above given, and from thence form the preterite of the deponent. Hence. i. In the firft conjugation all thefe verbs have the preterite in ATUS. L^TOR, Isetatus fum laetari : to rejoice. Jujl as if we ufed an aRi-ve lasto, avi, atum. And the reft in " the fame manner. AUCTIO'NOR, atus fum, ari : to make an open fate; to make an out-cry of goods, Jlaves, &c. 294 N E W M E T H O D. Book IV. ANNOTATION. This verb is derived from augeo, xi, fium, whence cometh auftio, a fetting things to open fale : nuclor, an owner, or feller of a thing upon warranty. Secundus aufior, he was furety to the pur- chafer, in cafe he was evifted, and obliged to refign what he had purchafed, to another ; aufioritas, furety, warranty : auftionarius as auttionaria: tabell inventories wherein goods to be fold were written ; bills of fale : auftoratus, hired or lent out for money ; a flave or gladiator that had been fold by auction, &c. See auSoya- tus above, p. 180. AU'CUPOR, atus fum, ari :' to go a fowling, hawking, or bird catching, to Jeek or get by cunning ; to watch, to lie at cat cb for j to hunt after, to ftrive to obtain. CAUSOR, atus fum, ari : to pretend or plead in way of excufe, to alledge as an excufe. Whence cometh caufa- rius, a military term fignifying a foldier, who has a right to demand his dif charge for fome caufe or other, as being fick or maimed. CONTE'STOR, atus fum, ari : to call to witnefs, to make proteftaticn of a thing, to declare openly : to put in the plaintiff's declaration, and the defendant's an- Jwer. Whence cometh conteftata lis, conteftatum ju- dicium, a rule given by a judge upon a caufe before final fentence. DEBA'CCOR, atus fum, ari : to rage, or roar like a drunken man -, to give abufive language. DETRECOR, atus fum, ari : to befeech, defire, or pray earnejlly \ to beg, or petition ; to beg pardon ; to pray or wijh againft a thing ; to avert, or turn away. DCXMINOR, atus fum, ari : to be lord and tnajler-, to dcmineer. GRA'TULOR, atns fum, ari : to congratulate, to re- joice or be glad; to bid welcome, to wijh one joy. INSE'CTOR (unufual in the firft per/on of the prefect tenfe) atus fum, ari : to purfue, to run after -, to in- veigh againft, tofpeak ill of, to rail at one. INTE X RFOR, atus fum, ari : tofpeak while another is fpeaking, to interrupt him. ME'DITOR, atus fum, ari : to meditate, mufe, or think upon-, to exercife or praffife, toftudy; to plot or dejign ; to apply one' s f elf with great care and diligence. MO'- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 295 MO'DEROR, atus fum, ari : to moderate, to refrain - 9 to govern, to manage, to guide. MOROR, atus fum, ari : toftay, to delay ; to make one waif; to waif - t to dwell; to flop atfomething. MUTUOR, atus fum, ari : to borrow. OBTE'STOR, atus fum, ari: to cenjure or befeech ; to implore or call upon one for Juccour ; to pro t eft ; to call to witnejs. CXPEROR, atus fum, ari : to operate, or work ; to be employed; tofacrifice, to be taken up with facrificing, or performing any holy rites. PERI'CJLITOR, atus fum, ari : to be in danger ; to endanger, to expofe ; to try or prove, to make experi- ment. PE'RVAGOR, atus fum, ari: to wander or travel over, to go and come over, to rove about ; to Jpread abroad, to become public or commonly known. STTPULOR, atus fum, ari : to ftipulate, to make a bargain ; to ajk and demand fuch andfuch terms for a thing to be given, or done by the ordinary words of the law ; to be required or ajked by another to make a con- traft with him. For it is active and paffive as we fhall fhew in the remarks. Reftipulor, atus fum, ari : to take count er-Jecurity ; to make anfwer in the law, to lay in a pledge, to anjwer to an aftion. STO'MACHOR, atus fum, ari : to be angry, vexed, (JT difplea/ed ; to be in a. bad humour, to be in a great fume t to fret, vex, or chafe. VADOR, atus fum, ari : to put infureties for appear- ance, to give bail; to oblige one to put in Jure ties ; to ft and to or defend ajuit. 2. In the fecond conjugation they have the preterite in ITUS. VE'REOR, veritus fum, vereri : to fear. As if it came from Vereo, iii, itum. POLLFCEOR, poliicitus fum, polliceri: to promife. As if it came from polliceo. 3. In the third it is formed varioufly according to the fupine of the aftive, which you are to fuppofe, following the rules of the termination ; as U 4 AM- 296 N E W M E T H O D. Book IV AMPLF/CTOR, amplexus fum, amplefti : (as if it came from ampledro) to Jurround or incircle j to em- ' brace, to fold in one's arms ; to comprehend ; to make much of, or to addrejs ; to lay hold of, or pojfefs one's Jelfof; to love, to be fond of , to favour, to efpoufe, to receive. Complector, complexus fum, complecbi : to embrace ; to comprize or contain j to love, to be fond of, to che- rijh, toprotef,tofupport. FUNGQR, fundus fum, fungi : to difcharge an office or duty ; to execute, to be in an office \ to pay taxes -, to enjoy ; to life. Defungor, fun<5tus fum, defungi : to be rid cf a bufi- nefs, to go through with it , to dif charge or perform his. duty. Perfungor, funftus fum, perfungi : to difcharge com- pletely j to be delivered from by having undergone ; to be free from. IRA'SCOR, iratus fum, irafci : to be angry : to befor~ ryfor. NASCOR, natns fum, nafci : to be born, to be framed by nature ; tofpring or grow j to begin, to rife as ftars. 4. In the fourth the preterite is formed in IT US. BLA'NDIOR, blanditus fum, blandiri : to fatter > to wheedle, tofpeakfair, to compliment. EME'NTlOR, ementitus fum, ementiri : to lye down- right, to counterfeit, to feign, to difguife, to forge or pretend, to take upon him. SO RTIOR, fortitus fum, fortiri : to caft or draw lots, to have any thing given by lots j to chance to get or obtain. ooMoaooc^ X C E P ? */ N S. There are feveral verbs to be excepted, which we lhall comprize in the five following rules. RULE LXXII. Of the verbs ia EOR. 1. Reor makes ratus; ^Wmifereor, mifertus. 2. Fateor hath faflus ; but its compounds FESSUS. EXAM- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 297 EXAMPLES. 1. REOR, ratus fum, reri : tofuppofe t to judge ', deem or think. MISE'REOR, mifertus fum, mifereri: to take pity of one, to have mercy on him, to be forry for him, to ajfift him in his mijery. 2. FA'TEOR, faffus fum, fateri : to confefs, to own t to grant j to difcover. Its compounds change A into I, and affume an E in the preterite according to the 2d rule, as Confiteor confeflus fum, confiteri : to confefs. ' Diffiteor, diffiteri : to deny j it has never a preterite. Profiteer, profeffus fum, profiteri : to declare openly, to own > to profejs, to Jhew openly ; to profefs, to be a frofej/br, to give public leftures ; to give in an account of lands or goods,fo as to have them recorded or regi* Jtered. Whence cometh profeflio. ANNOTATION. Mifereor had alfo mi/eritus, according to Robert Stephen. But we fay likewife miferor, aris, which has the fame fenfe, though it takes another regimen, as we ihall obferve in the fyntax. The antients ufed alfo mifereo, and mifero. Tutor regularly makes tuitus, as moneor, monitus ; but tutus comes from/aar, as argutus from arguor. We find it likewife in Plautus, as well as its compounds, contuor, intuor, obtuor. So that there is no need of a particular rule for thefe verbs. We have only to obferve that tueor is far more ufual than tuor. And yet from tutus is alfo formed tutari, which is pretty common. RULE LXXTII. Of the verbs in OR. Loquor, and fequor take UTUS ; jlnd queror, queftus. Nitor hath nifus, nixus ; Fruor, fruitus, ^zWfrudus. Labor makes lapfus, and utor, ufus. EXAMPLES. LOQUOR, locutus fum, loqui : tofpeak, to tell. A'lloquor, allocutus fum, alloqui : to Jpeak to one j to addrefs himjdf to one ; to Jpeak in public. Colloquor, collocutus fum, colloqui : to Jpeak together, to parley, to 'talk with one, to difcourfe, to confer. E'b- 298 NEW METHOD. Book IV. E'loquor, elocutus fum, eloqui : to Jpeak eloquently, to Jpeak out or plainly, to declare. Proloquor, prolocutus fum, proloqui : to Jpeak freely what one thinketh ; to Jpeak out or at length ; to pre- face that which one is about to Jay. SEQUOR, fequutus fum, fequi: to follow, to go af- ter, tojeekfor. A'ffequor, affequutus fum, afiequi : to overtake; to reach, equal, or match ; to underftand, or find out j to get, or obtain. Confequor, confequutus fum, confequi : to follow ; to follow cloje ; to overtake ; to get or obtain his wi/h. E'xequor, utus fum, equi : to do, to execute ; to punijh ; to projecute ; to perjift ; to accomplijh ; to obtain his wijh. I'nfequor, in fequutus fum, infequt: to follow after, to purfue j to perjecute, to rail at one. O'bfequor, obfequutus fum, obfcqui : to humour or comply with -, to humour or pleaje -, to flatter or cringe to ; tojubmit to, to obey. Perfequor, utus fum, equi : to purfue, to trace, to fol- low on, to go through with ; to Jue for in a court of jujlice, and the procejs is called perfecutio. Profequor, utus fum, equi: to follow after, to purfue , to projecute ; to accompany, to wait upon, to attend ; to love one, to do him a kindnejs , to rate or chide ; to de- Jcribe, treat, or dijcourje of. Siibfequor, fubfequutus fum, fubfequi : to follow forth- with, or hard by, to come after. QUEROR, queftus fum, queri : to complain, to la- ment , to find fault with- Conqueror, conqueftus fum, eri : to 'complain of; to complain together. NITOR, nifus or nixus fum, niti : to endeavour, labour, or ft rive ; to tend towards vigor cujly -, to lean or reft upon ; to depend, to confide in. Adnitor, adnifus or adnixus fum, adniti : to endeavour -, to Jhove or pujh ; to lean upon. Enir.or, enifus or enixus fum, eniti : to climb up with pain ; to ftrain hard, to endeavour -, to tug or pull ; to travel with child; to bring ffrth young. S In- OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. 299 Inmtor, innifus or innixus fum, inniti : to lean or ft ay upon j to depend upon. FRUOR, fruitus0r fru&us fum, frui : to enjoy ; to take the profit of, to make ufe of; to take delight i, and reap the fruits of. Perfruor, perfruitus fum, perfrui : to enjoy fully. U TOR, ufus fum, uti : to ufe, to have the ufe or be- nefit of; to have, to enjoy. Abutor, abufus fum, abuti : to ufe contrary to the na- ture orfirft intention of a thing ; to apply to a wrong end, to abufe, tofpoil; or even to ufe freely. LABOR, lapfus fum, labi: tojlide or glide -, tojlip or fall-, to fall to decay ; to trip, or miftake. Delabor, delapfus fum, delabi : to defcend as infpeaking or writing-, tojlip or fall down ; to fall to decay, to withdraw by degrees -, to vanijh or dif appear. Dilabor, dilapfus fum, dilabi : to Jlip afide, to Jleal away j to wajle, or come to nothing. Elabor, elapfus fum, elabi : tojlide or Jlip away, to efcape. Illabor, illapfus fum, illabi : tojlide or glide in : to fall down, or upon ; to enter. Sublabor, fublapfus fum, fublabi : tojlip away privily ; to fall orjlide under -, to decay by little and little. ANNOTATION. Connitor, cbnitor, pernitor, , renitor, fubnitor, form rather n : xux than nifus, whence cometh connixus, obnixus, and thence obnixe : jufl as from pernixus cometh pernix, patient of labour, fwift, nim- ble, quick. Diomedes thinks that enlxa is more properly faid of a woman who has been brought to bed ; and enifa of any other llruggle or endeavour. And this difference is common enough ; yet he owns himfelf that it is not always obferved ; and we find that Tacitus has put the one for the other. FRUOR more frequently makes fruitus th&nfrutfus, which we find notwithstanding in Lucretius and other writers. From thence comes the noun fruftus, and the participle perfruSus, in the fame author, and in Cic. in Hort. from whence Prifcian quoteth Sum- ma amcenitate psrfruftus eft. We meet alfo whh/ru8urits in Apu- leius. Perot will have it that this verb makes likewife/raaj and frutus, from whence, he fays, cometh defrutum, a mixture made of new wine, whereof the one half, or third part is boiled away. Fruftus is not a Latin word, and defruftum is put for defruitum, becaufe they drew all the fruit out of it, that is, all the beft part of the wine. For as Feitus fays, Defrui dicebant antiqui, ut deamare, deperire ; fignific antes omnemfruQum percipere. As to fret us, relying upon, and confiding in, every body muft plainly fee even by the fignification 300 NEW METHOD. Book IV. fignification itfelf, that it is very wide fromfruor, and is rather a noun than a participle. RULE LXXIV. Of the verbs in SCOR. Apifcor takes aptus , ulcifcor, ultus. Nancifcor bath nadtus, and pacifcor, pa&us. Proficifcor requires profectus ; As experglfcor, experre to converfe with. Digredior, digrefTus fum, digredi: to go, or turn afide* t to de-part^ digrejs, to go from the purpofe. Egredior, egreffus fum, egredi : to go cut. Ingredior, ingrefTus fum, ingredi : lo enter into, to walk ergo, Progredior, progrefifus fum, progredi : to come or go forth ; to advance, to proceed. Regredior, regreflus fum, regredi : to return, to go back. Tranfgredior, tranfgrefTus fum, tranfgredi : to pafs or go over ; to tranfgrefs a law ; to go byfea \ to pafs, Jur;nount, or exceed. PA'TIOR, pafTus fum, pati : to endure, tofuffer, to let. Perpetior, perpeflus fum, perpeti : the fame. EX PE'RIOR, expertus fum, experiri : to attempt or try, to ejfay, or prove, to find; to try his right by law, war, &c. OPPE'RIOR, oppertus fum, oppenri : to wait, O'RDJOR, orfus fum, ordire : to begin, properly to fpin 302 NEW METHOD. Book IV. fpin or weave -, to begin, or enter upon ; to write or fpeak of. Exordior, exorfus fum, exordiri : to begin. ME'TIOR, menfus fum, meti:i: tomeafure-, to pafs or go over ; to bound or limit. Dimetior, dimenfus fum, dimetiri : to meafure -, to ac- count. Remetior, remenfus fum, remetiri : to meafure over again ; to go over again. 2. MO'RIOR, mortuus fum, mori : to die. It has the participle in rus, moriturus, Virg. about to die, as if it bad thejupine moritum. Commoner, commortuus fum, commori: to die together. Emorior, emortuus fum, emori : to die. Immorior, immortuus fum, immori : to die in, or upon', to be continually upon a thing. O'RIOR, oreris, of the third conjugation ; or orior, ori- ris, of the fourth, ortus fum, oriri : to rife or get up ; to rife as the fun j to rife, orfpring-, to rife, or begin ; to appear j to be born. It has the participle in rus, oriturus, Hor. about to rife ; as if it had the fupine oritum. Aborior, abortus fum, iri : to mif carry ; to be born be- fore the time. Adorior, adortus fum, iri: to ajjault. Exorior, exortus fum, exoriri : to rife as the ftars j to fpring up ; to be born. Oborior, obortus fum, oboriri : to arife, to fpring up, to draw on-, to Jhine forth. Suborior, fubortus fum, fubonri : to rife or grow up. NASCOR, natus fum, follows the rule of the verbs in SCO. But it has the participle in rus, nafciturus, about to come to life, as if it came from nafcitum in the fupine* ANNOTATION. We meet with opperitus in Plautus for oppertus. Id fum opperitus, in Moftel. Orditus, is in Diomedes, as if it came from ordior, in the preface to his book : Le 8io probabiliter ordita ; though he him- felf mentions no other participle belonging to this verb than erfus. But in Ifaiah, chap. 25. we find Et telamquam orditus eft. Baptifta Mantuanus and Julius Scaliger have alw made ufe of it ; but in this they are not to be imitated. Several OF PRETERITES AND SUPINES. Several learned men have wrote metitus, for menfus ; and among the reft Julius Scaliger, and Xylander : but Voflius affirms that the paflages which they quote from Cic. in defence of their opinion, Atque dimetita fegna funt : dimetiti curfus (2. de Nat. Dear.) are cor- rupted ; and that the beft editions, and even the moil antient of all, have Jemetata,and dimetati. And thus we find that Lambinus, Gruterus, Elzevir, and Robert Stephen read it. The other paf- fage which they bring from Q^Curtius, lib. 3. Stipendium metitunt eft, cannot be found in this author, no more t\ia.njlipendium metiri, which R. Stephen quotes out of him in his thefaurus, as likewife in his dictionary. There are fome who inlift upon its being good Latin to fay, a&- crfus, and adorfus, for abortus, and adortus, taken from orior ; as nullum majus adorfa nefas, Ovid. Adorfe erant tyrannum, Cell. ]Jut we mould read adorta and adorti j for or/us comes only from ordior and not from orior. True it is that they produce from Paul the civilian, the expref- fion, aborfus venter, a belly that has dif charged its burden by abort ion } but we ought to read abortus. And as to the diftinclion given by Nonius, between abortus a fubftantive, and aborfus ; namely that the former is faid of an infant juft conceived, and the latter of one that had been conceived fome time ago ; it is deftitute of founda- tion. RULE LXXVI. Of deponents that have no preterite. Vefcor, liquor, medeor, reminiTcor, divertor, praevertor, ringor, diffiteor, have no preterite. EXAMPLES. Thefe have no preterite. Vefcor, vefci : to live upon ; to eat. Liquor, liqui, Virg. to le diffohed, or melted j to run or glide along as rivers j to drop. Medeor, mederi : to heal, cure, or remedy ; to attend a patient ; to drejs a wound, to adminifter comfort to a ferjon in trouble. Reminifcor, reminifci : to remember , to call to mind or remembrance. Divertor, diverti : to lodge, to inn ; to turn out of the road. Prsevertor, prasverti : to outrun or outftrip; to do a thing before another \ to anticipate. Ringor, ringi : to grin orjhew the teeth, as a dog doth; to wry the mouth ; to fret or chafe ; to make faces. Diffiteor, diffit.eri : to deny, to Jay to the contrary. ANNO- 304 NEW METHOD. Book IV. ANNOTATION. Thefe verbs borrow the preterite from fcmewhere elfe, when there happens to be any neceffity of expreffing the time paft. Thus r or well ajjured; to expett or hope. Odi and ofus fum, (it has never a pnfent) odiffe : to hate. ANNOTATION. * We find folul in Sal. Nequefubjldiis uti foluer&t compofitis, lib. 2. hift. Varro in the 8th de L. L. quotes it likewife from Ennius and Cato', and thinks it is wrong to Follow the example of thofe who faid folitus fum. Yet the contrary cuftom has prevailed, and it would be wrong now in any body to fay otherwife. Charifius ob- ferves that this verb hath no futtire, becaufe cuftorii or habit ne- ver regards the time to come. In like manner Robert Stepheri gives maerui to buereo, bdt with- out any authority. Prifcian fays it hath never a preterite ; for, according to him. moeftus is properly no more than a noun. And it is an error which grammarians are often guilty of, thus to take the nouns for participles; as we have already me\vh in regard tb caJ/us,fefits,fretHs, and others. We meet with juratus in Cic. in Plautus, arid other writeri. Nonfumjurata, Turpil. apud Diom. Confidi is in Livy. Ofus is in Gellius, 1. 4. C. 8. In Plautus, Jnimicos ofafumfemper obtuerier. Amphitr. aft. 3. fc. Dware. From thence comes the participle vfurus, Cic. More examples of this fort may be feen in the lifts annexed to the remarks on the verbs, at the end bf the fyntax. RULE LXXVItl. Of neuters which feem to have a paffive iignification. Llceo, vapulo, fio, and veneo, are rendered by to verb pajfivc. EXAMPLES. . Thefe verbs are conjugated like the adiive, and yet are ufually rendered by the verb paflive. LT'CEO, licui : // borrows itsfupine of the verb imper- fonal, licet, licitum eft, licere : to be prized or valued; to be- Jet at a price for what it is to bejold* On the contrary, LFCEOR, llcitus fum, 'is rendered by the 'atfive 5 liceV: : . to cheapen a thing, to offer the price. VA'PULO, avi, atumj are: to be beaten, or whipped, to cry bitterly. FIO, foetus} {urn, fieri : to be mafa, to confijt, to. le done, to become. VF/NEO, venii, venire : to be fold. VOL. I. X ANNO- 306 NEW METHOD. Book IV. ANNOTATION. Exuto andNuBO, which are generally ranked in this clafs, have rather an a&ive fignification. For EXULO, as Sanftius ob- ferveth, is the fame as extra Jolum eo. Now eo, feems to be adive when we fay ire viam, and the like ; for which reafon it has alfo its paflive iri. NUBO is the fame as obnubo. Muliernubit, fays Caper, quiapal- lio obnubit caput fuum genafque, lib. de orthograph. In regard to the relt we may obferve alfo, that LICEO, properly fignifies, I permit : and ij may be derived from ?uw kota, pertnitto, in Hefychius. Hence we fay of things expofed to fale, licent ; f ubaud../* ; they expole and refign themfelves to every body ; and we fay likewife, per me licet, fubaud. hoc or illud, it is in your power, I permit you to do it : for iicet the conjunction is properly no more than the third perfon of this verb, as we mall fliew in the remarks. And liceor, in the paflive originally implies, / am permitted. Thus liceri, to expofe to fale, is the fame as, to be admitted and Jujfered to expofe to fale. VA'PULO, comes from inoXhu for aKoMvv, or UTTO^V^OH, pereo or peribo. For the ./Eolians added their digamma, and faid Fuv&o, whence the Latins, fays Sanftius, have taken vapulo ; fo that this verb, properly fpeaking, fignifieth, male ploro or doleo. Thus in comic writers , plorare, ejulare, in the fame fenfe, as lyu pit pi/*wf "hiyu coi ; Arill. Imprecor tibi ut vapules : cn^u^tlsn yen; ITPO TUV xT^at, Lucian. Nam frimus omnium vapulabit. In which fignification they likewife ufe xXw, ploro ; xXiy hiyu it ivearieth. 3. The following make UIT, and ITUM EST. PLACET, placuit and placitum eft, Cic. it Jeemetb goody or is the mind or opinion of. LIBET or LUBET, libuit and libitum eft: // liketb, or contentetb. PIGET, piguit, and pigitum eft, Cell, it irketb, grieveth, or repentetb. LICET, licuit and licitum eft : // is lawful ; // is free, cr pojfible. PUDET, puduit ^Wpuditum eft, Cic. / fa ajhamed. X 2 4- LI- NEW METHOD. Book IV. 4. LIQUET, Cic. if appeared, it is clear and ma- mfejl. Without a preterite. ANNOTATION. The imperfonals have no imperatives ; but inftead of thefe they make ufe of the prefent of the mbjunftive, paeniteat t pugnetur, &c. It frequently happens that they have neither fupine nor gerund ; yet we read in Cic. peenitendi caufa ; pcenitendi vis. Nihilo magit liciturum effe plebe'io, quant Patriciis ejjet licitum. Nun pudenda, fed nonfadendo quod non decet t nomen impudentia effugere deb emus. In Sal. Noa eft pcenitendum \ and even paniturus t which is now grown ob- folete. RULE LXXX. Of the imperatives of dico> duco, facia and fen. Dico makes die; duco, due j Facio, facj ^Wfero, fer. EXAMPLES. Thefe imperatives Ihould naturally terminate in E, like lege-, but they have dropped their final E, for which reafon we fay Die, inftead of dice : Jay thou. Due, inftead of duce : lead thou. Fac, inftea$ of face : do thou. Fer, inftead of fere : bear thou. ANNOTATION. The compounds of facio with a prepolition form their imperative in E, as ufual ; thus Perficio, imperat. perfice ; finijh tbou. Sufficio, imperat. fuffice ; furnijh thou. Heretofore they faid alfo/ar* ; orandi jam finem face t Ter. IB the fame manner dics f and the re it. OB- OBSERVATIONS ON THE VERBS. 309 OBSERVATIONS ON THE DIFFERENT CONJUGATIONS, and on the derivative and compounded verbs. I. A great many 'verbs of one termination only, are of diffe- rent conjugations, under different fignifications. Appello, Fundo, Mando, Obfero, Pando, as ; to call. Appello, is ; to bring to land. as ; t found. Fundo, is ; to Jbed. as ; to bid. Mando, is ; to eat. as ; to jhut. Obfero, is; tofo-iu. as ; to bend in. Pando, is ; to Jl 'retch. Some of them differ in quantity. Colo, as ; toftrain. Colo, is ; to till. DJCO, as ; to dedicate. Dico, is ; to fay. In like manner their compounds, abdico t and abdico : indico, and indico : pr ; labafco ; from caleo, es ; calefco ? though fromputto, es, we fay putifco, changing the e into / : But oftremo, is, we regu- larly form tremifeo ; of dormio, is, dormifco. It is the fame in regar i to the deponents, which are formed by feigning the aclive of the primitive. Forfrui/cor comes as it were fromfruo, is. The imperfonals alfo follow this analogy : mifere/cit, from mifereo, is, &c. Sometimes there is a fyncope. in the formation, as bifco for kiaf* to, from the old verb bio, as. Some of them are even fuppofed to come from nouns, as agrefct from a-ger ; repuerafco from puer : though they may be faid to come from the verbs eegreo, repuero, and the like, which are no longer in ufe : juft as calvefco, which they generally derive from cal-vus ; and fenefco from/enex, come from cal-veo*, which we find in Pliny, and fromfeneo, in Catullus. Thefe verbs have neither preterite nor fupine, but they borrow them of their primitives, as incalefco, incalui, from caleo. See the 35th rule. Though it is better to fay they have none at all, becaufe this preterite never ftnplies an inceptive fignification. Thefe verbs are always of the third conjugation. 2. The FREO^UENTATIVES generally end in to, fa, xo,orco ; as clamito, pulfo, nexo,fodico. They are fo called becaufe they generally fignify frequency of aftion, quid clamitas, what do you bawl fo often for ? But this is not general : for and the reft: n s *;, whence camper i or, experior, &c. It often happens that the preterite of the fimple is not ufual, when that of the compound is ; thus we fay rather, Mercurius con- tudit fojiam, than tutudit, which is not perhaps to be found in any I^atin author, though Charifius and Prifcian give it totundo. Thu we meet in Latin authors with applicuit, evajit, detrufit, emunxit, delicuitt thougj} we do not eafily find plicuit, njafit, trujit, munxit, nor licuif from liqueo. Thus we find the fupine retentum, con- tentum, eneclus, internecJus, though we cannot find tentum, nor the fimple nefius. On the contrary the fimple is fometimes ufed, when the com- pound is not. For we meet withyfo//' from Jido ; with taciturn and taciturus from taceo ; but it is not fo eafy to find conjldi from confido ; nor do we find reticitum, or reticiturus from reticeo. Hence we fee that in all thefe matters cuftom is the chief thing to be regarded ; fo that we mould ufe ourfelves betimes to the reading of the pureft authors, arid never to employ any word tyJiatfoeyer without good authority. A M E- <**** *************** ****** ************ A METHOD , OF FINDING OUT THE PRESENT BY THE PRETERITE. it has been the opinion of fome, that it would be of fervice to thofe who enter late upon the ftudy of the Latin tongue* to have a method of ajcending to the prefent cf the 'verb by means of the preterite , in fuch a manner that whenever they meet i^ith a preterite* they may be able to tell from what verb it comes, without being obliged to learn the rules : I have therefore thought proper to deli" neate here the following Jcheme, to the end they may not le difappointed of the benefit they expeff from it. At leaft there will be this other advantage arifingfrom this effay, '.bat it will contribute to jhew the analogy of the Latin tongue in its preterites* as I have already Jhewn it in the difference of its genitives in regard to the declenjiens* Befides* theje reflections may be confidered* if you will, as ajpecimen of the utility derivable from the treatife of letters which we intend to give towards the clofe of this wcrk. Art. I. he moft natural analogy of forming the preterits-. I. All preterites are in /, and conjugated by ijti, it : irnus, S/tts, irunt or ere. The moft natural analogy of forming them, is, as already we have obferved, p. 171. to take them from the fecond perfon pre- fent, changing s into vi ; From whence is formed avi, in the firft conjugation : evi, in the fecond, and i) into 4/ (ps} ; and 7 (g) and x (c) into ! (x) ; the Latins in like manner have changed the chara&eriftic b and / into ps : fcribo, fcripfi, carpo, carpfe : and c and g into x, which is equivalent to cs or gs : dixi from dica : Junxi fromjungo : as like wife ^vinxi from vincio ; be- caufe the o pure, that is, the o preceded by a vowel, frequently follows the o impure, that is, the o preceded by a confonant. There are alfo other verbs that have different charadleriftics from the four abovementioned, and infert an s in their preterite after their charafteriftic ; namely m and n. Here we have marked them all down with an example to each, and with a figure expreffing the number that commonly occur of each fort. dixi_/row dico, is, ere: to fay, after ,.} gs. 3 m. ms. n. ns. 22. unx 4. comfi 1. manfi 7. carpfi 2, nupfi is, jungo, is, ere : to join. como, is, ere : to attire. maneo, es, ere : to remain. carpo, is, ere: to pluck. nubo, is, ere : -to marry. II. Li/f NEW METHOD. Book IV, II. Lift of the preterites in fi or xi, fy the addition of an s after the charafferiftic of the prejent ; where we are U cbferve, that the x is equivalent to cs or gs. Allexi from Alficio is, ere. ^ Jllexi Illicio is, ere. \to inveigle, to intice* Pellexi Pellicio is, ere. J Afpexi Afpicio is, ere. to tehold. Confpexi Confpicio is, ere. to conjider. Infpexi Infpicio is, ere. to pry into. Auxi Augeo es, ere. to increafei \. Carpfi Carpo is, ere. to pluck. a, Cinxi Cingo is, ere. to gird. Comfi Como i-j, ere. to attire. Demfi Demo is, ere. to c&ate. Pilexi Diligo is, ere. to love. Intellexi Intelligo is, ere. to underjlandt, Negle*i Negligo is, ere. to mglift. Dixi Dico is, ere. tofay. 1 Duxi Duco is, ere. to lead. Frixi Frigeo es, ere. to be colett Luxi Luceo es, ere. to Jhine. Polluxi Polluceo es, ere. to Jlourijh* Luxi Lugeo es, ere. to mourn. Manfi Maneo es, ere. to ft ay. Minxi Mingo is ere. injlead of which we fay melo,, Mulxi Mulgeo es, ere. to milk. (to //// Nupfi Nubo is, ere. to marry 3- Perrexi Pergo is, ere. to go forward. Promfi Promo is, ere. to draw out. Sanxi Sancio is, Ire. to enaft. Scripfi Scribo is, ere. to write. Sumii Sumo is, ere. to take. 3- Surrexi Surgo is. ere. to arife* i. In like manner a great many others info. a. LikeWife a great many more in go. 3. Pergo and furga ought to make ferxi andfurxi : tut as this pronunciation would be too harfti, an e has been added to the penuhima : and to the end thil the firft fyllable might hot lofe any part of Its quantity, the r has been doubled : ferrexi, Jurrexl. III. The fecond thing in which the Latins feem to have imitated the Greeks, is that as the latter frequently change (d] and r (t) into a- (s) : fo the former alfo frequently change d and / into i, lesdb> l#Ji\ fentio, OF FINDING THE PRESENT. Jll Whence alfo they have next from nefio fexi from feflo, becaufc xi, a.s we have already obferyed, is equivalent to cji, fo that only the t is changed into s. But this change into s cometh alfo from other confonants ; and therefore it will be proper to fet them all down with examples, be- fore we give the lilt. "c 5* Farfi. Farcio, is, Tre. to fluff, to fill. d 12. Arfi i. Ardeo, es, ere. to burn. Si f 10. I. Alfi 2. Vulfi Algeo, Velio, es, ere. is, ere. to be very cold, to pull. coming -^ n I. Temfi Temno, is, ere. to defpife. from | qu I. Torfi 3. Torqueo, es, ere. to i the s paflir.g for r. 5. M;ttc, r::fi, as if ^/, whence alfo comes mi/Turn, by changing the two // 'of mitto into two ss ; but it lofeth an s in the preterite. 6. Quatio, quajji f;r qiiajl, from quota, by changing / into s. But it doublet the ss to dillinijuiih it fiom quafi an adverb. IV. Lift of the preterites in Ji, or JJl. By a change of the cbarafteriftic into one or two s. SI. Alfi fro m Algeo es, ere, to be 'very cold. Arfi Ardco es, ere, to burn. Claufi Claudo is, ere, to Jbui. Divifi Divido is, ere, to divide. Farfi Farcio is, Ire, to fluff, to fill. Flexi Fledlo is, ere, to bend. Fulli Fulcio is, Ire, to prop. Haj.i liaereo es, ere, to flick. Indulfi Indulgeoes, ere, to indulge. Merfi Mergo is, ere, to Jink. Mulii Mulgeo es, ere, to milk. Lafi L:edo \*, ere, to far.'. Lufi VOL I Ludo is, ere, to flay. 322 NEW METHOD. Book IV. Nexi fro m Necto, is ere, to twift. Parft Parco is ere, to fpare. Pexi Pedo is ere, to comb, to card. Plexi Plefto is re 3 to beat,. Plaufi Plaudo is ere, to clap hands. Rafi Rado is ere, to jhafve, to f crape. Raufi Raucio is Ire, to be boarfe. Rifi Rideo es ere, to laugh. Rofi Rodo is ere, to gnaw. Sarfi Sarcio is Ire, to patch. Senfi Sentio is Ire, to feel$ to tJrink, Sparfi Spargo is ere, to fpr inkle.. Suafi Saadeo e ere, to ad-vife. Terfi Tergeo, or go e or is ere, to wipe. Torfi Torqueo e ere, to tiviji. Trufi Trudo is ere, to tbruft. Turfi Turgeo e ere, to five 11. Vafi Vado 15 ere, to go. Urfi Urgeo e ere, to. prefs on. Vulfi Velio is ere, to pull. SSI. Cefli fr< Geffi Juffi Prefli Quaffi Cedo Gero Jubeo Premo Quatio is, is, es, ere, togvwplati. ere, to carry. tre, to command. ere, to prefs. ere, to Jhake. V. Some preterites In xi that are ft ill more irregular, having neither c nor g in the prefent. The letter x, as we have already obferved, generally cometh from c or^, being no more than cs or gs. And yet the following iix verbs make xi, in an unaccountable manner. I. Coxi from Coquo is, ere, to boil. *~%1 J T-l Fluxi Struxi 2-Traxi 2. Vexi Vixi Fluo Struo Traho Veho Vivo is, ere, / flow. is, ere, to build. is, ere, to draw. is, ere, to carry. is, ere, to live. 1. Ccxi however is not fo irregular as the reft, for coquo is as if it wire coco which fhould make coc/J, coxi. 2. It may even be faid, that in traba and di> &c. from the charafteriftic of their prefent. Wherefore having got the preterite, to find the prefent you have only to change / into o, or eo, or io, as bibi, bibo : iiidi, video : fodi,fodio, &c. There are even ibme preterites ending in /V/andyf, which derive this termination from their prefent, as lui from luo j f//; from vi/o. And this feems to be owing entirely to a fyncope, the lafl fyllable of thefe preterites having been cut off: bibi for bibiv:, Sec. But if in this refpedl it is eafier to find the prefent of thefe prete- rites ; on the other hand there are particular difficulties, becaufe it is chiefly in thefe preterites that one or more of thofe three changes happen of which we made mention in the zd art. namely the change of the a (and in a compound verb of the /) into e : the fyncope of the m or : and the reduplication of th firft fyllable. For which reafon we mall firft of all give here a lift of the diffe- rent terminations of thefe preterites and of the prefents, from, whence they come, and the number of the verbs, with an example ; and in the lift we mail infert only fuch preterites as are moft diffi- cult ; namely thofe which undergo fome changes, II. Terminations. Number. Example. Bi bo 4- bibiyro/w Bibo, is ere. to drink. 5 CO 2. ici Ico, is tre. tojlrike. Ci i cio 2. feci Facio, is ere. to do. Di do a great deo (/ quan- afcendi 'fedi Afcendo, Sedeo, es ere. ere. to afcend. to Jit. I dio i. fodi Fodio, ft ere. to dig. c go 4- egi Ago, if ere. to ad. Gi i gio guo i. i. fugi langui Fugio, Langueo, is cs ere. ere. to run a to make a proper uje of them it is almoji Sufficient that they be thoroughly underftood. A little practice added to thefe refleclions will render things as eafy as they are natural \ and every body will be capable of judging 326 NEW METHOD. Book IV. judging by themfelves of the utility that may be derived from them. I Jhall only obferve that thefe lifts are extremely proper for exercifing the capacities of children, to make them find out from what verb a preterite is derived, by running them over, each in its alphabetical order, and obliging them to tell the verb as foon as they hear the preterits mentioned. Adult p erf on s, who Jiudy without a mafter, may hkewife enter into the fame fort of exercije, leaving the preterites of theje lifts uncovered, and hiding the re- mainder with a lit of paper, in order to try their memo- ries, and tojee whether they are thorough majlers of thefe preterites : this they will compafs in a very Jhort time, provided they havefome idea only of their analogy, which will almojl inftantly lead them to the knowledge ofthepre- fent. And herein lies almoft the whole uje of the Latin grammar, to qualify us as quick as poj/ible for the reading of authors. For it is to be obferved, as we have already mentioned in the preface and in the advertifement to the reader, that this is the point we ought always to have in 'view, becaufe it is only by practice and the ufe of authors that we are enabled to make any real progrefs in a lan- guage, and to be acquainted with its full purity. This we hope we Jhall prove more at large by the NEW DICTIONART, which fome time or other we purpcfe to lay before the public, and which may perhaps be offer- vice to thefe who have made a progrefs, as well as to thofe who have butjuft entered upon the language, and may facilitate the underjianding of ecclefiaftic and prof ane authors. OB- 3*7 OBSERVATIONS ON THE FIGURE OF METAPLASM, As far as it relates to Etymology or Analogy. HAVING finifhed whatever relates to the analogy of nouns and verbs, we muft now, before we proceed to fyntax, touch light- ly upon the changes incident to words, which grammarians diftin- guifh by the common and general name of META'lLAAEMOr, that is, tfanfmutation, transformation. This METAPLASM or tranfmutation is made by adding, taking away, or changing, either a letter or a fyllable. I. By adding, This addition is of four forts, which are, 1. PROTHESIS or addition, when fomething is put to the be- ginning of a word ; as gnavus for nanjus. 2. EPENTHESIS, or interpofition, when fomething is inferted it the middle, either a vowel, as in Virgil, trabe